HomeMy WebLinkAboutContract 35852 CRY vIGRET"ARY CITY SECRETARY '
.. CONTRACT NO.
CONTRAC K) NDING CO SPECIFICATIONS
itl'1`S ;OPY AND
� ', ;r E NI coNTRAer DocuIvIENTS
FOR
SOUTH SIDE II WATER
TRANSMISSTOI-MAIN;- ART 4
. .
From Risinger Rd/East Side I.H.35W Intersection to Oak Grave R&Oak Grove-
SheIby Rd.Intersection
DOE No.: 5629, Water Project No.: P264-608140030388
IN
THE CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS
JUKE 2007
OFoi
qQ4/ sexvic
p v �
r
VvO
OF FOR!
MIKE MONCRIEF CHARLES R.BOSWELL
.. MAYOR CITY MANAGER
S.FRANK CRUMB,P.E. ROBERT D.GOODE,P.E. A.DOUGLAS RADEMAKER,P.E.
DIRECTOR, DIRECTOR, DIRECTOR,
WATER DEPARTMENT T/PW DEPARTMENT DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING
Prepared by:
CH26tbtH1LLPAE OF.T XI.II�/'cY O
309 West 7th Street /'*�' •:*��
Suite 1020 ..........................
+� DOWLAS K, )'GLEN
.� Fort Worth,TX 76102 ����� .._gs]7 •�
City of Fort Worth, Texas
Mayor and Council Communication
COUNCIL ACTION: Approved on 9/11/2007
DATE: Tuesday, September 11, 2007
LOG NAME: 30SSIIP4W-GAR REFERENCE NO.: C-22383
SUBJECT:
Authorize Execution of a Construction Contract with Garvey Companies, Inc., for Southside II Water
Transmission Main, Part 4 from South of Alta Mesa Boulevard to the Rolling Hills Water Treatment
Plant (City Project No. 00303)
RECOMMENDATION:
It is recommended that the City Council authorize the City Manager to execute a construction contract with
Garney Companies, Inc. in the amount of $2,194,613.75 for Southside II Water Transmission Main, Part 4
from South of Alta Mesa Boulevard to the Rolling Hills Water Treatment Plant.
DISCUSSION:
On July 29, 2003, (M&C C-19675) the City Council authorized an engineering agreement with CH2M Hill,
Inc., for Southside II Water Transmission Main, from the Rolling Hills Treatment Plant to the Crowley
Road/Risinger Road intersection.
In order to expedite construction, the project was divided into five parts for design and construction
purposes. Parts 3 and 5 were approved by the City Council respectively on June 19, 2007, (M&C C-22214)
and July 10, 2007, (M&C C-22243). Council approval is also being sought for Part 1 via an M&C in
progress. The last project, Part 2, will be advertised for bid at a future date.
The Part 4 project was advertised for bid on June 28, 2007, and July 5, 2007. On July 19, 2007, the
following bids were received:
Bidder Amount Time of Completion
Garney Companies, Inc. $2,194,613.75 240 Calendar Days
Conatser Construction, TX, LP $2,228,084.50
William J. Schultz, Inc.,
d/b/a Circle"C"Construction Company $2,358,197.50
Oscar Renda Contracting, Inc. $2,388,527.00
S.J. Louis Construction of Texas, Ltd. $2,551,447.00
The project is located in COUNCIL DISTRICT 8.
Garney Companies, Inc., is in compliance with the City's M/WBE Ordinance by committing to 23 percent
M/WBE participation. The City's goal on this project is 22 percent.
In addition to the contract cost, $66,000 is provided for project contingencies. There are sufficient funds
available for inspection, survey and material testing.
FISCAL INFORMATION/CERTIFICATION:
The Finance Director certifies that that funds are available in the current capital budget, as appropriated, of
the Water Capital Projects Fund.
TO Fund/Account/Centers FROM Fund/Account/Centers
P264 541200 608140030388 $2,194,613.75
Submitted for City Manager's Office by: Marc A. Ott (8476)
Originating Department Head: A. Douglas Rademaker (6157)
Additional Information Contact: Abe Calderon (7963)
JUL.17.2007 15:23 8178785753 CH2M HILL INC #5194 P.002 116
ADDENDUM NO. 1
_ FOR
SOUTHSIDE II WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN, PART 4
(Crowley Road/Risinger Road Intersection to Risinger Road/East Side of I.H. 35W
Intersection)
Water Project No. P264-608140030388
_ D.O.E. No. 5629
Addendum No. i Issue Date:July 17t', 2007
�. Bid Receipt Date:July 19th, 2007
This addendum forms part of the contract documents referenced above and modifies the original
Contract Documents. Acknowledge receipt of this addendum by signing and attaching it to the
Contract Documents (inside). Note receipt of the Addendum in the Bid Proposal and on the outer
envelope of your bid.
PLEASE MAKE NUTF_ OF THE FOLLOWING REVISIDN5.
SPEC2f7CA7ION AA►D CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
1.1 Proposal
�. Delete in its entirety and replace with the attached Proposal.
1.2 Additional Special Conditions
DA-108: Delete"(OMITTED)"and add the following under item DA-108:
1. Description!
The flowable fill material shall be delivered to the site, free flowing and self-leveling and shall
have a consistency enabling it to fill all voids without tamping,vibrating or compacting.
The flowabie fill material shall have an in place density of not less than 95 and not more than
115 lbs./cu.ft.,with a maximum twenty-eight(28) day compression strength of not less than
60 and not more than 85 PSI allowing the material to be removed with hand tools such as
,. picks and shovels.The height of free fall of the flowable fill shall not exceed four(4)feet.
2. Material Spe�ifications-
Flowable fill shall consist of:
a. An appropriate amount of Portland Cement meeting ASTM C-150(with other additives
as necessary).
b. Aggregates meeting ASTM C-33
c. Sand or fine aggregates as per Clly of Ft. Worth Standard Specifications for Street
and Storm Drain Construction Item 406
d. Flyash,Class C or F, meeting ASTM C-618
181378.TM 1 PART 4
ADDENDUM NO. 1
' July 17, 2007
JUL.17.2007 15:24 8176785753 C142M HILL INC #5194 P.003 /016
e. Admixtures
1. Mineral admixtures will be po2zolanic
2. Chemical admixtures shall be in liquid or powder form used in standard
ready-mix concrete products unless specifically designed for flowable fill.
Permissible types of admixtures are:
a. High air generators, as manufactured by Grace Construction Products
or approved equal,which are specifically designed for flowable fill to
lower unit weights, reduce shrinkage and subsidence, and control
compressive strength.
b. Air entraining admixtures conforming to ASTM C-260.
C. High range water reducers conforming to ASTM C-494'Type F or G.
d. Accelerating admixtures conforming to ASTM C-494,Type C.
1. Non-chloride, non-corrosive accelerators used where metals
are present in concrete or embedded members.
2. Calcium chloride
CONSTRUCTION PLA_NS,-
1.3 Sheet 16, Delete in its-entirety and replace with Sheet 16,attached.
1.4 Sheet 19: Delete in its entirety and replace with Sheet 19,attached.
1.5 Sheet 19A, Clarification. On both sides (outside race of wall) of the butterfly valve vaults
provide the follov4ng based on the type of pipe bid:
Ductile Iron Pipe—Provide a proprietary restrained joint within 5-feet.
Prestressed Concrete Cylinder (C-303) — Provide a restrained flexible coupling similar to Detail
15540, attached.
Steel Pipe (G-200) — Provide a double flexible coupling connection per Detail 15540, attached.
As noted in the tie rod schedule of Detail 15540, the lugs must be welded to Steel pipe with a
minimum wall thickness of 5116-inch.
Include the costs for the above in the price of Pay Item 7 for the 48-inch butterfly valves with
vault.
1.6 Sheet 19A. Revise the inside length dimension of the 48" butterfly valve vault from 12'-0" to
16'-0". Revise the inside width dimension of the 48"butterfly valve vault from 11'-0"to 12"-6".
Please Note: The specifications and plan sheets are not being reissued to reflect the change
discussed above. it shad be the responsibility of each plan holder to reflect these changes on the
referenced sheets of the construction plans.
All other provisions of the plans, specifications and contract document for the project which are not
expressly amended herein shall remain in full force.
s
181378.TM Z PART 4
ADDENDUM NO. 1
July 17, 2007
JUL.17.2007 15:24 8178785753 CH2M HILL INC #5194 P.004 /016
Failure to return a signed copy of the addendum with the Proposal shall be grounds for rendering the
bid nonresponsive. A signed copy of this addendum shall be place into the Proposal at the time of
submittal.
Receipt Acknowledged: Department of Engineering
%IRNEY COMPANIES,."n A.Douglas Rademaker, P.E.
Director
i Title' BY: _ `
W.SWATEK
SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT I Tony d{ola,P.E.
Englnee
tng.Manager(D.O.E_)
• 0F'rF sir+ -71 R16-7
/ •DOUGLAS K.BIGLEW /
--., ...88777 ��
18137$-TM 3 PART 4
ADDENDUM NO. 1
to July 17, 2007
JUL.17.2007 15:24 8178785753 CH2M HILL INC #5194 P.005 /016
ii
I
A
ATTACHMENTS
18137$_TM PART 4
ADDENDUM NO. 1
July 17, 2007
e�
q
N
a
iIS
°z to R
^
I
no
gal
_= tr
Rim
q[ Srt
-
0
fill
is
-~i
m
O
m
r F M'AA A or lobs m
SW SR BslR slHtb 4
aa.b�m JFFyn A
RE S�.G� y3
1119 g
a- 3it40 at 1 i 's nr Hi f`_isa SY,
z► : 1111
m
�S ���g ������ � aabNdAem •nu«+ u1 I l�-.�+ � I�FjRRR ^^a5
a s9 uuw^ m
�Q $ �
r Fawaaa
b a58* 6 c z rr-cc� �oawse 7Wil l
m : oL marg 'a'a F F s 8 S yM N
a: a p,R - -
t-t�;
a O
m i�4
F.
9m Y'm C ggggS .. i+I�u h A 2- Eg �$ i•'a A m T T Y
- ugp - 2dN u#i'e�r
� ny N,�uwrea rr aua o ' �ay�7P7r
'f //��jj��Y•�J� - ___ ppp! rg F 6 FFQ�
r I I I I rr.~�I.Yi` _i.i . . �6Gsn m3
a A a R A E+
�n IIIIq$m�---ommwo- v�8 -
d �
9Z0/ 9Z0'd mTs# ONI 'IIIH WZHO £SLSBLBLIB BZ:SI LOOZ-LI"III,'
City of Fort Worth
Southside II Water Transmission Main, PART 4
Contract Specifications
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_ PART A—NOTICE TO BIDDERS
Notice to Bidders
_ Comprehensive Notice to Bidders
Special Instructions to Bidders
.. PART B-PROPOSAL
City of Fort Worth M/WBE Policy Specifications
.. Proposal
PART C-GENERAL CONDITIONS
General Conditions
Supplementary Conditions
PART D—SPECIAL CONDITIONS
Special Conditions
PART DA—ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS
Additional Special Conditions
PART E-SPECIFICATIONS
02320 Trench Backfill
02401 Bore and Jack or Tunneled Undercrossings
02500 Conveyance Piping-General
02501 Welded Steel Pipe,Specials,and Fittings
.■ 02502 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings
02504 Bar-Wrapped Concrete Cylinder Pipe and Fittings
02517 Air and Vacuum Release Valves Assemblies
13985 Pipe Bonding and Test Stations
13990 Galvanic Anode Cathodic Protection System
off.
15202 Valves and Operators
9AW
PART F-BONDS
Certificate of Insurance
Performance Bond
Payment Dond
Maintenance Bond
MW Vendor Compliances to State Law
Contractor Compliance with Workers'Compensation Law
PART G-CONTRACT
PART H-CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD FIGURES AND DETAILS
APPENDIX A-GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONS
APPENDIX B-STORM WATER POLUTION PREVENTION PLAN(bound separately and
.. available at the DOE front desk for review)
aw
r
u
y
PART A
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
a�
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
Sealed proposals for the following:
SOUTHSIDE II WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN,PART 4
From Risinger Rd/East Side I.H. 35W Intersection to Oak Grove
Rd/Oak Grove-Shelby Rd. Intersection. CPN 00303
Water Project No.:P264-608140030388,DOE No.:5629
Addressed t6 Mr.Charles R.Boswell,City Manager of the City of Fort Worth,Texas,will be
received at the Purchasing Office until 1:30 p.m.,on July 19w,2007 and then publicly opened
and read aloud at 2:00 p.m.in the Council Chambers.
Plans,Specifications and Contract Documents for this project may be obtained in the office
of the Department of Engineering,Municipal Office Building,1000 Throckmorton Street,
Fort Worth,Texas 76102. One set of plans and documents will be provided for a non-
refundable fee of sixty dollars ($60.00). The major work on the above project shall generally
• consist of the following:
30 LF-54 inch Pipe-Install by Open Cut
r 5,240 LF-48 inch Pipe- Install by Open Cut
15 LF-24 inch Pipe-Install by Open Cut
110 LF- 73 inch Casing Pie by other than Open Cut
r 6,615 SY- Grass Hydromulch Seeding
A pre-bid meeting will be held on July 9,2007,at 1:00 p.m., at the City of Fort Worth
Engineering Department,900 Monroe St,Suite 201,Fort Worth,TX 76102.
For additional information,please contact Mr. Abe Calderon,P.E.Project Manager,City of
Fort Worth at(817)392-7963 or Mr.Chad Simmons,P.E. Project Manager,CH2M HILL at
'' (817)870-1129.
Advertising Dates:
No Iune 28'h,2007
July 5'h,2007
.r
-END OF SECTION-
r
�r
r
NOTICE TO BIDDERS 1
6/18107
r
COMPREHENSIVE NOTICE TO BIDDERS
Sealed proposals for the following:
SOUTHSIDE II WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN,PART 4
From Risinger Rd/East Side I.H. 35W Intersection to Oak Grove
Rd/Oak Grove-Shelby Rd. Intersection. CPN 00303
Water Project No.:P264-608140030388,DOE No.:5629
Addressed to Mr.Charles R.Boswell,City Manager of the City of Fort Worth,Texas,will be received
at the Purchasing Office until 1:30 p.m.,on July 191h,2007 and then publicly opened and read aloud at
2:00 p.m.in the Council Chambers.
Plans,Specifications and Contract Documents for this project may be obtained in the office of the
Department of Engineering,Municipal Office Building,1000 Throckmorton Street,Fort Worth,Texas
76102. A sixty dollar($60.00)non-refundable fee is required for to obtain the plans and documents.
All bidders will be required to comply with Provision 5159a of"Version's Annotated Civil Statutes"
of the State of Texas with respect to the payment of prevailing wage rates and City Ordinance No.
7278,as amended by City Ordinance No.7400(Fort Worth City Code Sections 13-A-21 through 13-A-
29),prohibiting discrimination in employment practices.
r Bid security is required in accordance with Paragraph 2 of the Special Instructions to Bidders.
The major war on the above-referenced project shall consist of the following:
PART 4:Wate Pipeline Installation
3Q LF-54 inch Pipe-InstalI by Open Cut
5,240 LF-48 inch Pipe-Install by Open Cut
15 LF-24 inch Pipe-InstaIl by Open Cut
110 LF-73 inch Casing Pie by other than Open Cut
61615 SY-Grass Hydromulch Seeding
and all necessary appurtenances and incidental work to provide a complete and serviceable project.
Included in the above will be all other miscellaneous items of construction as outlined in the Contract
Documents.
A pre-bid meeting will be held on July 9,2007,at 1:00 p.m.,at the City of Fort Worth Engineering
Department,900 Monroe St,Suite 201,Fort Worth,TX 76102.
Bidders are advised that the City has not obtained all required permits and temporary and
permanent construction easements as shown in the Contract Documents.Bidders are hereby notified
- that the City anticipates obtaining the necessary easements and permits by the start of construction.
In the event the necessary easements and/or permits are not obtained,the City reserves the right to
terminate the award of the contract at any time before the contractor begins any construction work on
the project.In addition,Bidders shall hold their unit prices until the City has completed the
acquisition of all easements and permits.
The Contractor shall be prepared to commence construction without all executed easements and/or
permits and shall submit a schedule to the City of how construction will proceed in other areas of the
project that do not require easements and/or permits.
The City reserves the right to reject any and/or all bids and waive any and/or all irregularities.
Bidders shall not separate,detach or remove any portion,segment or sheets from the contract
COMPREHENSIVE NTB
WOW
document at any time.Bidders must complete the proposal sections and submit the complete
specifications book or face rejection of the bid as non-responsive.It is recommended that the bidder
make a copy of the forms included in the Minority and Women Business Enterprise section for
submittal within the time-line stated below or the bidder may request a copy of said forms from the
City Project manager names in this solicitation.
AWARD OF QONTRACT:No bid may be withdrawn until the expiration of ninety(90)days from
the date the M/WBE UTILIZATION FORM,PRIME CONTRACTOR WAIVER FORM,and/or the
GOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM("Documentation")as appropriate is received by the City.The award
of contract,if ade,will be within ninety(90)days after this documentation is received,but in no
case will the award be made until all the investigations are made as to the responsibility of the bidder
to whom it is proposed to award the contract has been verified.
Bidders are responsible for obtaining all addenda to the contract documents prior to the bid receipt
time and acknowledging them at the time of bid receipt. Information regarding the status of
addenda may be obtained by contacting the Department of Engineering at(817)871-7910. Bids that
do not acknowledge all applicable addenda may be rejected as non-responsive.
In accord with the City of Fort Worth Ordinance No.15530,the City of Fort Worth has goals for the
.. participation of minority business enterprises and women business enterprises in City contracts. A
copy of the Ordinance can be obtained from the Office of the City Secretary. In addition,the bidder
shall submit the MBE/WBE UTILIZATION FORM SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER UTILIZATION
FORM,PRIME CONTRACTOR WAIVER FORM,GOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM WITH
"Documentation" and/or the JOINT VENTURE FORM as appropriate. The documentation must be
received no later than 5:00 p.m.,within five(5)City business days after bid opening date. The bidder
shall obtain a receipt from the appropriate employee of the managing department to whom delivery
was made. Such receipt shall be evidence that the Documentation was received by the City. Failure
to comply shall render the bid non-responsive.
.. The Managing Department for this project is the Department of Engineering.
For additional information,please contact Mr.Abe Calderon,P.E.Project Manager,City of Fort
Worth at(817)392 7693 or Mr.Chad Simmons,P.E.Project Manager,CH2M HILL at(817)870-1129.
Charles Boswell Marty Hendrix
CITY MANAGER CITY SECRETARY
ADVERTISING DATES: DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING
A.DOUGLAS RADEMAKER,P.E.,DIRECTOR
June 28tb,2007
July 51�,2007
By: v S
Tony Sholola,P.E.,Engineering Manager
Department of Engineering
-END OF SECTION-
COMPREHENSIVE NTB 2
6/18/07
r� SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1. PREQUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS: All contractors submitting bids are required to be
prequalifie� by the Fort Worth Water Department prior to submitting bids. This prequalification
process wi11 establish a bid limit based on a technical evaluation and financial analysis of the
contractor. It is the bidder's responsibility to submit the following documentation: a current financial
.. statement,an acceptable experience record,an acceptable equipment schedule and any other documents
the Deparmient may deem necessary,to the Director of the Water Department at least seven(7)
calendar days prior to the date of the opening of bids.
a. The financial statement required shall have been prepared by an independent certified public
accountant or an independent public accountant holding a valid permit issued by an appropriate
State licensing agency and shall have been so prepared as to reflect the financial status to the
submitting company. This statement must be current and not more than one(1)year old. In the
case that a bidding date falls within the time a new statement is being prepared,the previous
statement shall be updated by proper verification.
b. For an experience record to be considered to be acceptable for a given project,it must reflect the
experience of the firm seeking qualification in work of both the same nature and technical level as
oil that of the project for which bids are to be received.
-- c. The Director of the Water Department shall be the sole judge as to the acceptability for financial
I qualification to bid on any Fort Worth Water Department project.
d. Bids received in excess of the bid limit shall be considered non-responsive and will be rejected as
such.
e. The City,in its sole discretion,may reject any bid for failure to demonstrate experience and/or
expertise.
f. Any proposals submitted by a non-prequalified bidder shall be returned unopened,and if
inadvertently opened,shall not be considered.
g. The City will attempt to notify prospective bidders whose qualifications(financial or experience)
are not deemed to be appropriate to the nature and/or magnitude of the project on which bids are to
be received. Failure to notify shall not be a waiver of any necessary prequalification.
2. BID SECURITY: A cashier's check,or an acceptable bidder's bond,payable to the City of Fort
Worth,in an amount of not less than five(5%)percent of the largest possible total of the bid submitted
must accompany the bid,and is subject to forfeiture in the event the successful bidder fails to execute
the Contract Documents within ten(10)days after the contract has been awarded To be an acceptable
surety on the bid bond,the surety must be authorized to do business in the state of Texas. In addition,
the surety must(1)hold a certificate of authority from the Untied States secretary of the treasury to
qualify as a urety on obligations permitted or required under federal law;or(2)have obtained
reinsurance or any liability in excess of$100,000 from a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted•as a
reinsurer in the state of Texas and is the holder of a certificate of authority from the Untied States
secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law.
Satisfactory proof of any such reinsurance shall be provided to the City upon request. The City,in its
sole discretion,will determine the adequacy of the proof required herein.
3. BONDS: A performance bond,a payment bond,and a maintenance bond each for one hundred
(100%)percent of the contract price will be required,Reference C 3-3.7.
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1
6115r20U7
aw
4. WAGE RATES: Section C3-3.13 of the General Conditions is deleted and replaced with the
following:
a. The contractor shall comply with all requirements of Chapter 2258,Texas Government Code,
including the payment of not less than the rates determined by the City Council of the City of Fort
Worth to be the prevailing wage rates in accordance with Chapter 2258,Texas Government Code.
Such prevailing wage rates are included in these contract documents.
AO b. The contractor shall,for a period of three(3)years following the date of acceptance of the work,
maintain records that show(i)the name and occupation of each worker employed by the contractor
in the construction of the work provided for in this contract;and(ii)the actual per diem wages paid
to each worker. These records shall be open at all reasonable hours for inspection by the City. The
provisions of Right to Audit,under paragraph L of Section Cl: Supplementary Conditions to Part
C-General Conditions,pertain to this inspection.
c. The contractor shall include in its subcontracts and/or shall otherwise require all of its
subcontractors to comply with paragraphs(a)and(b)above.
d. With each partial payment estimate or payroll period,whichever is less,an affidavit stating that the
contractor has complied with the requirements of Chapter 2258,Texas Government Code.
The contractor shall post the prevailing wage rates in a conspicuous place at the site of the project at all
times.
5. AMBIGUITY: In the case of ambiguity or lack of clearness in stating prices in the Proposal,the City
reserves the right to adopt the most advantageous construction thereof to the City or to reject the
Proposal.
6. BIDDER LICENSE: Bidder must be a licensed Contractor in the State of Texas.
7. NONRESIDENT BIDDERS: Pursuant to Article 601 g,Texas Revised Civil Statutes,the City of Fort
Worth will not award this contract to a nonresident bidder unless the nonresident's bid is lower than the
aw lowest bid submitted by a responsible Texas resident bidder by the same amount that a Texas resident
bidder would be required to underbid a nonresident bidder to obtain a comparable contract in the state
in which the nonresident's principal place of business in located.
cm
"Nonresiden bidder"means a bidder whose principal place of business is not in this state,but excludes
a contractor whose ultimate parent company or majority owner has its principal place of business in this
state.
This provision does not apply if this contract involves federal funds.
The appropriate blanks of the Proposal must be filled out by all nonresident bidders in order for the bid
to meet specifications. The failure of a nonresident contractor to do so will automatically disqualify
that bidder.
8. PAYMENT: If the bid amount is$25,000.00 or less,the contract amount shall be paid within fort}F
five(45)calendar days after completion and acceptance by the City.
9. AGE: In accordance with the policy("Policy")of the Executive Branch of the Federal Government,
Contractor covenants that neither it nor any of its officers,members,agents employees,program
participants or subcontractors,while engaged in performing this contract,shall,in connection with the
employment,advancement or discharge of employees or in connection with the terms,conditions or
privileges of their employment,discriminate against persons because of their age except on the bases of
a bona fide occupational qualification,retirement plan or statutory requirement.
SPECIAL RE RUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 2
6(15f20U7
Contractor further covenants that neither it nor its officers,members,agents,employees,
subcontractors,program participants,or persons acting on their behalf,shall specify,in solicitations or
advertisements for employees to work on this contract,a maximum age limit for such employment
unless the specified maximum age limit is based upon a bona fide occupational qualification,retirement
plan or statutory requirements.
Contractor warrants it will fully comply with the policy and will defend,indemnify and hold City
harmless against any claims or allegations asserted by third parties or subcontractor against City arising
out of Contractoes and/or its subcontractors'alleged failure to comply with the above referenced Policy
concerning age discrimination in the performance of this agreement.
10. DISABII,ITY: In accordance with the provisions of the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990
("ADA"),Contractor warrants that it and any and all of its subcontractors will not unlawfully
discriminate on the basis of disability in the provision of services to the general public,nor in the
availability,terms and/or conditions of employment for applicants for employment with,or employees
of Contractor or any of its subcontractors. Contractor warrants it will fully comply with ADA'S
provisions and any other applicable federal,state and local laws concerning disability and will defend,
indemnify and hold City harmless against any claims or allegations asserted by third parties or
subcontractors against City arising out of Contractor's and/or its subcontractors'alleged failure to
comply with the above referenced laws concerning disability discrimination in the performance of this
agreement.
11. MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES: In accord with City of Fort Worth
Ordinance No. 15530,the City of Fort Worth has goals for the participation of minority business
.. enterprises and women business enterprises in City contracts. A copy of the Ordinance can be obtained
from the Office of the City Secretary.The bidder shall submit the MBE/WBE UTILIZATION FORM,
SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER UTILIZATION FORM,PRIME CONTRACTOR WAIVER FORM
r and/or the GOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM("with Documentation")and/or the JOINT VENTURE
FORM as appropriate. The Documentation must be received by the managing department no later than
5:00 p.m.,five(5)City business days after the bid opening date. The bidder shall obtain a receipt from
the appropriate employee of the managing department to whom delivery was made. Such receipt shall
.. be evidence that the documentation was received by the City.Failure to comply shall render the bid
non-responsive.
.. Upon reque t,Contractor agrees to provide the Owner complete and accurate information regarding
actual workerformed by a Minority Business Enterprise(MBE)and/or women business enterprise
(WBE)on the contract and payment thereof. Contractor further agrees to permit any audit and/or
examination of any books,records or files in its possession that will substantiate the actual work
r performed by an MBE and/or WBE. The misrepresentation of facts(other than a negligent
misrepresentation)and/or commission of fraud by the Contractor will be grounds for termination of the
contract and/or initiating action under appropriate Federal,State or local laws or ordinances relating to
false statements. Further,any such misrepresentation facts(other than a negligent misrepresentation)
and/or commission of fraud will result in the Contractor being determined to be irresponsible and
barred from participating in City work for a period of time of not less than three(3)years.
12. FINAL PAYMENT,ACCEPTANCE AND WARRANTY:
a. The contractor will receive full payment(less retainage)from the city for each pay period.
r
b. Payment of the retainage will be included with the final payment after acceptance of the project as
being complete.
C. The project shall be deemed complete and accepted by the City as of the date the final punch list
has been completed,as evidenced by a written statement signed by the contractor and the City.
SPECIAL MTRt1CTIONS TO BIDDERS 3
6r15M7
r
d. The warranty period shall begin as of the date that the final punch list has been completed.
e. Bills Paid Affidavit and Consent of Surety shall be required prior to final payment becoming due
and payable.
f In the event that the Bills Paid Affidavit and Consent of Surety have been delivered to the city and
there is a dispute regarding(i)final quantities,or(ii)liquidated damages,city shall make a
progress payment in the amount that city deems due and payable.
g. In the event of a dispute regarding either final quantities or liquidated damages,the parties shall
_ attempt to resolve the differences within 30 calendar days
r
SPECWL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 4
fJ15"2007
PART B
PROPOSAL
F+C1►RT WORTH 07-26-07 A09 :41 I N
r City of Fort Worth
Minority and Women Business Enterprise Specifications
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR BIDDERS
APPLICATION OF POLIO
i
�,, �� �,�It^the tofa!doit,ai" ue o�the cantracf'rs I;25,1?00 nr more,ilea MIWBF goal is appllcabte
,r lfthe,2ofal dollar: tue of the;conttad is 3ess thart.$25,000,the t;applicable_'
POLICY STATEMENT
this the policy of the City of FoA Worth to ensure the full and equitable participation by Minority and Women Business
Enterprises(MIWBE)in the procurement of all goods and services to the City on a contractual basis. All requirements
and regulations stated in the CWs current Minority and Women Business Enterprise Ordinance apply to this bid.
MIWBE PROJECT GOALS
She City's MIWBE goal on this project is 22 %of the total bid(Base bid applies to Parks and Community Services).
COMPLIANCE TO BID SPECIFICATIONS
On City contracts of$25,000 or more, bidders are required to comply with the intent of the City's MIWBE Ordinance by
_ either of the following:
1. Meet or exceed the above stated MIWBE goal,or
2. Good Faith Effort documentation,on
3. Waiver documentation,or.
4. Joint Venture,
SUBMITTAL OF REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION
The applicable documents must be received by the Managing Department, ti%i:hin the foll-Dwing times allocated, ire order
for the attire bid to be ronsidered res,~.one,iva io the specirication_s- ii 7fiw r hrI d�lier thv i4 BE-doc+lme_n+ tioES
pBrsenx '2pprornats isrr,;to}co cf my rar,�cir�g departrnni tsrd obtain 'daka?tii_ur2.;3rel;a - ' ucfi reca'Crk sha'I
. ?T eric :.that tky r atw re ri tlseAPr�rneaLakq f iri file.time B;lod2tec. A lard copy wi:I riot be aci�a�ted_
- — - - - . ._. --.
1. Subcontractor Utilization Form,if goal is received by 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after the bid
met or exceeded: opening date,exclusive of the bid opening date.
,.� 2. Good Faith Effort and Subcontractor received by 5.00 p.m., five (5) City business days after the bid
Utilization Form,if participation is less than opening date,exclusive of the bid opening date.
stated goak
3. Good Faith Effort and Subcontractor received by 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after the bid
.n Utilization Form,lino MIWBE participation: opening date,exclusive of the bid opening date.
4. Prime Contractor Waiver Form,if you will received by 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after the bid
perform all subcontracting/supplier work: opening date,exclusive of the bid opening date.
5. Joint Venture Form,if utilize a joint venture received by 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after the bid
to met.or exceed goal. opening date,exclusive of the bid openin2 date.
•+ FAILURE TU COMPLY WIT., THE ClTY!S MIWBE ORDIN WGE,WILL RESULT It+l THE BI1)6Etf�G GOt StDERED,.
NON-R.ESPt NSIVETQSPECIFlGAT,QN.
Any questions,please contact the MtINSE Office at(817)392-6104.
Rev. 1I11105
FORT WORT ATTACHMENT
r." Page 1 off 4 4
City of Fort Worth
07- 07 /�09 ' 1 IN
Subcontractors/Suppliers ffiz �1t3n Form
PRIME coMPANY NAM--6~COMPAW,WC. Check applicable block to describe prime
WKDBE NON-MIW/DBE
PROJECT NAME. !
SOUTHSIDE Il WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN, PART 4 BID DATE
7- I4-..o7
Citys MIWBE Project Goal: Prime's MNVBE Project Utilization. PROJECT NUMBER
w/2�2 a�c P264-608140030388
� I o
Identify all subcontractors/suppliers you will use on this project
n
Failure to corrlplet`e this f In its enfirstyz jnrlth reiluested dacvmentatlo , and reGelved by the Managing
,. f3epartriaent;on iir before 5 0 p m five(5}Clt business days after,bid openingr exGlustve of bid opening da#e,
wi Testalf in the bid being considered non respanslve to blipeclficaflons
Tfieiiinde�signed ?fferor agrees to en#er Into afarnzat agreement wltli the ivllltVBEfrm{sj Hsted in this
utlll�afiorr scfiiedute, canr}>lvned upc�nr execuflol� of ea�cvitract wrfh the Ci#y ofi Fordlllortti The llnfentlanal
�_ and/or knoviiing mis�epre entation ofyfacts Is_grounds for consideration of disqualficat�on and`Witl result In the
bid being caristctered taorrt�resporzsivetobrd speciflcatlons ;�
M1WBEs listed toward meeting the project goal must be located in the nine (9) county marketplace or
currently doing business`in the marketplace at the time of bid. Marketplace is the geographic area of Tarrant,
Parker,Johnson,Collin,Dallas, Denton,Ellis,Kaufman and Rockwall counties-
Id+eni +�acli Ter leuel� Tier isxthe )evel' of subGoritratting below the pr�rre contractor, i e z a direct
fy
" �payr>'ent ftom`t�ie prime contraci:or to a;subcontractor`is considered 15t fret, a payment by a subcontractor to
i#s supplier I5 cony#tiered 2 tier .
ALL MTWBEs MUST BE CERTIFIED BEFORE CONTRACT AWARD.
_ Certification means those firms, located or doing business at the time of bid opening within the Marketplace, that have
been determined to be bonafde minority or women businesses by the North Central Texas Regional Certification
Agency(NCTRCA), or the Texas Department of Transportation (TX DOT), highway division. Disadvantaged Business
Enterprise(DBE)is synonymous with Minorty/Women Business Enterprise(M/WBE).
If hauling services are utilized, the ;pnme .will be given: credit as long as'the MIWBE lsted owns and'
aperates atteast one fully licensed and`operational truck to be rased on the contract The MJWBE may lease':
#rucks from another MNUBE firm, Including M/1tV8 owner-operators. grid receivet4b1V IVIN E credit Tl�e
MNVBE may lease:trucks from lion tv1NVBEs;%Including nvriner operators, buff v ell gnty receive credit for;the
s
fees;and_coirimissons earned ti`.ttie,MIV1/BE;;as,oittlineci in the(eass:a reement..
41 Rev.5,30,03
000000go08oS � 80000 0 0 0 0 0 0
C 0 0 0 0 !g < 0 0 0 0 p a GD N O GC m
0 0 0 0 m co O cO N 0 0 V O O O O
O cO OOOM oc Nrr- 00v(.NmOm
E t) cD O cD N f7 O tfi N pp V c0 c0 m
a W W N m O N C2 W m w
N 1 r
O
p
tR/A/A iR fA i9 V!f9 di fA f9 iR f9 df M/A Y1
W w w `�7'26—p 7
J J J /a. 40
S' l
ce arias 2 N
a m m co co
C
c 00 O O
c m m m Q a
m CL0 m j aZ22
a =
0 m rn L m b o�U U U
C L m m m
ain ¢ m' UUN (nU
W W J
J z z
Cm LL Z -1
O J O
U Z LL
c 2 O 0 Q
�cc CL m Q z
Cl) E O
- J =O
v7 Pa W ro ¢
p m5 :o a C m c O J
m >toS Na dm O
Z O c m W x x x >c x x x x x ~
h x a 0 1--
z U F U Q x X x 0
3 m W ZO
m W
� fffVVV Z
= W
Q J
a W
a
7 O V N N N c0 10
W c0 O O J
0) o> 19 T U? l? VI m M m N a
O �h hr> W cd � A � mo>
F `° M N W m N (cpp N N V CD
N aD V V
a r- r-i�N r• r n n r r M r
ZW aD aD O W m W W 0) a1 m W r-
0
U
m
D
U
ro r
� o
Qco
co
cp
C x c N
m F- coo U O
c = n r m
U ° c7 m N r- 0 N
Of O H Y V r m0 Cl) L .
a LL N O m ~ n r O n x = X O
m a C=T mCx ao ~
= O ~ Xw LLW Gi m
Cl) LL O ia N
iO
E O n
p W J Q c D p S
QU y m m ° p c 00 mmm
IL t0 ~N r• m p� n w W c20M m N
Z m •- V U N LL co cp .0 �O Y LL 0
x .� x m x x
� mFm- C7 m ' m odmm o m
�p m
D OON � O000`° OO N O
Cl) r d Y m a N a a m a a v N to-
m
W
a
a >
:) m
m E m
m a
0 U z U C
E ci
c J 0 E U c
C V
o 0 c 0 m m m
oCL
w W tm C m m E m
z U ` ` m $ m O m U m E
00 v m c ° m a Z a s d o
m cF minim m — Ec) U
O U U m I
�c m 3 CL
0 ° a EU)IO o
U co
Z a v -0tsSm o p W m 00
Q Q m W a Q U Z 2 J S U U
FUT WORTH 0 7-2 S- '7 1 r ATTACHMENT 1A
Page 3 of 4
Primes are required to identify ALL subcontradorsJsupplters,regardless of status;Le-,Minority,Women and Wort MNVBEs.
Please fist MM/BE firms first,use additional sheets if necessary..
Certification
r� (check one) '
SUBCONTRACTpRISt1PPLIER T T ;, Detail Detail
Company Name e W C X "ltl Subcontracting Work Supplies Purchased Dollar Amount
Address T D
Telephone/Fax r E E R o
C T E
A
f
r•
ry
r�
Rev.5l30103
La
_...__.___._._............
_
FoRTWORTH 07-26-07 A09 :42 114
ATTACHMENT 9A
— Page 4 of 4
Total Dollar Amount of M/WBE Subcontractors/Suppliers $
9�, �IGY o0
Total Dollar Amount of Nan-M/WBE Subcontractors/Suppliers $ �/ Z 6AJ
�. TOTAL DOLLAR AMOUNT OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS/SUPPLIERS $ 360 865.no
Thin Contractor uvill rtot;rake.additicirts,delettons, ol sutstrtutions to flmis certlfiedList withaut the pnor."approval
of the Miporrty :and Vtlomen'uluslnss Enterprise Office Manager ar designee.through the submittal of a
Rt?gtxest)=grAApproYal bf Char%gelAddtfion Any unjustified change or cleletson shall be a material breach of
a oitrac and mayesdlt in dsfirient n accord(with the pfocedures outhned in the ordinancecontractor
sha�I subrrtit a tietalled;explanatiofl of ho�nr�he r�uestecl mange/adi:litivin�or deletaon will°}affectthe cotrirpitteti
,,MNVBE goal If�the detail explanation is nt?f"submitted, �#;wit9 affecf'thefinat`compli�nce"eteferrr►irlation .,
By affixing a signature to this form, the Offeror further agrees to provide, directly to the City upon request.
Complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by all subcontractors, including
MM//DBE(s) arrangements submitted with the bid. The Offeror also agrees to allow an audit and/or
examination of any books, records and files held by their company. The bidder agrees to allow the
transmission of interviews with owners, principals, officers, employees and applicable
subcontractors/suppliers/contractors participating on the contract that will substantiate the actual work
performed by the M/W/DBE(s) on this Contract, by an authorized officer or employee of the City. Any
intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts will be grounds for terminating the contract or debarment
from City work for a period of not less than three (3) years and for initiating action under Federal, State or
Local laws concerning false statements. Any failure to comply with this ordinance and create a material
breach of contract may result in a determination of an irresponsible Offeror and barred from participating in
City work for a period of time not less than one(1)year-
STEPHEN W. SWATEK
SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT
Authoriz ignaYure Printed signature
STEP NI W. S AT
SIIOR VICE PRESIDENT
Wet Contact Namerritle(tr different)
, GARNEY COMPANIES, INC, �)b_"�U _t{b�U g llio
Company Wa nx� T333 . . Telephaire andlt-oar Fax
KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI 64118
LADQJCX e
Address E-mail Address �—
?-�.S off'
citrtstateop Date
�r
Rev.00-fW
07-26-07 A09 :42 IN ATTACHMENTIC
Page 1 of 3
FORT WORT City of Fort Worth
Good Faith Effort Form
PRIME COMPANY NAME: Check applicable block to describe
GARPtI±Y COMPAM,INC. grime
PROJECT NAME: I
M/WIDBE )( NON-WWIDBE
SOUTHSIDE 11 WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN, PART 4 BID DATE
7-1 -oil
T CiWs MIWBE Project Goal: PROJECT NUMBER
22% P264-608140030388
,f you have tvled fo secure M/W8E 0art►cipatiort and you have subcontract►ag"arttllor sc►ppl►er apportun►t►es:or+f your
DBE paiticigation is:,ess than the;.Gity's pratect;'goal,y u must ciomptefe th►s form
If the bidder's method of compliance with the MIWBE goal is based upon demonstration of a
'.good faith effort", the bidder will have the buirden of correctly and accurately preparing and
submitting the documentation required by the City. Compliance with each item; 1 thru 6 below,
shall satisfy the Good Faith Effort requirement absent proof of fraud, intentional and/or knowing
misrepresentation the facts or intentional discrimination by the bidder_
FaxJure to complefe this orm,in its entlretywlth srpporfing dacurnentatton, and received by the-
,Managing
Departrnettt x>n vrbeor 5 DO p m five {§) city business.days after bid opening, exclusive of brd aperurig
date,,vnli fesulf t`ri ti�e,iii.; being cririsiiiered,ton-responsive to bii."specrF'�catsois
1.) Please list each and every subcontracting and/or supplier opportunity2 for the completion of this project,
regardless of whether it Is to be provided by a MIWBE or non-M/WBE.(DO NOT LIST NAMES OF FIRMS)
On Combined Projects,list each subcontracting and or supplier opportunity through the 2 tier.
(Use additional sheets,if necessary)
List of Subcontracting Opportunities List of Supplier Opportunities
Y
a
14 Avt_ Aug rtCotArc
&T E P FLY vaaU--s
EEDttd Cp rE
PAW c)4h 'Die- GrDrd
Rev.05130103
07-26-07 A09 :42 IN ATTACHMENT IC
Will Page2of3
2.) Obtain a current(not more than three (3)months old from the bid open date)list of M1WBE
subcontractors and/or suppliers from the City's M1WBE Office.
X Yes Date of Listing ? l /7 1 07
No
3J Did you solicit bids from M/WBE firms,within the subcontracting andlor supplier areas previously listed,
at least ten calendar days prior to bid opening by mail,exclusive of the day the bids are opened?
Yes {lf yes,attach M W8E mail listing to include name of firm and address and a dated copy of letter mailed_)
No
4.) Did you solicit bids from M/WBE firms,within the subcontracting and/or supplier areas previously listed,
at least ten calendar days prior to bid opening by telephone,exclusive of the day the bids are opened?
_ Yes {if yes,attach list Ito include name of MPNBE fine,person contacted,phone number and date and time of contact)
No
Nf�TE. Art cst�rittle may be'used to comply rrsth lthe� 3 or ;but may nat he used for bo If a facslmile is
rr tisecarttae#ax confirmation, wEtach is to ptovlde MNYB ' dame, date, time, fax -number and
to
r
documentation faxed
v
itTf`theist' I*�of l�UI3Es far apa r#lcua subcontractlrgTsuppUr oppozunity is ten (14) or less= the
bMilerr t tst contact the enure"3tsfi to t?e,an corj►plsance with questtpns 3 end 4 1#the list of,lUtlWBI s for a
u
pair t�clmtarsul3bontracftnglsupplter opporiuli:jr is ten (1Q)or more,the btdde rmust contact at least two-thirds
rrl t�3 vI a l st�irrthin such area of opportunity, but not less than.ten to be to cflrnpli2ir ce with questions 3
,
v.) Did you provide plans and specifications to potential M1WBEs or information regarding the location of
rr plans and specifications in order to assist the M/WBEs?
_&-Yes
No
6.) Submit documentation'if M1WBE quotes were rejected. The documentation submitted should be in the
forms of an affidavit, include a detailed explanation of why the M/WBE was rejected and any supporting
documentation the bidder wishes to be considered by the City. In the event of a bona fide dispute
concerning quotes, the bidder will provide for confidential in-camera access to and inspection of any
relevant documentation by City personnel.
{Pfease use additional sheets,if necessary,and attach.
Company Name Telephone Contact Person Scope of Work Reason for Rejection
09
D,
Not
mill,
ADDITIONAL INFORMATICIId:
p) m m m m 22 m
c o o o 0 00 o
u 17 u u O 7-
m IS CD
m v_ v_ N m C N m N m m m N a mN mN ? �
a U 0 m m 0
7° m N v ' N a Na v_ m a N N Nm
4�> c > O > o
Q of E 0 E E E 9
LE
2o Q 20 Y cY 2 o o Z mn p o0 m
m v m m a E E ` ` O E °- E E
m NOf N F R7p Fd —0 Z m a a
c Qam c > E
a
n ! `o m C a
0 o a t an'
a7 a ad m0 O
_ o o a0 m ND N Ix
m00 -1 ° S Co 0 m m m o 0 0E V o o0 m oZ m z00 ZC ? Zv, 9 Z Z Z Z 5 ❑ Z Z 5 ❑0 Z0 ❑ Z Z0 Zo
Z m 9
m >
V x x x x x x x x x X x x x x x x x x x x
m
O
U
m
O� m x x x x x x x x
O m
K
m
0 p x x x x x x x
c
a
y, E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E
O m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m
19 M In O ^ 0, N r N M O r to t0 w M h In
N N CO M N M r
C 0 0 M of to t0 O T. N N N N
p OD aD a0 aO a0 aD O m O O O O O .- co
•- o 0 0 0 0 0 0 o r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r o
O r r r r n n r o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 In
J
H non ^ nnA �ziznrznnnrzni--
0 0 r
0 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
0 � ` U U U U U U U U
o'
LL O 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 c C
J E ; m nnn0. a cl 11a0, CL E
t O c E E E E E E E E E E t
Q Q C CW w G p) O) — _ _ -CcK 0000000000mm❑ ' ' ' cm ) t9 t0 _ OO >T >1 >. TT > C lA
06Cm m m m m m C cC C C cmC C co m E
m Q
c m m Z Z Z Z Z Z m m m m m 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 > > > >
7 7 0 m m m m m 7 7 7 7 7 7 3 7 m m m m m m m m m m m
rm � � varn �nrnv� mcn �ncn �nv� cnrnxrxxxxxxsxa
c
E N
0
m m
IL d x v
Y
O M C L
T O
O C W > m W m 7 m m N m c U l�0 m L
U FS ❑ 1- Y In m 3: , � Z � m CD U ❑ U
r C. N N N Of pppp N N O r M N OD tO O O f0 aD r N
t0 N t0 O N 2 r m 7 M M M M r t0 N N N a N
0 m m N aa O r N O V a O t0 M M O N ao c0 f0
x .- ' M T O T M W m N O a0 Y M M q' O T N O OD N I
m M m K OD 1n W to 00 N N iJ V 7 c0 f0 -t aD f0 1� K C) N M I.. f0
LL T r N N M N M M W M 00 !r 7 co M r N r M A c0 N co t0 N r
��LO C X� ��3r, r
rrrrrrrrnrri�rrrr rrnrrnrrrrrrn ^
sees m m m m m m m ip m m m m °7✓m m m m mm m m m mrn
m r N M f0 O O O N 'T M O O N v [0 r 00 N r 0 V r W N O C'J
C r M 0 OD O N N OO 'C O N a0 t0 r OD w r N aD O M -0 7 N "I
M M W O t0 ` CD O ib O f0 r O r t a0 r to r M <O N w M
t � mmmmO �iM r � :T qMm
n � MNMticnoaD - tfq0 t0 O O w 0 c) A 0 h N M r� CIDO. (7 (V a0) MGoMNNrN NO) I
In O j^In Cj
N co m N 0
n
0 3.
F rrrnniz,i:ziz, i�nrrrrr���r;�iziz
OD CO m OD m m ao m 4;m av i90 a, ar m m a0 m av m av aO a`0 av m av aD Owl
m rn
_ tj C
m 5 m
V T >
m N C co
C m m U
E t+- n E w
ON N N N p m
Z m � U m c
c V J CO U C m N Cp U O
E 2J Om mU ? m ° oa Y
E a ? -m° N m � m a U c ° 0
V0)n m UUa=c`m mII❑ wIC- QZy QV IIQo-Oai T Qc a V a C nNc iY c�fcC a' HNc i F° Yc a. 0 U Oc6 mo O0 ° N YL
N Z 2 Ye2
Eicc c 0 0 04) 1
Op > K mn SrnCm-d
V�na C) ° 2
o2cIt
C) ooE O dO Z � JQWO - d ❑ 0 (70_ Q . (D2lu)
mmn
Q
a
m
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
m
U
07-26-07 A09 :42 IN ATTAC14MENTtC
Page 3 of 3
Please provide additional information you feet Will further explain your good and honest efforts to obtain
MIWBE participation on this project.
The bidder further agrees to provide, directly to the City upon request, complete and
accurate information regarding actual work performed on this contract, the payment
thereof and any proposed changes to the original arrangements submitted with this bid.
The bidder also agrees to allow an audit and/or examination of,any books, records and
files held by their cgmpany that will substantiate the actual work performed on this
contract, by an authorized officer or employee of the City.
Any intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts will be grounds for terminating
the contract or debarment from City work for a period of not less than three (3) years and
' for initiating action under Federal, State or Local laws concerning false statements. Any
failure to comply with this ordinance and creates a material breach of contract may result
in a determination of an irresponsible offeror and barred from participating in City work
for a period of time not less than one (1)year.
The undersigned certifies that the information provided and the MIWBE(s) listed-waslwere
�. contactect in good faith. it is understood that any M/WBE(s) listed in Attachment 1C will
be contacted and the reasons for not using them will be verified by the City's M/WBE
' Office. STEPHEN W. SWATEK
SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT
Au zed L" STEPHEN W. SWATEK Prtn Signature
SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT
Title Contact Name and Title(if different)
g1 6-141 -4�00 9I6 --141 - yH 8"8'
m Copany Narr 33N.W�VIVION ROAD Phone Number Fax Number
KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI 64118 �SV��`�-r✓� +� 'CGIV 1-ttt , Lt]Y�
d, Address Email Address
?,12s,�7�
CitylState/Zip Date
Rev.05/30/03
Attachment#2 07-26-07 A09 :42 IN
Of the $1,380,808 total dollar value of the subcontractors and suppliers for
this project; $880,169 associated with the steel pipe and the large diameter
butterfly valve manufacturers could not be provided by a disadvantaged business
enterprise (MNVBE). There is no known qualified manufacture that meets the
specifications and is a disadvantaged business enterprise (MNVBE). This means
that there was only a total of $500,639 that had the possibility of being a
disadvantaged business enterprise (MNVBE). Of the $500,639 that had the
possibility of being a disadvantaged business enterprise (MNVBE) we achieved a
participation/utilization percentage of 19%.
JUL.17.2007 15:24 8178785753 CH2M HILL INC #5194 P.006 /016
r' PART 4-PROPOSAL
TO: City Manager
_ Municipal Office Building
1000 Throckmo-don.Street
Port Worth,Texas 76102
June,2007
FOR: SOUTHSIDE> II WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN,PART 4
CPN 00303,Water Project No.:P264-608140030388,DOE No.:3629
Pursuant to the foregoing"Notice to Bidders,".the undersigned has thoroughly examined
the plans,specifications and the site,undcr&tand the amount of work to be.done,and hereby
proposes to do all the work and furnish all labor,equipment,and materials necessary to
fully complete all the work as provided in the plans and specifications,and subject to the
inspection and.approval of the Director,Department of Engineering of the City of Fort
.. 'Worth. The Contractor must be pre qualified in accordance with the Water Department of
the City of Fort Worth requirements. Upon acceptance of the Proposal by the City Council,
the bidder is bound to execute a contract and furnish Perfornnamce,Maintenance Bond for
the water-replacement contract only, and Payment Bond approved by the City of Fort Worth
for performing and completing said work within the time stated for the following sums,to
Wit:
Following are the bid items required for the installation of the Southside II Water
Transmission Main,Pert 4. The items are to be incorporated into the Trawsportation and
Public Works specifications.for this project.
'Ibtal quantities given in the bid proposal may not reflect actual quantities,but represent the
best accuracy based on a reasonable effort of investigation;however,they ale given for the
purpose of bidding on and awarding the contract.
Furnish and install including all appurtenant work,complete in place,the following
items. (Select only one pay item for Items numbered"a","b",or"c".)
Al' ••CrMs :' APPRO UNIT: D.ES.CRIPTION CST ITEM&: UNIT PIUCE �A1l OUNT
tTE-M: BLU QUANTIFY WITH BID FRICES.WRITTEN: .:
N6: No. IN WORDS
Pipe- Pressure-54 inch-
(Ductile Iron Pipe- Install by
Open Cut) c�
la 0�D4 30 LF �Q - �1J $ ��..gt� �
Dollars&
Cents per linear feet
7/17/07 1 ADDENDUM 1
PART4 PROPOSAL
JUL.17.2007 15:26 8178785753 CH2M HILL INC #5194 F.007 /016
pp
C��G.. t7 FI!JT:;
..................
C, S. t AN I 1G1"'Y. . .:. .>. I'L E... .. . ........., . ..
Pipe- Pressure-54 inch—
(Prestressed Concrete Cylinder
Pipe(C303)- Install by Open
1 b BID- 30 LF Cut pp b bit) O
00613 � p $�'=--
Dollars &T
Cents per linear feet
Pipe- Pressure-54 inch—
(Steel Pipe (C200)- Install by
Open Cut) 00
BID- OA[TAonSAAA �Q u-\ate 42
1 c 30 LF � $ 1
_�400 — �_. �oc-o
00612
Dollars &
Cents per linear feet
Pipe- Pressure-48 inch—
(Ductile Iron Pipe- Install by
BID- Open Cut)
2a 00609 5,240 LF N y g,t�. $ No '0 $
Dollars &
Cents per linear feet
" Pipe- Pressure-48 inch—
(Prestressed Concrete Cylinder
Pipe(C303)- Install by Open
2b BID 5,240 LF Cut) $
630
Dollars &
Cents per linear feet
Pipe - Pressure-48 inch—
(Steel Pipe(C200) - Install by
BID- Open Cut) o0
2c 00610 5,246 LF or1E ALAmmaaz L4114 ( NIrtE $��.... $
Dollars &
ZER.0
Cents per linear feet
Pipe- Pressure—24-inch —
Install (Ductile Iron Pipe by
BID- Open Cut)
3 00595 15 LF � wUabQzb SE�IEw\T� $ 270— $ LA COO
Dollars &
ZEQ,�
Cents_per linear feet
7/17/07 2 ADDENDUM]
PART4 PROPOSAL
JUL.17.2007 15:26 8178785753 CH2M HILL INC #5194 P.008 /016
......:...
WA
Bali?.::.. .::
.
.. ...........
::..... .. .. . .
... -
.......... ...
Pipe asing-72-inch Casing
Pipe by Other than open Cut/w
Pressure Grout—Install
BID- 1
4 00586 110 LF OOETIAMAnlD) 06 4,)AUc� $ � $
Dollars &
Cents per linear feet
Pipe- Fittings - 16-in or> DI
Pipe Install
5a BID- 10 Tons mo I40 $
00569
Dollars &
Cents per ton
Pipe- Fittings - 16-in or> Steel
Pipe-Install
BID-
5b 00570 1 LS Cale Qv Cc Gms-4 T►l"� $�--- $
Dollars &
ZEQ..0
Cents per lump sum
Pipe- Fittings- 16-in or>
AWWA C310 or C303 - RCCP
Pipe Install
5c 00571
0 BID-1 1. LS , Au $ $
Dollars &
`y Cents per lump sum
Valve Box- Lockable Valve Cap
- Install
6 00 12 1 EA H�ORszS� �FTy $ �� $ �
Dollars &
Zel-Q.> _
Cents per each
Valve-48-inch Butterfly
w/Vault-- Install
7 BID- 2 EA -Tui c u� Rsu� �IErJ 7uva,Arl $2tiZ,oUU4� $���� owe�
.. 00740 Dollars& - �—
Cents per each
_ 7/17/07 3 ADDENDUM 1
PART4PROPOSAL
JUL.17.2007 15:26 8178785753 CH2M HILL INC #5194 P.009 /016
:T.
.... .. . ....
7:
.............
Valve-24-inch- Gate-wNalve
Vault-Install
8 BID- EA �Itk-V I -T-Otx)SAA�D $90 o-00 00 $(10 0-af)
00726 Dollars & 0 -
-Z-eA-V
Cents per each
Valve- 8-inch -Blow Off-
w/Sump Manhole - Install
9 BID- $
2 EA -Too�" $
007 Dollars&
Cents per each
Valve - 1 0-inch-Air&Vacuum
BID- Release with Vault- Install
--pCATI SIX-100y - �-3.44 F
10 00715 2 EA $ 14P SIO OW
Dollars &
L2::fc>
Cents per each
Pipe- Pressure- Cathodic
Protection System - Install
creP
11 BID- 1 LS $ $ ►15- o0o -
00619 -11 VTCC k>-)s
Dollars &
Cents per lump sum
Pavement-4-inch Flex Base on
8-inch 2/27 Concrete Base-
Install (per Detail 1, Section B,
12 BID- 200 LF Sht. 16) $ cit $ 1�
00443 6
Dollars &
Cents per linear feet
Temporary Pavement ent-Install
13 BID- 200 SY $ $
00430 Dollars&
Cents per square and
7/17/07 a ADDENDUM I
PAM PROPOSAL
JUL.17.2007 15:27 8176785753 CH2M HILL INC #5194 P.010 /016
,AC3�::: ..._.....
ITEMN.
...: .,..._.
H..B C,ES: 1X[
Pavement- Marking -
Thermoplastic Pavement
Striping - Install o�
14 BID- 200 LF wp 2 $ ifDo —
00440
Dollars &
7ssf"�
Cents per linear feet
Pavement- Marking -Minch-
Edge Line-White Install
.. -ID oe cep
15 BID-
400 LF T'wc:)00432
Dollars &
Cents per linear feet
Dehole—0 to 5 Ft. Depth-
Study
ID- eo
16 BID-
7 EA WC $00539 �r1S
Dollars &
zQX0
Cents per each
Dehole—5 to 10 Ft. Depth-
Stud Cob
17 BID-, 4 EA 0- 1 XAv f C6 �7'F'Ny $ ' $ (eco
00541 Dollars& —�
-7jz —
Cents per each
Dehole— 10 to 20 Ft. Depth-
Study
BID- 'ram ?� zw
18
00540 1 EA Dollars & $ — $—'
-7 C,cc)
Cents per each
Grass-Hydromulch Seeding-
Install
7S
19 BID- 6,615 SY ,�� $ 0 �- $ 53
00134
Dollars &
Cents er uare yard
MM 7117/07 5 ADDENDUM 1
PART4 PROPOSAL
JUL.17.2007 15:27 8178765753 CH2M HILL INC #5194 P.011 /016
QUM
. ... ........
.. .........
7.7 FF
•
Storm Water Pollution
Prevention Plan > 1-acre-
20 BID- 1 LS Install My $ 15/000 crci
00100 i-ziyg
Dollars &
Cents 09r lump SUM
Rip Rap-<Than 18 Inch Rock-
Install
CO
21 BID- 930 CY F%F-yj s. $
00094 Dollars &
-IF-U-0
Cents per cubic and
Fill Material- Flowable Fill -
Install
B
22 ID- 2,250 Cy 151*U $ C) $
00544 Dollars &
Cents peE cubic yard
Traffic Control
ve
BID- o ow
23 00526 1 LS Dollars & $ $
— A_Q.)
Cents per lump sure
TOTAL BM 7 S'
7/17/07 fi ADDENDUM
PART4 PROPOSAL
JUL.17.2007 15:27 8178785753 C142M HILL INC #5194 P.012 /016
ESTIMATED LIST OF DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS
TO BE SUBMITTED WTTH BID
ADD OR SUBSTRACT FOR THE FOLLOWING FITTINGS INCI.-C.l'DING
INSTALLATION
_ Unit Weight Total
Quantity Size of Fitting Type of Fitting Weight
(lbs) abs)
2 48 22% deg bend
2 48 11114 deg bend
�- 1 54x54 Tee
1 54 Plu
_ 1 54x4 Pe er
1 54x24 Ped.0 r
1 24 Plug
Contractor~hall fill i ri blanks for"Weight per Fitting" and "Total Weight"as a pant of his
bid. (weight will be based on M.).Fittings.)
7/17/07 7 ADDENDUM 1
PART4 PROPOSAL
JUL.17.2007 15:27 8178785753 CH2M HILL INC #5194 P.013 /016
ESTIMATED LIST FITTINGS FOR BAR WRAPPED CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE
TO BE SUBMITTED WITH BID
ADD OR SUBSTRACT FOR THE FOLLOWING FITTINGS INCLUDING
INSTALLATION
Quantity Size of Fitting Type of Fitting Unit Price Total Price
2 48 22 3h deg bend
2 48 11 1/4 deg bend
1 54x54 Tee
1 54 P!u
_ 1 54x4$ Reducer
1 54x2 Reducer
1 24
Y
Y.i
Y
7/17/07 B ADDENDUM 1
PART4PROPOS&
4J
JUL.17.2007 15:28 8178785753 C142M HILL INC #5194 P.014 /016
ESTIMATED LIST OF STEEL PIPE FITTINGS
TO BE SU"BMMED WITH BID
ADD OR SUBSTRACT FOR THE FOLLOWING FITTINGS INCLUDING
INSTALLATION
Quantity Size of pitting Type of Fitting Unit Price Total Price
2 48 22 A deg bend !_ cd
2 48 113/4 deg bend
1 54x54 Tee 4 Z 000 i 41,C007T
1 54 flug 3 GAO 3 c O
1 54x48 Reducer 4 ovd 0001f
1 54x24 Reducer 1 1 -00 - 11 soc)
1 24 Plu �� `= 2
i
7/17107 s ADDENDUM 1
PART4 PROPOSAL
JUL.17.2007 15:28 8178785753 CH2M HILL INC #5194 P.015 l016
r
Within ten(10)days after notification by the City,the undersigned will execute the formal
contract and will deliver an approved Surety Bond.and such other beds as required by the
Contract documents,for the faithful performance of the Contract. The attached bid security
in the amount of 5° is to become the property of the City of Fort Worth,Texas,in the event
the contract and bond or bonds are not executed and delivered within the time above set
forth,as liquidated damages for the delay and additional work caused thereby_
The undersigned bidder certifies that he has been furnished with at least one set of the
General Contract Documents and General Specifications for Water Department Projects
dated January 1,1.5478,including latest revisions,and that he has read and thoroughly
understands all the requirements and conditions of those General Documents and the
specific Contract Documents and appurtenant plans.
The undersigned assures that it employees and applicants.for employment and those of any
labor organization,subcontractors,or employment agency in either furnishing or referring
employee applicmits to the undersigned are not discriminated against as prohibited by the
terns of City Ordinance No. 7278 as amended by City Ordinance No.7400.
The Bidder agrees to begin construction within ten(10)calendar days after issue of the work
order,and to complete the contract within One Hundred Ninety(190)calendar days after
W beginning construction as set forth in the wiitten work order to be ft ished.by the Owner.
(Complete A or B below,as applicable)
A. The principal place of.business of our company is in the State of A 5,0 U
Nonresident bidders in the State of —our principal place of business,are
not required to be percent lower than resident bidders by slate law.A.copy of
the statue is attached.
Nonresident bidders in the State of A. -56 ie 6 our principal place of
business are not required to underbid resident bidders.
1i. The principal place of business of our company or our parent company
majority owner is in the State of Texas.
Addendumn No. 1 (iiiitia&
Addendum No.2(initials
_ Addendum No.3(Initials_ J
Respectfully submitted,
By: fie/
Title: STEPH W. SWATEK
SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT
^ Company:
GARNEY COMPANIES, INC.
(seal)If bidder i$a corporation Address: 13�3 K W. VIVION ROAD
904SAS CITE° ISISSOURI 6411`8
Date: - I
7/17107 10 ADDENDUM 1
"' PART4 PROPOSAL
PART C
GENERAL CONDITIONS
PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
.. NOVEMBER 1, 1987
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ow
Cl-1 DEFINITIONS CI-1 (1)
C1-1.1 Definition of Terms CI-1 (1)
C 1-1.2 Contract Documents Cl-1 (2)
C l-1.3 Notice to Bidders Cl-1 (2)
_ C1-1.4 Proposal CI-1 (2)
C1-1.5 Bidder C1-1 (2)
C 1-1.6 General Conditions Cl-1 (2)
,. C1-1.7 Special Conditions Cl-1 (2)
C1-1.8 Specifications C1-1 (2)
C1-1.9 Bonds Cl-1 (2)
CI-1.10 Contract Cl-1 (3)
C1-1.11 Plans C1-1 (3)
C1-1.12 City C1-1 (3)
C1-1.13 City Council Cl-1 (3)
C1-1.14 Mayor CI-1 (3)
C1-1.15 City Manager Cl-1 (3)
C1-1.16 City Attorney C1-1 (3)
CI-1.17 Director of Public Works CI-1 (3)
C1-1.18 Director, City Water Department C1-1 (3)
C1-1.19 Engineer C1-1 (3)
CI-1.20 Contractor Cl-1 (3)
_ C1-1.21 Sureties C1-1 (4)
C1-1.22 The Work or Project C1-1 (4)
CI-1.23 Working Day CI-1 (4)
.. C1-1.24 Calendar Days C1-1 (4)
C1-1.25 Legal Holidays C1-1 (4)
C l-1.26 Abbreviations Cl-1 (4)
,op C1-1.27 Change Order CI-1 (5)
C1-1.28 Paved Streets and Alleys C1-1 (5)
C1-1.29 Unpaved Streets or Alleys C1-1 (6)
.. CI-1.30 City Street Cl-1 (6)
C1-1.31 Roadway Cl-1 (6)
C1-1.32 Gravel Street C1-1 (6)
C2-2 INTERPRETATION AND PREPARATION
OF PROPOSAL
C2-2.1 Proposal Form C2-2 (1)
C2-2.2 Interpretation of Quantities C2-2 (1)
C2-2.3 Examination of Contract Documents and Site of Project C2-2 (2)
C2-2.4 Submitting of Proposal C2-2 (2)
(1)
C2-2.5 Rejection of Proposals C2 2 (3)
C2-2.6 Bid Security C2-2 (3)
C2-2.7 Delivery of Proposal C2-2 (3)
C2-2.8 Withdrawing Proposals C2-2 (3)
C2-2.9 Telegraphic Modifications of Proposals C2-2 (3)
C2-2.10 Public Opening of Proposal C2-2 (4)
C2-2.11 Irregular Proposals C2-2 (4)
C2-2.12 Disqualification of Bidders C2-2 (4)
C3-3 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS: �*
C3-3.1 Consideration of Proposals C3-3 (1)
C3-3.2 Minority Business Enterprise/Women Business C3-3 (1)
Enterprise Compliance
C3-3.3 Equal Employment Provisions C3-3 (1)
C3-3.4 Withdrawal of Proposals C3-3 (1)
C3-3.5 Award of Contract 0-3 (2)
C3-3.6 Return of Proposal Securities C3-3 (2)
C3-3.7 Bonds C3-3 (2)
C3-3.8 Execution of Contract 0-3 (3)
C3-3.9 Failure to Execute Contract 0-3 (3)
C-3-3.10 Beginning Work C3-3 (4)
C3-3.11 Insurance C3-3 (4)
C3-3.12 Contractor's Obligations C3-3 (6)
C3-3.13 Weekly Payrolls C3-3 (6) �.
C3-3.14 Contractor's Contract Administration C3-3 (6)
C3-3.15 Venue C3-3 (7)
C4-4 SCOPE OF WORK
C4-4.1 Intent of Contract Documents C4-4 (1)
C4-4.2 Special Provisions C4-4(1)
C4-4.3 Increased or Decreased Quantities C4-4(1)
C4-4.4 Alteration of Contract Documents C4-4(2)
C4-4.5 Extra Work C4-4(2)
C4-4.6 Schedule of Operation C4-4 (3)
C4-4.7 Progress Schedules for Water and Sewer Plant Facilities C44 (4)
C5-5 CONTROL OF WORK AND MATERIALS
C5-5.1 Authority of Engineer C5-5 (1)
C5-5.2 Conformity with Plans C5-5 (1)
C5-5.3 Coordination of Contract Documents C5-5 (1)
C5-5.4 Cooperation of Contractor C5-5 (2)
C5-5.5 Emergency and/or Rectification Work C5-5 (2) �.
C5-5.6 Field Office C5-5 (3)
C5-5.7 Construction Stakes C5-5 (3)
(2)
00
C5-5.8 Authority and Duties of City Inspector C5-5 (3)
C5-5.9 Inspection C5-5 (4)
as C5-5.10 Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work C5-5 (4)
C5-5.11 Substitute Materials or Equipment C5-5 (4)
C5-5.12 Samples and Tests of Materials C5-5 (5)
so C5-5.13 Storage of Materials C5-5 (5)
C5-5.14 Existing Structures and Utilities C5-5 (5)
C5-5.15 Interruption of Service C5-5 (6)
C5-5.16 Mutual Responsibility of Contractors C5-5 (7)
C5-5.17 Clean-Up C5-5 (7)
C5-5.18 Final Inspection C5-5 (8)
C6-6 LEGAL RELATIONS AND PUBLIC RESPONSIBILITY
C6-6.1 Laws to be Observed C6-6 (1)
C6-6.2 Permits and Licenses C6-6 (1)
.. C6-6.3 Patented Devices,Materials, and Processes C6-6(1)
C6-6.4 Sanitary Provisions C6-6 (1)
C6-6.5 Public Safety and Convenience C6-6(2)
C6-6.6 Privileges f Contractor in Streets, Alleys, C6-6(3)
and Right-of-Way
C6-6.7 Railway Crossings C6-6 (3)
C6-6.8 Barricades,Warnings and Flagmen C6-6(3)
C6-6.9 Use of Explosives,Drop Weight,Etc. C6-6 (4)
C6-6.10 Work Within Easements C6-6 (5)
" C6.6.11 Independent Contractor C6-6(6)
C6-6.12 Contractor's Responsibility for Damage Claims C6-6 (6)
C6-6.13 Contractor's Claim for Damages C6-6 (8)
.. C6-6.14 Adjustment or Relocation of Public Utilities, Etc. C6-6(8)
C6-6.15 Temporary Sewer and Drain Connections C6-6(8)
C6-6.16 Arrangement and Charges for Water Furnished by the City C6-6 (9)
C6-6.17 Use of a Section or Portion of the Work C6-6 (9)
C6-6.18 Contractor's Responsibility for the Work C6-6(9)
C6-6.19 No Waiver of Legal Rights C6-6 (9)
C6-6.20 Personal Liability of Public Officials C6-6(10)
C6-6.21 State Sales Tax C6-6 (10)
C7-7 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
.. C7-7.1 Subletting C7-7 (1)
C7-7.2 Assignment of Contract C7-7 (1)
C7-7.3 Prosecution of The Work C7-7 (1)
C7-7.4 Limitation of Operations C7-7 (2)
C7-7.5 Character of Workmen and Equipment C7-7 (2)
C7-7.6 Work Schedule C7-7 (3)
C7-7.7 Time of Commencement and Completion C7-7 (3)
C7-7.8 Extension of Time Completion C7-7 (3)
(3)
C7-7.9 Delays C7-7 (4)
C7-7.10 Time of Completion C7-7 (4)
C7-7.11 Suspension by Court Order C7-7 (5)
C7-7.12 Temporary Suspension C7-7(5)
C7-7.13 Termination of Contract due to National Emergency C7-7 (6)
C7-7.14 Suspension or Abandonment of the Work C7-7(6)
and Annulment of the Contract:
C7-7.15 Fulfillment of Contract C7-7(8) .�
C7-7.16 Termination for Convenience of the Owner C7-7 (8)
C7-7.17 Safety Methods and Practices C7-7 (11)
C8-8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
C8-8.1 Measurement Of Quantities C8-8 (1)
C8-8.2 Unit Prices C8-8 (1)
C8-8.3 Lump Sum C8-8 (1)
C8-8.4 Scope of Payment C8-8 (1)
C8-8.5 Partial Estimates and Retainage C8-8 (2)
C8-8.6 Withholding Payment C8-8 (3)
C8-8.7 Final Acceptance C8-8 (3)
C8-8.8 Final Payment C8-8 (3)
C8-8.9 Adequacy of Design C8-8 (4)
C8-8.10 General Guaranty C8-8 (4)
C8-8.11 Subsidiary Work C8-8 (4)
C8-8.12 Miscellaneous Placement of Material C8-8 (4)
C8-8.13 Record Documents C8-8 (4)
V �
Flo _
(4)
SECTION C - GENERAL CONDITIONS
C2-2 INTERPRETATION AND
PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL
SECTION C2-2 INTERPRETATION AND PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL
C2-2.1 PROPOSAL FORM: The Owner will furnish bidders with Proposal form, which
will contain an itemized list of the items of work to be done or materials to be furnished
and upon which bid prices are requested. The Proposal form will state the Bidder's
general understanding of the project to be completed, provide a space for furnishing the
amount of bid security, and state the basis for entering into a formal contract. The Owner
will furnish forms for the Bidder's "Experience Record," "Equipment Schedule," and
"Financial Statement," all of which must be properly executed and filed with the Director
of the City Water Department one week prior to the hour for opening of bids.
The financial statement required shall have been prepared by an independent certified
public accountant or an independent public accountant holding a valid permit issued by
an appropriate state licensing agency, and shall have been so prepared as to reflect the
current financial status. This statement must be current and no more than one(1)year old. ea
_ In the case that bidding date falls within the time a new statement is being prepared, the �1�2
previous statement shall be updated by proper verification. Liquid assets in the amount of o4
ten(10)percent of the estimated project cost will be required. �C-�IQ _K-
For an experience record to be considered to be acceptable for a given project, it must
reflect the experience of the firm seeking qualification in work of both the same nature
and magnitude as that of the project for which bids are to be received, and such
experience must have been completed not more than five (5) years prior to the date on
which Bids are to be received. The Director of the Water Department shall be sole judge
as to the acceptability of experience for qualification to bid on any Fort Worth Water
Department project.
The prospective bidder shall schedule the equipment he has available for the project and
state that he will rent such additional equipment as may be required to complete th
project on which he submits a bid.
C2-2.2 INTERPRETATION OF QUANTITIES: The quantities of work and materials
to be furnished as may be listed in the proposal forms or other parts of the Contract
Documents will be considered as approximate only and will be used for the purpose of
comparing bids on a uniform basis. Payment will be made to the Contractor for only the
_ actual quantities of work performed or materials furnished in strict accordance with the
Contract Documents and Plans. The quantities of work to be performed and materials to
be furnished may be increased or decreased as hereinafter provided, without in any way
invalidating the unit prices bid or any other requirements of the Contract Documents.
C2-2 (1)
C2-2.3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE OF PROJECT:
Bidders are advised that the Contract Documents on file with the Owner shall constitute
all of the information which the Owner will furnish. All additional information and data
which the Owner will supply after promulgation of the formal contract documents shall
be issued in the form of written addenda and shall become part of the Contract
Documents just as though such addenda were actually written into the original Contract
Documents.
Bidders are required, prior to filing of proposal, to read and become familiar with the
Contract Documents, to visit the site of the project and examine carefully all local
conditions, to inform themselves by their own independent research and investigations,
tests,boring, and by such other means as may be necessary to gain a complete knowledge
of the conditions which will be encountered during construction of the project. They must
judge for themselves the difficulties of the work and all attending circumstances affecting
the cost of doing the work or the time required for its completion, and obtain all i
information required to make an intelligent proposal. No information given by the Owner
or any representative of the Owner other than that contained in the Contract Documents
and officially promulgated addenda thereto, shall be binding upon the Owner. Bidders
shall rely exclusively and solely upon their own estimates, investigation, research, tests,
explorations, and other data which are necessary for full and complete information upon
which the proposal is to be based. It is mutually agreed that the submission of a proposal
is prima-facie evidence that the bidder has made the investigation, examinations and tests
herein required. Claims for additional compensation due to variations between conditions
actually encountered in construction and as indicated in the Contract Documents will not
be allowed.
The logs of Soil Borings, if any, on the plans are for general information only and may
not be correct. Neither the Owner nor the Engineer guarantee that the data shown is
representative of conditions which actually exist.
C2-2.4 SUBMITTING OF PROPOSAL: The Bidder shall submit his Proposal on the
form furnished by the Owner. All blank spaces applicable to the project contained in the
form shall be correctly filled in and the Bidder shall state the prices, written in ink in both
words and numerals, for which he proposes to do work contemplated or furnish the
materials required. All such prices shall be written legibly. In case of discrepancy
between price written in words and the price written in numerals, the price most
advantageous to the City shall govern.
If a proposal is submitted by an individual, his or her name must be signed by him (her)
or his (her) duly authorized agent. If a proposal is submitted by a firm, association, or
partnership,the name and address of each member of the firm, association, or partnership,
or by person duly authorized. If a proposal is submitted by a company or corporation, the
company or corporation name and business address must be given, and the proposal
signed by an official or duly authorized agent. The corporate seal must be affixed. Power
C2-2 (2)
of Attorney authorizing agents or others to sign proposal must be properly certified and
must be in writing and submitted with the proposal.
C2-2.5 REJECTION OF PROPOSALS: Proposals may be rejected if they show any
alteration of words or figures, additions not called for, conditional or uncalled for
alternate bids, erasures, or irregularities of any kind, or contain unbalanced value of any
_ items. Proposal tendered or delivered after the official time designated for receipt of
proposal shall be returned to the Bidder unopened.
C2-2.6 BID SECURITY: No proposal will be considered unless it is accompanied by a
"Proposal Security" of the character and the amount indicated in the "Notice to Bidders"
and the "Proposal_" The Bid Security is required by the Owner as evidence of good faith
.. on the part of the Bidder, and by way of a guaranty that if awarded the contract, the
Bidder will within the required time execute a formal contract and furnish the required
performance and other bonds. The bid security of the three lowest bidders will be retained
until the contract is awarded or other disposition is made thereof.. The bid security of all
other bidders may be returned promptly after the canvass of bids.
C2-2.7 DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL: No proposal will be considered unless it is
delivered, accompanied by its proper Bid Security, to the City Manager or his
representative in the official place of business as set forth in the "Notice to Bidders."It is
the Bidder's sole responsibility to deliver the proposal at the proper time to the proper
place. The mere fact that a proposal was dispatched will not be considered. The Bidder
_ must have the proposal actually delivered. Each proposal shall be in a sealed envelope
plainly marker with the word "PROPOSAL," and the name or description of the project
as designated in the "Notice to Bidders." The envelope shall be addressed to the City
Manager, City Hall, Fort Worth,Texas.
C2-2.8 WITHDRAWING PROPOSALS: Proposals actually filed with the City
.. Manager cannot be withdrawn prior to the time set for opening proposals. A request for
non-consideration must be made in writing, addressed to the City Manager, and filed with
him prior to the time set for opening of proposals. After all proposals not requested for
non-consideration are opened and publicly read aloud, the proposals for which non-
consideration requests have been properly filed may, at the option of the Owner, be
returned unopened.
C2-2.9 TELEGRAHIC MODIFICATIONS OF PROPOSALS: Any Bidder may modify
his proposal by telegraphic communication at any time prior to the time set for opening
proposals, provided such telegraphic communication is received by the City Manager
prior to the said proposal opening time, and provided further, that the City Manager is
satisfied that a written and duly authenticated confirmation of such telegraphic
communication over the signature of the bidder was mailed prior to the proposal opening
time. If such confirmation is not received within forty-eight (48) hours after the proposal
opening time, no further consideration will be given to the proposal.
C2-2 (3)
C2-2.10 PUBLIC OPENING OF PROPOSAL: Proposals which have been properly
filed and for which no "Non-consideration Request" has been received will be publicly
opened and read aloud by the City Manager or his authorized representative at the time
and place indicated in the "Notice to Bidders."All proposals which have been opened and ..
read will remain on file with the Owner until the contract has been awarded. Bidders or
their authorized representatives are invited to be present for the opening of bids.
i
C2-2.11 IRREGULAR PROPOSALS: Proposals shall be considered as "Irregular" if
they show any omissions, alterations of form, additions, or conditions not called for,
unauthorized alternate bids, or irregularities of any kind. However, the Owner reserves
the right to waive any all irregularities and to make the award of the contract to the best
interest of the City. Tendering a proposal after the closing hour is an irregularity which
can not be waived.
C2-2.12 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS: Bidders maybe disqualified and their
proposals not considered for any of,but not limited to, the following reasons:
a) Reasons for believing that collusion exists among bidders.
b) Reasonable grounds for believing that any bidder is interested in more than
one proposal for work contemplated.
c) The bidder being interested in any litigation against the Owner or where
the Owner may have a claim against or be engaged in litigation against the
bidder.
d) The bidder being in arrears on any existing contract or having defaulted on
a previous contract.
e) The bidder having performed a prior contract in an unsatisfactory manner.
f). Lack of competency as revealed by financial statement, experience
statement, equipment schedule, and such inquiries as the Owner may see
fit to make.
g) Uncompleted work which, in the judgment of the Owner, will prevent or
hinder the prompt completion of additional work if awarded.
h) The bidder not filing with the Owner, one week in advance of the hour of
the opening of proposals the following: _
6011 1. Financial Statement showing the financial condition of the bidder
as specified in Part"A"- Special Instructions
2. A current experience record showing especially the projects of a
nature similar to the one under consideration, which have been
successfully completed by the Bidder. i
3. An equipment schedule showing the equipment the bidder has
available for use on the project.
The i roposal of the bidder who, in the judgment of the Engineer, is disqualified
under the requirements stated herein, shall be set aside and not opened.
C2-2 (4)
PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS
C3-3 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF
DOCUMENTS
SECTION 0-3 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS:
C3-3.1 CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS: After proposals have been opened and
read aloud,the proposals will be tabulated on the basis of the quoted prices,the quantities
shown in the proposal, and the application of such formulas or other methods of bringing
items to a common basis as may be established in the Contract Documents.
•• The total obtained by taking the sum of the products of the unit prices quoted and the
estimated quantities plus any lump sum items and such other quoted amounts as may
enter into the cost of the completed project will be considered as the amount of the bid.
Until the ward of the contract is made by the Owner, the right will be reserved to reject
any or all proposals and waive technicalities, to re-advertise for new proposals, or to
proceed with the work in any manner as may be considered for the best interest of the
Owner.
.. C3-3.2 MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE/WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESS
ENTERPRISE COMPLIANCE: Contractor agrees to provide to Owner, upon request,
_ complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by a Minority
Business Enterprise (MBE) and/or a Woman-owned Business Enterprise (WBE) on the
contract and the payment therefor. Contractor further agrees, upon request by the Owner,
to allow and audit and/or an examination of any books, records, or files in the possession
of the Contractor that will substantiate the actual work performed by an MWE or WBE.
Any material misrepresentation of any nature will be grounds for termination of the
.. contract and for initiating any action under appropriate federal, state or local laws and
ordinances relating to false statements; further, any such misrepresentation may be
grounds for disqualification of Contractor at Owner's discretion for bidding on future
•• Contracts with the Owner for a period of time of not less than six (6)months.
C3-3.3 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT PROVISIONS: The Contractor shall comply with
-� Current City Ordinances prohibiting discrimination in employment practices. The
Contractor shall post the required notice to that effect on the project site, and at his
request, will be provided assistance by the City of Fort Worth's Equal Employment
Officer who will refer any qualified applicant he may have on file in his office to the
Contractor.Appropriate notices may be acquired from the Equal Employment Officer.
.. C3-3.4 WITHDRAWAL OF PROPOSALS: After a proposal has been read by the
Owner, it cannot be withdrawn by the Bidder within forty-five (45) days after the date on
which the proposals were opened.
C3-3 (1)
C 3-3.5 AWARD OF CONTRACT: The Owner reserves the right to withhold final —
action on the proposals for a reasonable time, not to exceed forty-five (45) days after the
date of opening proposals, and in no event will an award be made until after
investigations have been made as to the responsibility of the proposed awardee.
The award of the contract, if award is made, will be to the lowest and best responsive
bidder. —
The award of the contract shall not become effective until the Owner has notified the
Contractor in writing of such award.
C3-3.6 RETURN OF PROPOSAL SECURITIES: As soon as proposed price totals
have been determined for comparison of bids, the Owner may, at its discretion, return the
proposal security which accompanied the proposals which, in its judgment, would not be
considered for the award. All other proposal securities, usually those of the three lowest
bidders, will be retained by the Owner until the required contract has been executed and
bond furnished or the Owner has otherwise disposed of the bids, after which they will be
returned by the City Secretary.
C3-3.7 BONDS: With the execution and delivery of the Contract Documents, the
Contractor shall furnish to, and file with the owner in the amounts herein required, the
following bonds:
a. PERFORMANCE BOND: A good and sufficient performance bond in
the amount of not less than 100 percent of the amount of the contract, as
evidenced by the proposal tabulation or otherwise, guaranteeing the full
and faithful execution of the work and performance of the contract, and for
the protection of the Owner and all other persons against damage by
reason of negligence of the Contractor, or improper execution of the work
or use of inferior materials. This performance bond shall guarantee the
payment for all labor, materials, equipment, supplies, and services used in
the construction of the work, and shall remain in full force and effect until
provisions as above stipulated are accomplished and final payment is made
on the project by the City.
i
b. MAINTENANCE BOND: A good and sufficient maintenance bond, in
the amount of not less than 100 percent of the amount of the contract, as
evidenced by the proposal tabulation or otherwise, guaranteeing the ...
prompt, full and faithful performance of the general guaranty which is set
forth in paragraph C8-8.10.
C. PAYMENT BOND: A good and sufficient payment bond, in the
amount of not less than 100 percent of the amount of the contract, as
evidenced by the proposal tabulation or otherwise, guaranteeing the
prompt, full and faithful payment of all claimants as defined in Article
C3-3 (2)
No
5160, Revised Civil Statutes of Texas, 1925, as amended by House Bill
.. 344, Acts 5e Legislature, Regular Session, 1959, effective April 27,
1959, and/or the latest version thereof, supplying labor and materials in the
_ prosecution of the work provided for in the contract being constructed
under these specifications. Payment Bond shall remain in force until all
payments as above stipulated are made.
d. OTHER BONDS: Such other bonds as may be required by these
Contract Documents shall be furnished by the Contractor.
No sureties will be accepted by the Owner which are at the time in default or delinquent
on any bonds or which are interested in any litigation against the Owner. All bonds shall
be made on the forms furnished by the Owner and shall be executed by an approved
surety company doing business in-the City of Fort Worth, Texas, and which is acceptable
to the Owner. In order to be acceptable, the name of the surety shall be included on the
current U.S. Treasury list of acceptable sureties, and the amount of bond written by any
one acceptable company shall not exceed the amount shown on the Treasury list for that
company. Each bond shall be properly executed by both the Contractor and Surety
Company.
Should any surety on the contract be determined unsatisfactory at any time by the Owner,
notice will be given the Contractor to that effect and the Contractor shall immediately
provide a new surety satisfactory to the Owner. No payment will be made under the
contract until the new surety or sureties, as required, have qualified and have been
accepted by the Owner. The contract shall not be operative nor will any payments be due
or paid until approval of the bonds by the Owner.
C3-3.8 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT: Within ten (10) days after the Owner has
appropriate resolution, or otherwise, awarded the contract, the Contractor shall execute
and file with the Owner, the Contract and such bonds as may be required in the Contract
Documents.
No Contract shall be binding upon the Owner until it has been attested by the City
Secretary, approved as to form and legality by the City Attorney, and executed for the
Owner by either the Mayor or City Manager.
C3-3.9 FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT: The failure of the Awardee to
execute the required bond or bonds or to sign the required contract within ten (10) days
after the contract is awarded shall be considered by the owner as an abandonment of his
proposal, and the owner may annual the Award. By reason of the uncertainty of the
market prices of material and labor, and it being impracticable and difficult to accurately
determine the amount of damages occurring to the owner by reason of said awardee's
failure to execute said bonds and contract within ten (10) days, the proposal security
MW accompanying the proposal shall be the agreed amount of damages which the Owner will
C3-3 (3)
suffer by reason of such failure on the part of the Awardee and shall thereupon
immediately by forfeited to the Owner.
The filing of a proposal will be considered as acceptance of this provision by the Bidder.
C-3-3.10 BEGINNING WORK: The Contractor shall not commence work until
authorized in writing to do so by the Owner. Should the Contractor fail to commence "
work at the site of the project within the time stipulated in the written authorization
usually termed "Work Order" or "Proceed Order", it is agreed that the Surety Company
will, within ten (10) days after the commencement date set forth in such written
authorization, commence the physical execution of the contract.
C3-3.11INSURANCE: The Contractor shall not commence work under this
contract until he has obtained all insurance required under the Contract Documents, and
such insurance has been approved by the Owner. The prime Contractor shall be _
responsible for delivering to the Owner the sub-contractor's certificate of insurance for
approval. The prime Contractor shall indicate on the certificate of insurance included in
the documents for execution whether or not his insurance covers sub-contractors. It is the
intention of the Owner that the insurance coverage required herein shall include the
coverage of all sub-contractors.
a. COMPENSATION INSURANCE: The Contractor shall maintain,
during the life of this contract, Worker's Compensation Insurance on all of
his employees to be engaged in work on the project under this contract,
and for all sub-contractors. In case any class of employees engaged in
hazardous work on the project under this contract is not protected under
the Worker's Compensation Statute, the Contractor shall provide adequate
employer's general liability insurance for the protection of such of his
employees not so protected.
b. COMPREHENSIVE GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE: The
Contractor Shall procure and shall maintain during the life of this contract,
Comprehensive General Liability Insurance (Public Liability and Property
Damage Insurance) in the amount not less than $500,000 covering each
occurrence on account of bodily injury, including death, and in an amount
not less than $500,000 covering each occurrence on account of property
damage with $2,000,000 umbrella policy coverage.
C. ADDITIONAL LIABILITY: The Contractor shall furnish
insurance as a separate policies or by additional endorsement to one of the
above-mentioned policies, and in the amount as set forth for public
liability and property damage,the following insurance:
1. Contingent Liability (covers General Contractor's Liability for acts
of sub-contractors).
C3-3 (4)
No
Wo
2. Blasting, prior to any blasting being done.
_ 3. Collapse of buildings or structures adjacent to excavation L
excavation are performed adjacent to same).
4. Damage to underground utilities for$500,000.
5. Builder's risk(where above-ground structures are involved).
6. Contractual Liability (covers all indemnification requirements of
Contract).
d. AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE - BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY
DAMAGE: The Contractor shall procure and maintain during the life of
this Contract, Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance in an
amount not less than $250,000 for injuries including accidental death to
any one person and subject to the same limit for each person an amount
not less than $500,000 on account of one accident, and automobile
property damage insurance in an amount not less than$100,000.
e. SCOPE OF INSURANCE AND SPECIAL HAZARD: The insurance
required under the above paragraphs shall provide adequate protection for
the Contractor and his sub-contractors, respectively, against damage
claims which may arise from operations under this contract, whether such
operations be by the insured or by anyone directly or indirectly employed
by him, and also against any of the following special hazards which may
be encountered in the performance of the Contract.
f. PROOF OF CARRIAGE OF INSURANCE: The Contractor shall furnish
_ the owner with satisfactory proof of coverage by insurance required in
these Contract Documents in the amounts and by carriers satisfactory to
the Owner. (Sample attached.) All insurance requirements made upon the
Contractor shall apply to the sub-contractors, should the Prime
Contractor's insurance not cover the sub-contractor's work operations.
.. g. LOCAL AGENT FOR INSURANCE AND BONDING: The insurance
and bonding companies with whom the Contractor's insurance and
C3-3 (5)
performance, payment, maintenance and all such other bonds are written, --
shall be represented by an agent or agents having an office located within
the city limits of the City of Fort Worth. Tarrant County, Texas. Each such
agent shall be a duly qualified, one upon whom authority and power to act
on behalf of the insurance and/or bonding company to negotiate and settle
with the City of Fort Worth, or any other claimant, and claims that the City
of Fort Worth or other claimant or any property owner who has been
damaged, may have against the Contractor, insurance, and/or bonding
company. If the local insurance representative is not so empowered by the
insurance or bonding companies, then such authority must be vested in a
local agent or claims officer residing in the Metroplex, the Fort Worth-
Dallas area. The name of the agent, or agents shall be set forth on all such
bonds and certificates of insurance.
C3-3.12 CONTRACTOR'S OBLIGATIONS: Under the Contract, the Contractor
shall pay for all materials,labor and services when due.
C3-3.13 WEEKLY PAYROLLS: A certified copy of each payroll covering payment
of wages to all persons engaged in work on the project at the site of the project shall be
furnished to the Owner's representative within seven (7) days after the close of each
payroll period. A copy or copies of the applicable minimum wage rates as set forth in the
Contract Documents shall be kept posted in a conspicuous place at the site of the project
at all times during the course of the Contract. Copies of the wage rates will be furnished
the Contractor, by the Owner; however, posting and protection of the wage rates shall be
the responsibility of the Contractor.
C3-3.14 CONTRACTOR'S CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION: Any Contractor,
whether a person, persons, partnership, company, firm, association, corporation or other
who is approved to do business with and enters into a contract with the City for
construction of water and/or sanitary sewer facilities, will have or shall establish a fully
operational business office within the Fort Worth-Dallas metropolitan area. The
Contractor shall charge, delegate, or assign this office (or he may delegate his Project
Superintendent) with full authority to transact all business actions required in the
performance of the Contract. This local authority shall be made responsible to act for the
Contractor in all matters made responsible to act for the Contractor in all matters
pertaining to the work governed by the Contract whether it be administrative or other
wise and as such shall be empowered, thus delegated and directed, to settle all material;
labor or other expenditure, all claims against work or any other mater associated such as
maintaining adequate and appropriate insurance or security coverage for the project. Such
local authority for the administration of the work under the Contract shall be maintained
until all business transactions executed as part of the Contract are complete.
Should the Contractor's principal base of operations be other than in the Fort Worth-
Dallas metropolitan area, notification of the Contractor's assignment of local authority
shall be made in writing to the Engineer in advance of any work on the project, all
C3-3 (6)
PART C -GENERAL CONDITIONS
CIA DEFINITIONS
SECTION C1-1 DEFINITIONS
C1-1.1 DEFINITIONS OF TERMS: Whenever in these Contract Documents the
following terms or pronouns in place of them are used, the intent and meaning shall be
understood and interpreted as follows:
_ C1-1.2 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Contract Documents are in all of the written
and drawn documents, such as specifications, bonds, addenda, plans, etc., which govern
the terms and performance of the contract. These are contained on the General Contract
Documents and the Special Contract Documents.
a. GENERAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The General Contract
Documents govern all Water Department Projects and Include the
following Items
.. PART A -NOTICE TO BIDDERS (Sample) White
PART B -PROPOSAL (Sample) White
PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS (CITY) Canary Yellow
(Developer) Brown
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS Green
PART E - SPECIFICATIONS El-White
E2-Golden Rod
E2A-White
_ PERMITS/EASEMENTS Blue
PART F -BONDS (Sample) White
PART G - CONTRACT (Sample) White
b. SPECIAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Special Contract
Documents are prepared for each specific project as a supplement to the
General Contract Documents and include the following items:
PART A-NOTICE TO BIDDERS (Advertisement) same as above
PART B - PROPOSAL (Bid)
PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS
PART D- SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PART E- SPECIFICATIONS
PERMITS/EASEMENTS
PARTF -BONDS
PART G- CONTRACT
PART H -PLANS (Usually bound separately)
CI-1 (1)
CI-1.3 NOTICE TO BIDDERS: All of the legal publications either actually published
in public advertising mediums or furnished direct to interested parties pertaining to the
work contemplated under the Contract Documents constitutes the notice to bidders.
C 1-1.4 PROPOSAL: The completed written and signed offer or tender of a bidder to
perform the work which the Owner desires to have done, together with the bid security,
constitutes the Proposal, which becomes binding upon the Bidder when it is officially
received by the Owner,has been publicly opened and read and not rejected by the Owner.
C I-1.5 BIDDER: Any person, persons, firm, partnership, company, association,
corporation, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative, submitting a
proposal for performing the work contemplated under the Contract Documents,
constitutes a bidder. MP
C1-1.6 GENERAL CONDITIONS: The General Conditions are the usual construction
and contract requirements which govern the performance of the work so that it will be
carried on in accordance with the customary procedure, the local statutes, and
requirements of the City of Fort Worth's charter and promulgated ordinances.
Whenever there may be a conflict between the General Conditions and the Special
Conditions, the latter shall take precedence. . ..
C1-1.7 SPECIAL CONDITIONS: Special conditions are the specific requirements
which are necessary for the particular project covered by the Contract Documents and not
specifically covered in the General Conditions. When considered with the General
Conditions and other elements of the Contract Documents they provide the information
which the Contractor and Owner should have in order to gain a thorough knowledge of
the project.
C1-1.8 SPECIFICATIONS: The Specifications is that section or part of the Contract
Documents which set forth in detail the requirements which must be met by all materials,
construction, workmanship, equipment and services in order to render a completed an
useful project. Whenever reference is made to standard specifications, regulations, '-
requirements, statutes, etc., such referred to documents shall become a part of the
Contract Documents just as though they were embodied therein.
C1-1.9 BONDS: The bond or bonds are the written guarantee or security furnished by
the Contractor for prompt and faithful performance of the contract and include the
following:
a. Performance Bond (see paragraph C3-3.7)
b. Payment Bond(see paragraph C3-3.7)
C. Maintenance Bond(see paragraph C3-3.7)
d. Proposal or Bid Security (see Special Instructions to Bidders, Part A and
C2-2.6)
C1-1 (2)
r
C1-1.10 CONTRACT: The Contract is a formal signed agreement between the owner
r and the Contractor covering the mutual understanding of the two contracting parties about
the project to be completed under the Contract Documents.
C1-1.11 PLANS: The plans are the drawings or reproductions therefrom made by the
Owner's representative showing in detail the location, dimension and position of the
various elements of the project, including such profiles, typical cross-sections, layout
diagrams, working drawings, preliminary drawings and such supplemental drawings as
the Owner may issue to clarify other drawings or for the purpose of showing changes in
_ the work hereinafter authorized by the Owner. The plans are usually bound separately
from the other parts of the Contract Documents, but they are part of the Contract
Documents just as though they were bound therein.
r
CI-1.12 CITY: The City of Fort Worth, Texas, a municipal corporation, authorized and
chartered under the Texas State Statutes, acting by and through its governing body or its
r City Manager, each of which is required by charter to perform specific duties.
Responsibility for final enforcement of the Contracts involving the City of Fort Worth is
by Charter vested in the City Manager. The terms City and Owner are synonymous.
C1-1.13 CITY COUNCIL: The duly elected and qualified governing body of the City of
Fort Worth, Texas.
C1-1.14 MAYOR: The officially elected Mayor, or in his absence, the Mayor Pro tem
of the City of Fort Worth, Texas.
r
C1-1.15 CITY MANAGER: The officially appointed and authorized City Manager of
the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly authorized representative.
C1-1.16 CITY ATTORNEY: The officially appointed City Attorney of the City of Fort
Worth,Texas, or his duly authorized representative.
C1-1.17 DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS: The officially appointed official of the City
of Fort Worth, Texas, referred to in the charter as the City Engineer, or his duly
authorized representative.
r C1-1.18 DIRECTOR, CITY WATER DEPARTMENT: The officially appointed
Director of the City Water Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly
authorized representative, assistant, or agents.
r
C1-1.19 ENGINEER: The Director of Public Works, the Director of the Fort Worth
City Water Department, or their duly authorized assistants, agents, engineers, inspectors,
.. or superintendents, acting within the scope of the particular duties entrusted to them.
C1-1.20 CONTRACTOR: The person,person's,partnership, company, firm, association,
or corporation, entering into a contract with the Owner for the execution of work, acting
C1-1 (3)
directly or through a duly authorized representative. A sub-contractor is a person, firm,
corporation, supplying labor and materials or only labor, for the work at the site of the
project.
C1-1.21 SURETIES: The Corporate bodies which are bound by such bonds as are
required with and for the Contractor. The sureties engaged are to be fully responsible for
the entire and satisfactory fulfillment of the Contract and for any and all requirements as --
set forth in the Contract Documents and approved changes therein.
C1-1.22 THE WORK OR PROJECT: The completed work contemplated in and
covered by the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the furnishing of all
labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to produce a completed and
serviceable project.
Cl -1.23 WORKING DAY: A working day is defined as a calendar day, not including
Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays, in which weather or other conditions not under
the control of the Contractor permit the performance of the principal unit of work for a
period of not less than seven (7) hours between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m.,with exceptions
as permitted in paragraph C7-7.6
C1-1.24 CALENDAR DAYS: A calendar day is any day of the week or month,no days
being excepted.
C1-1.25: LEGAL HOLIDAYS: Legal holidays shall be observed as prescribed by the
City Council of the City of Fort Worth for observance by City employees as follows:
1. New Year's day January 1
2. M.L. King, Jr. Birthday Third Monday in January
3. Memorial Day Last Monday in May
4. Independence Day July 4
5. Labor Day First Monday in September
6. Thanksgiving Day Fourth Thursday in November
7. Thanksgiving Friday Forth Friday in November
8. Christmas Day December 25
9. Such other days in lieu of holidays as
the City Council may determine
When one of the above named holidays or a special holiday is declared by the City
Council, falls on a Saturday, the holiday shall be observed on the preceding Friday, or if it
falls on Sunday, it shall be observed on the following Monday, by those employees
working on working day operations. Employees working calendar day operations will
consider the calendar as the holiday.
C1-1.26 ABBREVIATIONS: Whenever the abbreviations defined herein appear in the
Contract Documents,the intent and meaning shall be as follows:
CIA (4)
AASHTO• - American Association of State MGD - Million Gallons
Highway Transportation Officials per Day
ASCE - American Society of Civil CFS - Cubic Foot per
Engineers Second
IAW - In Accordance With Min. - Minimum
ASTM - American Society of Testing Mono. - Monolithic
Materials % - Percentum
AWWA - American Water Works R - Radius
Association I.D. - Inside Diameter
ASA - American Standards Association O.D. - Outside Diameter
HI - Hydraulic Institute Elev. - Elevation
,r Asph. - Asphalt F - Fahrenheit
Ave. - Avenue C - Centigrade
Blvd. - Boulevard In. - Inch
.. CI - Cast Iron Ft. - Foot
CL - Center Line St. - Street
GI - Galvanized Iron CY - Cubic Yard
Lin. - Linear or Lineal Yd. - Yard
lb. - Pound SY - Square yard
MH - Manhole L.F. - Linear Foot
Max. - Maximum D.I. - Ductile Iron
C1-1.27 CHANGE ORDER: A "Change Order" is a written supplemental agreement
between the Owner and the Contractor covering some added or deducted item or feature
which may be found necessary and which was not specifically included in the scope of
the project on which bids were submitted. Increase in unit quantities stated in the
proposal are not the subject matter of a Change Order unless the increase or decrease is
more than 25%of the amount of the particular item or items in the original proposal.
All "Change Orders" shall be prepared by the City from information as necessary
,r furnished by the Contractor.
C1-1.28 PAVED STREETS AND ALLEYS: A paved street or alley shall be defined as
a street or alley having one of the following types of wearing surfaces applied over the
natural unimproved surface:
.� 1. Any type of asphaltic concrete with or without separate base material.
2. Any type of asphalt surface treatment, not including an oiled surface, with
or without separate base material.
3. Brick,with or without separate base material.
4. Concrete, with or without separate base material.
5. Any combination.of the above.
C1-1 (5)
C1-1.29 UNPAVED STREETS OR ALLEYS: An unpaved street, alley, roadway or
other surface is any area except those defined for"Paved Streets and Alleys."
CI-1.30 CITY STREET: A city street is defined as that area between the right-of-way
lines as the street is dedicated.
C1-1.31 ROADWAY: The roadway is defined as the area between parallel lines two —
(2') back of the curb lines or four (`4) feet back of the average edge of pavement where
no curb exists.
C1-1.32 GRAVEL STREET: A gravel street is an unimproved street to which has been
added one or more applications of gravel or similar material other than the natural
material found on the street surface before any improvement was made.
C1-1 (6)
appropriately signed and sealed, as applicable, by the Contractor's responsible offices
with the understanding that this written assignment of authority to the local representative
shall become part of the project Contract as though bound directly into the project
documents. The intent of these requirements is that all matters associated with the
Contractor's administration, whether it be oriented in furthering the work, or other, be
governed direct by local authority. This same requirement is imposed on insurance and
surety coverage. Should the Contractor's local representative fail to perform to the
satisfaction of the Engineer, the Engineer, at his sole discretion, may demand that such
local representative be replaced and the Engineer may, at his sole discretion, stop all work
until a new local authority satisfactory to the Engineer is assigned. No credit of Nti,orking
time will be allowed for periods in which work stoppages are in effect for this reason.
C3-3.15 VENUE: Venue of any action heremunder shall be exclusively in Tarrant
County,Texas.
r
r
r
r
r
.r
No
r
cs
C3-3 (7)
PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS
+� C4-4 SCOPE OF WORK
SECTION C4-4 SCOPE OF WORK
C4-4.1 INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: It is the definite intention of these
Contract Documents to provide for a complete, useful project which the Contractor
undertakes to construct or furnish, all in full compliance with the requirements and intent
_ of the Contract Documents. It is definitely understood that the Contractor shall do all
work as provided for in the Contract Documents, shall do all extra or special work as may
be considered by the Owner as necessary to complete the project in a satisfactory and
acceptable manner. The Contractor shall, unless otherwise specifically stated in these
Contract Documents, furnish all labor, tools, materials, machinery, equipment, special
services, and incidentals necessary to the prosecution and completion of the project.
C4-4.2 SPECIAL PROVISIONS: Should any work or conditions which are not
thoroughly and satisfactorily stipulated or covered by General or Special Conditions of
•• these Contract Documents be anticipated, or should there be any additional proposed
work which is not covered by these Contract Documents, the "Special Provisions"
covering all such work will be prepared by the Owner previous to the time of receiving
bids or proposals for any such work and furnished to the Bidder in the form of Addenda.
All such "Special Provisions" shall be considered to be part of the Contract Documents
just as though they were originally written therein.
C4-4.3 INCREASED OR DECREASED QUANTITIES: The Owner reserves the right
to alter the quantities of the work to be performed or to extend or shorten the
.. improvements at any time when and as found to be necessary, and the Contractor shall
perform the work as altered, increased or decreased at the unit prices. Such increased or
_ decreased quantity shall not be more than twenty-five (25) percent of the contemplated
quantity of such item or items. When such changes increase or decrease the original
quantity of any item or items of work to be done or materials to be furnished by the 25
percent or more, then either party to the contract shall upon written request to the other
party be entitled to a revised consideration upon that portion of the work above or below
the 25 percent of the original quantity stated in the proposal; such revised consideration to
., be determined by special agreement or as hereinafter provided for "Extra Work." No
allowance will be made for any changes in anticipated profits not shall such changes be
considered as waiving or invalidating any conditions or provisions of the Contract
.. Documents.
Variations in quantities of sanitary sewer pipes in depth categories, shall be interpreted
.. herein as applying to overall quantities of sanitary sewer pipe in each pipe size,but not to
the various depth categories.
C4-4 (1)
C4-4.4 ALTERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: By Change order, the
owner reserves the right to make such changes in the Contract Documents and in the
character or quantities of the work as may be necessary or desirable to insure completion
in the most satisfactory manner,provided such changes do not materially alter the original
Contract Documents or change the general nature of the project as a whole. Such changes
shall not be considered as waiving or invalidating any condition or provision of the
Contract Documents.
C4-4.5 EXTRA WORK: Additional work made necessary by changes and alterations
of the Contract Documents or of quantities or for other reasons for which no prices are
provided in the Contract Documents, shall be defined as "Extra Work" and shall be
performed by the Contractor in accordance with these Contract Documents or approved
additions thereto; provided however, that before any extra work is begun a "Change
order" shall be executed or written order issued by the Owner to do the work for
payments or credits as shall be determined by one or more combination of the following
methods:
a. Unit bid price previously approved.
b. An agreed lump sum.
C. The actual reasonable cost of(1)labor, (2)rental of equipment used on the
extra work for the time so used at Associated General Contractors of
America current equipment rental rates, (3)materials entering permanently
into the project, and (4) actual cost of insurance,bonds, and social security
as determined by the Owner, plus a fixed fee to be agreed upon but not to
exceed 10 percent of the actual cost of such extra work. The fixed fee is
not to include any additional profit to the Contractor for rental of
equipment owner by him and used for extra work. The fee shall be full and
complete compensation to cover the cost of superintendence, overhead, "R
other profit, general and all other expense not included in (1), (2), (3), and
(4) above. The Contractor shall keep accurate cost records on the form and
in the method suggested by the Owner and shall give the Owner access to
all accounts,bills,vouchers, and records relating to the Extra Work.
No "Change Order" shall become effective until it has been approved and signed by each
of the Contracting Parties.
No claim for Extra Work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered in writing by the
Owner. In case any orders or instructions, either oral or written, appear to the Contractor
to involve Extra Work for which he should receive compensation, he shall make written
request to the Engineer for written orders authorizing such Extra Work,prior to beginning
such work.
C4-4(2)
Should a difference arise as to what does or dose not constitute Extra Work, or as to the
payment thereof, and the Engineer insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall
proceed with the work after making written request for written orders and shall keep
accurate account of the actual reasonable cost thereof as provided under method (Item Q.
Claims for extra work will not be paid unless the Contractor shall file his claim with the
Owner within five(5)days before the time for making the first estimate after such work is
done and unless the claim is supported by satisfactory vouchers and certified payrolls
covering all labor and materials expended upon said Extra Work.
_ The Contractor shall furnish the Owner such installation records of all deviations from
the original Contract Documents as may be necessary to enable the Owner to prepare for
permanent record a corrected set of plans showing the actual installation.
WAN
The compensation agreed upon for "Extra Work" whether or not initiated by a "Change
Order" shall be a full, complete and final payment for all costs Contractor incurs as a
.o result or relating to the change or extra work, whether said costs are known, unknown,
foreseen or unforeseen at that time, including without limitation, any costs for delay,
extended overhead, ripple or impact cost, or any other effect on changed or unchanged
work as a result of the change or extra work.
C4-4.6 SCHEDULE OF OPERATION: Before commencing any work under this
me contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner and receive the Owner's approval
thereof, a "Schedule of Operations," showing by a straight line method the date of
commencing and finishing each of the major elements of the Contract. There shall be also
shown the estimated monthly cost of work for which estimates are to be expected. There
shall be presented also a composite graph showing the anticipated progress of
_ construction with the time being plotted horizontally and percentage of completion
plotted vertically. The progress charts shall be prepared on 8-1/2" x 11" sheets and at
least five black or blue line prints shall be furnished to the Owner.
C4-4.7 PROGRESS SCHEDULES FOR WATER AND SEWER PLANT FACILITIES:
Within ten (10) days prior to submission of the first monthly progress payment, the
Contractor shall prepare and submit to the owner for approval six copies of the schedule
in which the Contractor proposes to carry on activities (including procurement of
materials, plans, and equipment) and the contemplated dates for completing the same.
.. The schedule shall be in the form of a time schedule Critical Path Method (CPM)
network diagram. As the work progresses, the Contractor shall enter on the diagram the
actual progress at the end of each partial payment period or at such intervals as directed
by the Engineer. The Contractor shall also revise the schedule to reflect any adjustments
in contract time approved by the Engineer. Three copies of the updated schedule shall be
delivered at such intervals as directed by the Engineer.
As a minimum, the construction schedule shall incorporate all work elements and
activities indicated in the proposal and in the technical specifications.
C4-4 (3)
Prior to the final drafting of the detailed construction schedule, the Contractor shall
review the draft schedule with the Engineer to ensure the Contractor's understanding of
the contract requirements.
The following guidelines shall be adhered to in preparing the construction schedule:
a. Milestone dates and final project completion dates shall be developed to
conform to the time constraints, sequencing requirements and completion
time.
b. The construction progress shall be divided into activities with time
durations of approximately fourteen days (14) days and construction
values not to exceed $50,000. Fabrication, delivery and submittal activities
are exceptions to this guideline.
C. Durations shall be in calendar days and normal holidays and weather
conditions over the duration of the contract shall be accounted for within
the duration of each activity.
d. One critical path shall be shown on the construction schedule.
e. Float time is defined as the amount of time between the earliest start date
and the latest start date of a chain of activities of the CPM construction
schedule. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the ••
Contractor or the Owner.
f. Thirty days shall be used for submittal review unless otherwise specified.
The construction schedule shall as a minimum, be divided into general categories as
indicated in the Proposal and Technical Specifications and each general category shall be
broken down into activities in enough detail to achieve activities of approximately
fourteen (14)days duration.
For each general category, the construction schedule shall identify all trades or
subcontracts whose work is represented by activities that follow the guidelines of this
Section.
For each of the trades or subcontracts, the construction schedule shall indicate the
following procurements, construction and preacceptance activities and events in their
logical sequence for equipment and materials.
1. Preparation and transmittal of submittals
2. Submittal review periods.
C4-4 (4)
3. Shop fabrication and delivery.
4. Erection or installation.
5. Transmittal of manufacturer's operation and maintenance instructions.
6. Installed equipment and materials testing.
7. Owner's operator instruction (if applicable).
8. Final inspection.
.. 9. Operational testing.
If, in the opinion of the Owner, work accomplished falls behind that scheduled, the
•• Contractor shall take such action as necessary to improve his progress. In addition, the
Owner may require the Contractor to submit a revised schedule demonstrating his
program and proposed plan to make up lag in scheduled progress and to insure
.. completion of the work within the contract time. If the owner finds the proposed plan not
acceptable, he may require the Contractor to increase the work force, the construction
plant and equipment, the number of work shifts or overtime operations without additional
cost to the Owner.
Failure of the Contractor to comply with these requirements shall be considered grounds
.. for determination by the Owner that the Contractor is failing to prosecute the work with
diligence as will insure its completion within the time specified.
C4-4(5)
PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS
C5-5 CONTROL OF WORK AND
MATERIALS
SECTION C5-5 CONTROL OF WORK AND MATERIALS
C5-5.1 AUTHORITY OF ENGINEER: The work shall be performed to the
_ satisfaction of the Engineer and in strict compliance with the Contract Documents. The
Engineer shall decide all questions which arise as to the quality and acceptability of the
materials furnished, work performed,rate of progress of the work, overall sequence of the
construction, interpretation of the Contract Documents, acceptable fulfillment of the
Contract, compensation, mutual rights between Contractor and Owner under these
Contract Documents, supervision of the work, resumption of operations, and all other
.. questions or disputes which may arise. Engineer will not be responsible for Contractor's
means, methods, techniques, sequence or procedures of construction, or the safety
precaution and programs incident thereto, and he will not be responsible for Contractor's
.. failure to perform the work in accordance with the contract documents.
The Engineer shall determine the amount and quality of the work completed and
materials fiirnished� and his decisions and estimates shall be final. His estimates in such
event shall be a condition to the right of the Contractor to receive money due him under
the Contract. The Owner shall have executive authority to enforce and make effective
ow such necessary decisions and orders as the Contractor fails to carry out promptly.
In the event of any dispute between the Engineer and Contractor over the decision of the
Engineer on any such matters, the Engineer must, within a reasonable time, upon written
request of the Contractor, render and deliver to both the owner and Contractor, a written
decision on the matter in controversy.
C5-5.2 CONFORMITY WITH PLANS: The finished project in all cases shall
conform with lines, grades, cross-sections, finish, and dimensions shown on the plans or
any other requirements other wise described in the Contract Documents. Any deviation
from the approved Contract Documents required by the Engineer during construction will
aw in all cases be determined by the Engineer and authorized by the Owner by Change Order.
C5-5.3 COORDINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Contract
Documents are made up of several sections, which, taken together, are intended to
describe and provide for a complete and useful project, and any requirements appearing in
one of the sections is as binding as though it occurred in all sections. In case of
discrepancies, figured dimension shall govern over scaled dimensions,plans shall govern
over specifications, special conditions shall govern over general conditions and standard
specification, and quantities shown on the plans shall govern over those shown in the
proposal. The Contractor shall not take advantage of any apparent error or omission in the
C5-5 (1)
Contract Documents, and the owner shall be permitted to make such corrections or
interpretations as may be deemed necessary for fulfillment of the intent of the Contract
Documents. In the event the Contractor discovers an apparent, error or discrepancy, he
shall immediately call this condition to the attention of the Engineer. In the event of a
conflict in drawings, specifications, or other portions of the Contract Documents which
were not reported prior to the award of Contract, the Contractor shall be deemed to have
quoted the most expensive resolution of the conflict. •f
C5-5.4 COOPERATION OF CONTRACTOR: The Contractor will be furnished
with three sets of Contract Documents and shall have available on the site of the project
at all times, one set of such Contract Documents.
The Contractor shall give to the work the constant attention necessary to facilitate the
progress thereof and shall cooperate with the Engineer, his inspector, and other
Contractors in every possible way.
The Contractor shall at all times have competent personnel available to the project site for
proper performance of the work. The Contractor shall provide and maintain at all times at
the site of the project a competent, English-speaking superintendent and an assistant who
are fully authorized to act as the Contractor's agent on the work. Such superintendent and
his assistant shall be capable of reading and understanding the Contract Documents and _
shall receive and fulfill instructions from the Owner, the Engineer, or his authorized
representatives. Pursuant to this responsibility of the Contractor, the Contractor shall
designate in writing to the project superintendent, to act as the Contractor's agent on the .�
work. Such assistant project superintendent shall be a resident of Tarrant County, Texas,
and shall be subject to call, as is the project superintendent, at any time of the day or night
on any day of the week on which the Engineer determines that circumstances require the
presence on the project site of a representative of the Contractor to adequately provide for
the safety or convenience of the traveling public or the owners of property across which
the project extends or the safety of the property contiguous to the project routing.
The Contractor shall provide all facilities to enable the Engineer and his inspector to
examine and inspect the workmanship and materials entering into the work.
C5-5.5 EMERGENCY AND/OR RECTIFICATION WORK: When, in the opinion
of the Owner or Engineer, a condition of emergency exists related to any part of the work,
the Contractor, or the Contractor through his designated representative, shall respond
with dispatch to a verbal request made by the Owner or Engineer to alleviate the
emergency condition. Such a response shall occur day or night, whether the project is
scheduled on a calendar-day or a working-day basis.
Should the Contractor fail to respond to a request from the Engineer to rectify any
discrepancies, omissions, or correction necessary to conform with the requirements of the
project specifications or plans, the Engineer shall give the Contractor written notice that _
such work or changes are to be performed. The written notice shall direct attention to the
C5-5 (2)
discrepant condition and request the Contractor to take remedial action to correct the
condition. In the event the Contractor does not take positive steps to fulfill this written
request, or does not shoe just cause for not taking the proper action, within 24 hours, the
City may take such remedial action with City forces or by contract. The City shall deduct
an amount equal to the entire costs for such remedial action, plus 25%, from any funds
due the Contractor on the project.
C5-5.6 FIELD OFFICE: The Contractor shall provide, at no extra compensation, an
adequate field office for use of the Engineer, if specifically called for. The field office
_ shall be not less than 10 x 14 feet in floor area, substantially constructed, well heated, air
conditioned, lighted, and weather proof, so that documents will not be damaged by the
elements.
C5-5.7 CONTRUCTION STAKES: The City, through its Engineer, will furnish
the Contractor with all lines, grades, and measurements necessary to the proper
prosecution and control of the work contracted under these Contract Documents, and
lines, grades and measurements will be established by means of stakes or other customary
method of marking as may be found consistent with good practice.
MW
These stakes or markings shall be set sufficiently in advance of construction operations to
avoid delay. Such stakes or markings as may be established for Contractor's use or
fto guidance shall be preserved by the Contractor until he is authorized by the Engineer to
remove them. Whenever, in the opinion of the Engineer, any stakes or markings have
been carelessly or willfully destroyed, disturbed, or removed by the Contractor or any of
go his employees, the full cost of replacing such stakes or marks plus 25% will be charged
against the Contractor, and the full amount will be deducted from payment due the
Contractor.
we
C5-5.8 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF CITY INSPECTOR: City Inspectors will
be authorized to inspect all work done and to be done and all materials furnished. Such
no be
may extend to all or any part of the work, and the preparation or manufacturing
of the materials to be used or equipment to be installed. A City Inspector may be
no stationed on the work to report to the Engineer as to the progress of the work and the
manner in which it is being performed, to report any evidence that the materials being
furnished or the work being performed by the Contractor fails to fulfill the requirements
go of the Contract Documents, and to call the attention of the Contractor to any such failure
or other infringements. Such inspection or lack of inspection will not relieve the
Contractor from any obligation to perform the work in accordance with the requirements
.+ of the Contract Documents. In case of any dispute arising between the Contractor and the
City Inspector as to the materials or equipment furnished or the manner of performing the
work, the City Inspector will have the authority to reject materials or equipment, and/or to
MW suspend work until the question at issue can be referred to and decided by the Engineer.
The City Inspector will not, however, be authorized to revoke, alter, enlarge, or release
any requirement of these Contract Documents, nor to approve or accept any portion or
section of the work, nor to issue any instructions contrary tot he requirement s of the
C5-5 (3)
Contract Documents. The City Inspector will in no case act as superintendent or foreman
or perform any other duties for the Contractor, or interfere with the management or
operation of the work. He will not accept from the Contractor any compensation in any
form for performing any duties. The Contractor shall regard and obey the directions and
instructions of the City Inspector or Engineer when the same are consistent with the
obligations of the Contract Documents of the Contract Documents, provided, however,
should the Contractor object to any orders or instructions or the City Inspector, the
Contractor may within six days make written appeal to the Engineer for his decision on
the matter in Controversy.
C5-5.9 INSPECTION: The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with every
reasonable facility for ascertaining whether or not the work as performed is in accordance
with the requirements of the Contract Documents. If the Engineer so requests, the ow
Contractor shall, at any time before acceptance of the work, remove or uncover such
portion of the finished work as may be directed. After examination, the Contractor shall
restore said portions of the work to the standard required by the Contract Documents.
Should the work exposed or examined prove acceptable, the uncovering or removing and
replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed shall be paid for as extra .�
work,but should Work so exposed or examined prove to be unacceptable,the uncovering
or removing and replacing of all adjacent defective or damaged parts shall be at the mks
Contractor's expense. No work shall be done or materials used without suitable
supervision or inspection.
w
C5-5.10 REMOVAL OF EDEFCTIVE AND UNAUTHORIZED WORK:A11 work,
materials, or equipment which has been rejected shall be remedied or removed and
replaced in an acceptable manner by the Contractor at this expense. Work done beyond
the lines and grades given or as shown on the plans, except as herein specially provided,
or any Extra Work done without written authority, will be considered as unauthorized and
done at the expense of the Contractor and will not be paid for by the Owner. Work so
done may be ordered removed at the Contractor's expense. Upon the failure on the part of
the Contractor to comply with any order of the Engineer made under the provisions of
this paragraph, the Engineer will have the authority to cause defective work to be
remedied or removed and replaced and unauthorized work to be removed, and the cost
thereof may be deducted from any money due or to become due tot he Contractor. Failure
to require the removal of any defective or unauthorized work shall not constitute �.
acceptance of such work.
C5-5.11 SUBSTITUTE MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT: If the Specifications,
law,ordinance, codes or regulations permit Contractor to furnish or use a substitute that is
equal to any material or equipment specified, and if Contractor wishes to furnish or use a
proposed substitute, he shall, prior to the preconstruction conference, make written
application to ENGINEER for approval of such substitute certifying in writing that the
proposed substitute will perform adequately the function called for by the general design,
be similar and of equal substance to that specified and be suited to the same use and
C5-5 (4)
capable of performing the same function as that specified ; and identifying all variations
of the proposed substitute from that specified and indicating available maintenance
service. No substitute shall be ordered or installed without written approval of Engineer
who will be the judge of the equality and may require Contractor to furnish such other
data about the proposed substitute as he considers pertinent. No substitute shall be
ordered or installed without such performance guarantee and bonds as Owner may require
which shall be furnished at Contractor's expense. Contractor shall indemnify and hold
.. harmless Owner and Engineer and anyone directly or indirectly employees by either of
them from and against the claims, damages, losses and expenses (including attorneys
UW fees) arising out of the use of substituted materials or equipment.
C5-5.12 SAMPLES AND TESTS OF MATERIALS: Where, in the opinion of the
Engineer, or as called for in the Contract Documents, tests of materials or equipment are
necessary, such tests will be made at the expense of and paid for direct to the testing
agency by the Owner unless other wise specifically provided. The failure of the Owner to
aw make any tests of materials shall in no way relieve the contractor of his responsibility of
furnishing materials and equipment fully conforming to the requirements of the Contract
Documents. Tests and sampling of materials, unless otherwise specified, will be made in
accordance with the latest methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing
Materials or specific requirements of the Owner. The Contractor shall provide such
facilities as the Engineer may require for collecting and forwarding samples and shall not,
without specific written permission of the Engineer, use materials represented by the
samples until tests have been made and the materials approved for use. The Contractor
will furnish adequate samples without charge to the Owner.
In case of concrete, the aggregates, design minimum, and the mixing and transporting
equipment shall be approved by the Engineer before any concrete is placed, and the
Contractor shall be responsible for replacing any concrete which does not meet the
requirements of the Contract Documents. Tests shall be made at least 9 days prior to the
placing of concrete, using samples from the same aggregate, cement, and mortar which
are to be used later in the concrete. Should the source of supply change, new tests shall be
made prior to the use of new materials.
C5-5.13 STORAGE OF MATERIALS: All materials which are to be used in the
construction contract shall be stored so as to insure the preservation of quality and fitness
.. of the work. When directed by the Engineer, they shall be placed on wooden platforms or
other hard, clean durable surfaces and not on the ground, and shall be placed under cover
when directed. Stored materials shall be placed and located so as to facilitate prompt
inspection.
C5-5.14 EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES: The location and dimensions
shown on the plans relative to the existing utilities are based on the best information
available. Omission from, the inclusion of utility locations on the Plans is not to be
considered as nonexistence of, or a definite location of, existing underground utilities.
aw The location of many gas mains, water mains, conduits, sewer lines and service lines for
C5-5 (5)
all utilities, etc., is unknown to the Owner, and the Owner assumes no responsibility for
failure to show any or all such structures and utilities on the plans or to show them in
their exact location. It is mutually agreed that such failure will not be considered
sufficient basis for claims for additional compensation for Extra Work or for increasing
the pay quantities in any manner whatsoever,unless an obstruction encountered is such as
to necessitate changes in the lines and grades of considerable magnitude or requires the
building of special works, provision of which is not made in these Contract Documents,
in which case the provision in these Contract Documents for Extra Work shall apply.
It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to verify locations of the adjacent and/or
conflicting utilities sufficiently in advance of construction in order that he may negotiate
such local adjustments as necessary in the construction process to provide adequate
clearances. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions in order to protect all
existing utilities, structures, and service lines. Verification of existing utilities, structures,
and service lines shall include notification of all utility companies at least forty-eight(48)
hours in advance of construction including exploratory excavation if necessary. All
verification of utilities and their adjustment shall be considered subsidiary work.
C5-5.15 INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE:
a. Normal Prosecution: In the normal prosecution of work where the
interruption of service is necessary, the Contractor, at least 24 hours in
advance, shall be required to:
1. Notify the Water Department's Distribution Division as to
location, time, and schedule of service interruption.
2. Notify each customer personally through responsible personnel as
to the time and schedule of the interruption of their service, or
3. In the event that personal notification of a customer cannot be
made, a prepared tag form shall be attached to the customer's door
knob. The tag shall be durable in composition, and in large bold
letters shall say:
C5-5 (6)
MW "NOTICE"
Due to Utility Improvement in your neighborhood, your
_ (water) (sewer) service will be interrupted on
between the hours of and
This inconvenience will be as short as possible.
Thank You,
Contractor
Address Phone
b. Emergency_ In the event that an unforeseen service interruption occurs,
.. notice shall be as above,but immediate.
C5-5.16 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTORS: If, through act or
MW neglect on the part of the Contractor, or any other Contractor or any sub-contractor shall
suffer loss or damage of the work, the Contractor agrees to settle with such other
Contractor or sub-contractor by agreement or arbitration. If such other Contractor or sub-
.. contractor shall assert any claim against the owner on account of damage alleged to have
been sustained, the owner will notify the Contractor, who shall indemnify and save
harmless the owner against any such claim.
C5-5.17 CLEAN-UP: Clean-up of surplus and/or waste materials accumulated on
the job site during the prosecution of the work under these Contract Documents shall be
accomplished in keeping with a daily routine established to the satisfaction of the
Engineer. Twenty-four (24) hours after written notice is given the Contractor that the
clean-up on the job site is proceeding in a manner unsatisfactory to the Engineer, if the
Contractor fails to correct the unsatisfactory procedure, the City may take such direct
action as the Engineer deems appropriate to correct the clean-up deficiencies cited to the
Contractor in the written notice, and the costs of such direct action, plus 25 % of such
costs, shall be deducted from the monies due or to become due to the Contractor.
Upon the completion of the project as a whole as covered by these Contract Documents,
and before final acceptance and final payment will be made, the Contractor shall clean
and remove from the site of the project all surplus and discarded materials, temporary
MW structures, and debris of every kind. He shall leave the site of all work in a neat and
orderly condition equal to that which originally existed. Surplus and waste materials
removed from the site of the work shall be disposed of at locations satisfactory to the
.. Engineer. The Contractor shall thoroughly clean all equipment and materials installed by
him and shall deliver over such materials and equipment in a bright, clean, polished and
new appearing condition. No extra compensation will be made to the Contractor for any
MW clean-up required on the project.
C5-5 (7)
C5-5.18 FINAL INSPECTION: Whenever the work provided for in and
contemplated under the Contract Documents has been satisfactorily completed and final
clean-up performed, the Engineer will notify the proper officials of the Owner and request
that a Final Inspection be made. Such inspection will be made within 10 days after such
notification. After such final inspection, if the work and materials and equipment are
found satisfactory,the Contractor will be notified in writing of the acceptance of the same
after the proper resolution has been passed by the City Council. No time charge will be
made against the Contractor between said date of notification of the Engineer and the date
of final inspection of the work.
C5-5 (8)
PART C -GENERAL CONDITIONS
C6-6 LEGAL RELATIONS AND PUBLIC
RESPONSIBILITY
SECTION C6-6 LEGAL RELATIONS AND PUBLIC RESPONSIBILITY
C6-6.1 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED:The Contractor shall at all times observe and
comply with all Federal and State Laws and City ordinances and regulations which in any
way affect the conduct of the work or his operations, and shall observe and comply with
_ all orders, laws, ordinances and regulations which exist or which may be enacted later by
bodies having jurisdiction or authority for such enactment. No plea or misunderstanding
or ignorance thereof will be considered. The Contractor and his Sureties shall indemnify
and save harmless the City and all of its officers, agents, and employees against any and
all claims or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such law, ordinance,
regulation, or order,whether it be by himself or his employees.
C6-6.2 PERMITS AND LICENSES: The Contractor shall procure all permits and
licenses, pay all charges, costs and fees, and give all notices necessary and incident to the
•• due and lawful prosecution of the work.
C6-6.3 PATENTED DEVICES, MATERIALS, AND PROCESSES: If the Contractor
is required or desires to use any design, device, material, or process covered by letter,
patent, or copyright, he shall provide for such use by suitable legal agreement with the
patentee or owner of such patent, letter, or copyrighted design. It is mutually agreed and
understood that without exception the contract price shall include all royalties or cost
arising from patents, trademarks, and copyrights in any way involved in the work. The
Contractor and his sureties shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner from any and all
r claims for infringement by reason of the use of any such trade-mark or copyright in
connection with the work agreed to be performed under these Contract Documents, and
shall indemnify the Owner for any cost, expense, or damage which it may be obliged to
pay by reason of such infringement at any time during the prosecution of the work or after
completion of the work,provided,however,that the Owner will assume the responsibility
to defend any and all suits brought for the infringement of any patent claimed to be
infringed upon the design, type of construction or material or equipment specified in the
Contract Documents furnished the Contractor by the Owner, and to hold the Contractor
harmless on account of such suits.
C6-6.4 SANITARY PROVISIONS: The Contractor shall establish and enforce
•• among his employees such regulations in regard to cleanliness and disposal of garbage
and waste as will tend to prevent the inception and spread of infectious or contagious
diseases and to effectively prevent the creation of a nuisance about the work on any
property either public or private, and such regulations as are required by Law shall be put
into immediate force and effect by the Contractor. The necessary sanitary conveniences
for use of laborers on the work, properly secluded from public observation, shall be
constructed and maintained by the Contractor and their use shall be strictly enforced by
C6-6(1)
the Contractor. All such facilities shall be kept in a clean and sanitary condition, free from
objectionable odors so as not to cause a nuisance. All sanitary laws and regulations of the
State of Texas and the City shall be strictly complied with.
C6-6.5 PUBLIC SAFETY AND CONVENIENCE: Materials or equipment
stored about the work shall be placed and used, and the work shall at all times be so
conducted, as to cause no greater obstruction or inconvenience to the public than is IPA
considered to be absolutely necessary by the Engineer. The Contractor is required to
maintain at all times all phases of his work in such a manner as not to impair the safety or
convenience of the public, including, but not limited to, safe and convenient ingress and
egress to the property contiguous tot he work area. The Contractor shall make adequate
provisions to render reasonable ingress and egress for normal vehicular traffic, except
during actual trenching or pipe installation operations, at all driveway crossings. Such
provisions may include bridging, placement or crushed stone or gravel or such other
means of providing proper ingress and egress for the property served by the driveway as
the Engineer may approve as appropriate. Such other means may include the diversion of
driveway traffic, with specific approval by the Engineer, If diversion of traffic is
approved by the Engineer at any location, the Contractor may make arrangements
satisfactory to the Engineer for the diversion of traffic, and shall, at his expense, provide
all materials and perform all work necessary for the construction and maintenance of
roadways and bridges for such diversion of traffic. Sidewalks must not be obstructed
except by special permission of the Engineer.
The materials excavated and the construction materials such as pipe used in construction
of the work shall be placed so as not to endanger the work or prevent free access to all
fire hydrants, fire alarm boxes, police call boxes, water valves, gas valves, or manholes in
the vicinity. The Owner reserves the right to remedy any neglect on the part of the
Contractor as regards to public convenience and safety which may come to its attention,
after twenty-four hours notice in writing to the Contractor, save in cases of emergency
when it shall have the right to remedy any neglect without notice, and in either case, the
cost of such work or materials furnished by the Owner or by the City shall be deducted
from the monies due or to become due to the Contractor.
The Contractor, after approval of the Engineer, shall notify the Fire Department
Headquarters, Traffic Engineer, and Police Department, when any street or alley is
requested to be closed or obstructed or any fire hydrant is to be made inaccessible, and
when so directed by the Engineer, shall keep any street, streets, or highways in condition
for unobstructed use by fire apparatus. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Fire
Department Headquarters when all such obstructed streets, alleys, or hydrants are placed
back in service.
Md
Where the Contractor is required to construct temporary bridges or make other
arrangements for crossing over ditches or streams, his responsibility for accidents in
connection with such crossings shall include the roadway approaches as well as the
structures of such crossings.
C6-6(2)
The Contractor shall at all times conduct his operation and use of construction machinery
so as not to damage or destroy trees and scrubs located in close proximity to or on the site
of the work. Wherever any such damage may be done, the Contractor shall immediately
satisfy all claims of property owners, and no payment will be made by the Owner in
settlement of such claims. The Contractor shall file with the Engineer a written statement
showing all such claims adjusted.
C6-6.6 PRIVILEGES OF CONTRACTOR IN STREETS ALLEYS AND
_ RIGHT-OF-WAY: For the performance of the contract, the Contractor will be
permitted to use and occupy such portions of the public streets and alleys, or other public
places or other rights-of-way as provided for in the ordinances of the City, as shown in
the Contract Documents, or as may be specifically authorized in writing by the Engineer.
A reasonable amount of tools,materials, and equipment for construction purposes may be
stored in such space, but no more than is necessary to avoid delay in the construction
operations. Excavated and waste materials shall be piled or staked in such a way as not to
interfere with the use of spaces that may be designated to be left free and unobstructed
and so as not to inconvenience occupants of adjacent property. If the street is occupied by
r. railroad tracks, the work shall be carried on in such manner as not to interfere with the
operation of trains, loading or unloading of cars, etc. Other contractors of the Owner may,
for all purposes required by the contract, enter upon the work and premises used by the
Contractor and shall be provided all reasonable facilities and assistance for the
completion of adjoining work. Any additional grounds desired by the Contractor for his
use shall be provided by him at his own cost and expense.
C6-6.7 RAILWAY CROSSINGS: When the work encroaches upon any right-of-way
of any railroad, the City will secure the necessary easement for the work. Where the
railroad tracks are to be crossed, the Contractor shall observe all the regulations and
instructions of the railroad company as to the methods of performing the work and take
_ all precautions for the safety of property and the public. Negotiations with the railway
companies for the permits shall be done by and through the City. The Contractor shall
give the City Notice not less than five days prior to the time of his intentions to begin
work on that portion of the project which is related to the railway properties. The
Contractor will not be given extra compensation for such railway crossings unless
specifically set forth in the Contract Documents.
C6-6.8 BARRICADES, WARNINGS AND WATCHMEN: Where the work is
carried on in or adjacent to any street, alley, or public place, the Contractor shall at his
own expense furnish, erect, and maintain such barricades, fences, lights, and danger,
signals, shall provide such watchman, and shall take all such other precautionary
measures for the protection of persons or property and of the work as are necessary.
Barricades and fences shall be painted in a color that will be visible at night. From sunset
to sunrise the Contractor shall furnish and maintain at least one easily visible burning
light at each barricade. A sufficient number of barricades shall be erected and maintained
to keep pedestrians away from, and vehicles from being driven on or into, any work under
C6-6(3)
construction or being maintained. The Contractor shall furnish watchmen and keep them ,.
at their respective assignments in sufficient numbers to protect the work and prevent
accident or damage.
All installations and procedures shall be consistent with provisions set forth in the "1980
Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways" issued
under the authority of the "State of Texas Uniform Act Regulating Traffic on Highways",
codified as Article 6701d Veron's Civil Statues, pertinent section being Section Nos. 27,
29, 30 and 31.
The Contractor will not remove any regulatory sign, instructional sign, street name sign,
or other sign which has been erected by the City. If it is determined that a sign must be
removed to permit required construction, the Contractor shall contact the Transportation
and Public Works Department, Signs and Markings Division (phone number 871-8075),
to remove the sign. In case of regulatory signs,the Contractor must replace the permanent
sign with a temporary sign meeting the requirements of the above referred manual and
such temporary sign must be installed prior to the removal of the permanent sign. If the
temporary sign is not installed correctly or if it does not meet the required specifications,
the permanent sign shall be left in place until the temporary sign requirements are met.
When construction work is completed to the extent that the permanent sign can be re-
installed, the Contractor shall again contact the Signs and Markings Division to re-install
the permanent sign and shall leave his temporary sign in place until such re-installation is
completed.
The Contractor will be held responsible foe all damage to the work or the public due to
failure of barricades, signs, fences, lights, or watchmen to protect them. Whenever
evidence is found of such damage to the work the Engineer may order the damaged
portion immediately removed and replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor's own
expense. The Contractor's responsibility for the maintenance of barricades, signs, fences
and lights, and for providing watchmen shall not cease until the project shall have been
completed and accepted by the Owner.
No compensation, except as specifically provided in these Contract Documents, will be
paid to the Contractor for the Work and materials involved in the constructing,providing,
and maintaining of barricades, signs, fences, and lights or salaries of watchmen, for the
subsequent removal and disposal of such barricades, signs, or for any other incidentals
necessary for the proper protection, safety, and convenience of the public during the
contract period, as this work is considered to be subsidiary to the several items for which
unit or lump sum prices are requested in the Proposal.
C6-6.9 USE OF EXPLOSIVES,DROP WEIGHT, ETC.: Should the Contractor elect to
use explosives, drop weight, etc., in the prosecution of the work, the utmost care shall be
exercised at all times so as not to endanger life or property. The Contractor shall notify
the proper representative of any public service corporation, any company, individual, or
utility, and the Owner, not less than twenty-four hours in advance of the use of any
C6-6(4)
MW
activity which might damage or endanger their or his property along or adjacent to the
work.
Where the use of explosives is to be permitted on the project, as specified in the Special
Conditions Documents, or the use of explosives is requested, the Contractor shall submit
notice to the Engineer in writing twenty-four hours prior to commencing and shall furnish
evidence that he has insurance coverage to protect against any damages and/or injuries
' arising out of such use of explosives.
_ C6-6.10 WORK WITHIN EASEMENTS: Where the work passes over, through, or into
private property, the Owner will provide such right-of-way or easement privileges, as the
City may deem necessary for the prosecution of the work. Any additional rights-of-way or
work area considered necessary by the Contractor shall be provided by him at his
expense. Such additional rights-of-way or work area shall be acquired for the benefit of
the City. The City shall be notified in writing as to the rights so acquired before work
.. begins in the affected area. The Contractor shall not enter upon private property for any
purpose without having previously obtained permission from the owner of such property.
The Contractor will not be allowed to store equipment or material on private property
•• unless and until the specified approval of the property owner has been secured in writing
by the Contractor and a copy furnished to the Engineer. Unless specifically provided
otherwise, the Contractor shall clear all rights-of-way or easements of obstructions which
must be removed to make possible proper prosecution of the work as a part of the project
construction operations. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of and
shall use every precaution to prevent damage to, all tress, shrubbery, plants, lawns,
fences, culverts, curbing, and all other types of structures or improvements, to all water,
sewer, and gas lines, to all conduits, overhead pole lines, or appurtenances thereof,
including the construction of temporary fences and to all other public or private property
.. adjacent to the work.
_ The Contractor shall notify the proper representatives of the owners or occupants of the
public or private lands of interest in lands which might be affected by the work. Such
notice shall be made at least 48 hours in advance of the beginning of the work. Notices
shall be applicable to both public and private utility companies or any corporation,
company, individual, or other, either as owners or occupants, whose land or interest in
land might be affected by the work. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage or
injury to property of any character resulting from any act, omission, neglect, or
misconduct in the manner or method or execution of the work, or at any time due to
defective work, material, or equipment.
MW
When and where any direct or indirect or injury is done to public or private property on
account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the execution of the work, or in
consequence of non-execution thereof on the part of the Contractor, he shall restore or
have restored as his cost and expense such property to a condition at least equal to that
existing before such damage or injury was done, by repairing, rebuilding, or otherwise
aw
we
C6-6(5)
ow
replacing and restoring as may be directed by the Owner, or he shall make good such
damages or injury in a manner acceptable to the owner of the property and the Engineer.
All fences encountered and removed during construction of this project shall be restored
to the original or a better than original condition upon completion of this project. When
wire fencing, either wire mesh or barbed wire is to be crossed, the Contractor shall set
cross brace posts on either side of the permanent easement before the fence is cut. Should .�
additional fence cuts be necessary, the Contractor shall provide cross-braced posts at the
point of the proposed cut in addition to the cross braced posts provided at the permanent
easements limits,before the fence is cut. **
Temporary fencing shall be erected in place of the fencing removed whenever the work is
not in progress and when the site is vacated overnight, and/or at all times to prevent
livestock from entering the construction area. The cost for fence removal, temporary
closures and replacement shall be subsidiary to the various items bid in the project
proposal. Therefore, no separate payment shall be allowed for any service associated with ..
this work.
In case of failure on the part of the Contractor to restore such property.or to make good
such damage or injury, the Owner may, upon 48 hour written notice under ordinary
circumstances, and without notice when a nuisance or hazardous condition results,
proceed to repair,rebuild, or otherwise restore such property as may be determined by the
Owner to be necessary, and the cost thereby will be deducted from any monies due to or
to become due to the Contractor under this contract.
C6.6.11 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR: It is understood and agreed by the
parties hereto that the Contractor shall perform all work and services hereunder as an
independent contractor, and not as an officer, agent, servant, or employee of the Owner.
Contractor shall have exclusive control of and exclusive right to control the details of all
work and services performed hereunder, and all persons performing the same, and shall
be solely responsible for the acts and omissions of its officers, agents, servants,
employees, contractor, subcontractors, licensees and invitees. The doctrine of respondeat
superior shall not apply as between Owner and Contractor, its officers, agents, employees,
contractors and subcontractors, and nothing herein shall be construed as creating a
partnership or joint enterprise between Owner and Contractor.
C6-6.12 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS: Contractor
covenants and agrees to, and does hereby indemnify,hold harmless and defend Owner,its
officers, agents, servants, and employees from and against any and all claims or suits for
property damage or loss and/or personal injury, including death, to any and all persons, of
whatsoever kind or character, whether real or asserted, arising out of or in connection
with, directly or indirectly, the work and services to be performed hereunder by the
Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees or
invitees, whether or not caused, in whole or in apart, by alleged negligence on the part of
officers, agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees or invitees of the
C6-6(6)
Owner; and said Contractor does hereby covenant and agree to assume all liability and
�+ responsibility of Owner, its officers, agents, servants, and employees for property damage
or loss, and/or personal injuries,including death,to any and all person of whatsoever kind
or character, whether real or asserted, arising out of or in connection with, directly or
indirectly, the work and services to be performed hereunder by the Contractor, its
officers, agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees or invitees, whether or
not caused, in whole or in apart, by alleged negligence of officers, agents, employees,
contractors, subcontractors, licensees or invitees of the Owner. Contractor likewise
covenants and agrees to, and does hereby, indemnify and hold harmless Owner from and
r
against any and all injuries, loss or damages to property of the Owner during the
performance of any of the terms and conditions of this Contract, whether arising out of or
in connection with or resulting from, in whole or in apart, any and all alleged acts of
omission of officers, agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees, or invitees
of the Owner.
In the event a written claim for damages against the contractor or its subcontractors
remains unsettled at the time all work on the project has been completed to the
satisfaction of the Director of the Water Department, as evidenced by a final inspection,
final payment to the Contractor shall not be recommended to the Director of the Water
Department for a period of 30 days after the date of such final inspection, unless the
Contractor shall submit written evidence satisfactory to the Director that the claim has
been settled and a release has been obtained from the claimant involved.
If the claims concerned remains unsettled as of the expiration of the above 30-day period,
" the Contractor may be deemed to be entitled to a semi-final payment for work completed,
such semi-final payment to be in the amount equal to the total dollar amount then due less
the dollar value of any written claims pending against the Contractor arising out of
performance of such work, and such semi-final payment may then be recommended by
the Director.
The Director shall not recommend final payment to a Contractor against whom such a
claim for damages is outstanding for a period of six months following the date of the
acceptance of the work performed unless the Contractor submits evidence in writing
satisfactory tot he Director that:
1. The claim has been settled and a release has been obtained from the
claimant involved, or
•• 2. Good faith efforts have been made to settle such outstanding claims, and
such good faith efforts have failed.
If condition (1) above is met at any time within the six month period, the Director shall
recommend that the,final payment to the Contractor be made. If condition (2) above is
met at any time within the six month period, the Director may recommend that final
payment to the Contractor be made. At the expiration of the six month period, the
C6-6(7)
Director may recommend that final payment be made if all other work has been
performed and all other obligations of the Contractor have been met to the satisfaction of
the Director.
The Director may, if he deems it appropriate, refuse to accept bids on other Water
Department Contract work from a Contractor against whom a claim for damages is
outstanding as a result of work performed under a City Contract.
C6-6.13 CONTRACTOR'S CLAIM FOR DAMAGES: Should the Contractor claim
compensation foe any alleged damage by reason of the acts or omissions of the Owner,he
shall within three days after the actual sustaining of such alleged damage,make a written
statement to the Engineer, setting out in detail the nature of the alleged damage, and on or
before the 25`h day of the month succeeding that in which ant such damage is claimed to
have been sustained, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer an itemized statement of
the details and the amount of such alleged damage and, upon request, shall give the
Engineer access to all books of account, receipts, vouchers, bills of lading, and other
books or papers containing any evidence as to the amount of such alleged damage. Unless
such statements shall be filed as hereinabove required, the Contractor's claim for
compensation shall be waived, and he shall not be entitled to payment on account of such
damages.
C6-6.14 ADJUSTMENT OR RELOCATION OF PUBLIC UTILITIES, ETC.: In case
it is necessary to change, move, or alter in any manner the property of a public utility or
others, the said property shall not be moved or interfered with until orders thereupon have �-
been issued by the Engineer. The right is reserved to the owners of public utilities to enter
the geographical limits of the Contract for the purpose of making such changes or repairs
to the property that may be necessary by the performance of this Contract.
C6-6.15 TEMPORARY SEWER AND DRAIN CONNECTIONS: When existing
sewer lines have to be taken up or removed, the Contractor shall, at his own expense and
cost, provide and maintain temporary outlets and connections for all private or public
drains and sewers. The Contractor shall also take care of all sewage and drainage which
will be received from these drains and sewers, and for this purpose he shall provide and
maintain, at his own cost and expense, adequate pumping facilities and temporary outlets
or divisions.
The Contractor, at his own cost and expense, shall construct such troughs, pipes, or other
structures necessary, and be prepared at all times to dispose of drainage and sewage
received from these temporary connections until such times as the permanent connections
are built and are in service. The existing sewers and connections shall be kept in service
and maintained under the Contract, except when specified or ordered to be abandoned by
the Engineer. All water, sewage, and other waste shall be disposed of in a satisfactory
manner so that no nuisance is created and so that the work under construction will be
adequately protected.
C6-6(8)
C6-6.16 ARRANGEMENT AND CHARGES FOR WATER FURNISHED BY THE
CITY: When the Contractor desires to use City water in connection with any construction
work, he shall make complete and satisfactory arrangements with the Fort Worth City
Water Department for so doing.
City water furnished to the Contractor shall be delivered to the Contractor from a
connection on an existing City main. All piping required beyond the point of delivery
shall be installed by the Contractor at his own expense.
_ The Contractor's responsibility in the use of all existing fire hydrant and/or valves is
detailed in Section E2-1.2 USE OF FIRE HYDRANTS AND VALVES in these General
Contract Documents.
When meters are used to measure the water, the charges, if any, for water will be made at
the regular established rates. When meters are not used, the charges, if any, will be as
.� prescribed by the City ordinance, or where no ordinances applies, payment shall be made
on estimates and rates established by the Director of the Fort Worth Water Department.
C 6-6.17 USE OF A SECTION OR PORTION OF THE WORK: Whenever, in the
opinion of the Engineer, any section or portion of the work or any structure is in suitable
condition, it may be put into use upon the written notice of the Engineer, and such usage
shall not be held to be in any way an acceptance of said work or structure or any part
thereof or as a waiver of any of the provisions of these Contract Documents. All
necessary repairs and removals of any section of the work so put into use, due to defective
materials or workmanship, equipment, or deficient operations on the part of the
Contractor, shall be performed by the Contractor at his expense.
C6-6.18 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE WORK: Until written
acceptance by the Owner as provided for in these Contract Documents, the work shall be
under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution
to prevent injury or damage to the work or any part thereof by action of the elements or
from any cause whatsoever, whether arising from the execution or nonexecution of the
work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore, and make good at his own expense all
injuries or damage to any portion of the work occasioned by any of the hereinabove
causes.
C6-6.19 NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS: Inspection by the Engineer or any
order by the Owner by payment of money or any payment for or acceptance of any work,
or any extension of time, or any possession taken by the City shall not operate as a waiver
of any provision of the Contract Documents. Any waiver of any breach or Contract shall
not be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.
The Owner reserves the right to correct'any error that may be discovered in any estimate
that may have been paid and to adjust the same to meet the requirements of the Contract
Documents.
C6-6(9)
C6-6.20 PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS: In carrying out the
provisions of these Contract Documents or in exercising any power of authority granted
thereunder, there shall be no liability upon the authorized representative of the Owner,
either personally or other wise as they are agents and representatives of the City.
C6-6.21 STATE SALES TAX: On a contract awarded by the City of Fort Worth,
and organization which qualifies for exemption pursuant the provisions of Article 20.04
(H) of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise, and Use Tax Act, the Contractor may purchase,
rent or lease all materials, supplies and equipment used or consumed in the performance
of this contract by issuing to his supplier an exemption certificate in lieu of the tax, said
exemption certificate to comply with State Comptroller's Ruling .007. Any such
exemption certificate issued to the Contractor in lieu of the tax shall be subject to and
shall comply with the provision of State Comptroller's Ruling .011, and any other
applicable State Comptroller's rulings pertaining to the Texas Limited Sales, Excise, and
Use Tax Act.
On a contract awarded by a developer for the construction of a publicly-owner
improvement in a street right-of-way or other easement which has been dedicated to the
public and the City of Fort Worth, an organization which qualifies for exemption
pursuant the provisions of Article 20.04 (H) of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise, and Use
Tax Act, the Contractor can probably be exempted in the same manner stated above.
Texas Limited Sales, Excise, and Use Tax Act permits and information can be obtained
from:
Comptroller of Public Accounts
Sales Tax Division
Capitol Station
Austin,TX
C6-6(10)
PART C- GENERAL CONDITIONS
C7-7 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
SECTION C7-7 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS:
C7-7.1 SUBLETTING: The Contractor shall perform with his own organization,
and with the assistance of workmen under his immediate superintendance, work of a
value of not less than fifty (50%) percent of the value embraced on the contract. If the
_ Contractor sublets any part of the work to be done under these Contract Documents, he
will not under any circumstances be relieved of the responsibility and obligation assumed
under these Contract Documents. All transactions of the Engineer will be with the
Contractor. Subcontractors will be considered only in the capacity of employees or
workmen of the Contractor and shall be subject tot he same requirements as to character
and competency. The Owner will not recognize any subcontractor on the work. The
Contractor shall at all times, when the work is in operation, be represented either in
person or by a superintendent or other designated representatives.
-� C7-7.2 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT: The Contractor shall not assign, transfer,
sublet, or otherwise dispose of the contract or his rights, title, or interest in or to the same
or any part thereof without the previous consent of the Owner expressed by resolution of
the City Council and concurred in by the Sureties.
If the Contractor does, without such previous consent, assign, transfer, sublet, convey, or
otherwise dispose of the contract or his right, title, or interest therein or any part thereof,
to any person or persons, partnership, company, firm, or corporation, or does by
bankruptcy, voluntary or involuntary, or by assignment under the insolvency laws of any
states, attempt to dispose of the contract may, at the option of the Owner be revoked and
annulled, unless the Sureties shall successfully complete said contract, and in the event of
any such revocation or annulment, any monies due or to become due under or by virtue of
said contract shall be retained by the Owner as liquidated damages for the reason that it
would be impracticable and extremely difficult to fix the actual damages.
C7-7.3 PROSECUTION OF THE WORK: Prior to beginning any construction
operations, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer in five or more copies, if
requested by the Engineer, a progress schedule preferably in chart or diagram form, or a
brief outlining in detail and step by step the manner of prosecuting the work and ordering
materials and equipment which he expects to follow in order to complete the project in
the scheduled time. There shall be submitted a table of estimated amounts to be earned by
the Contractor during each monthly estimate period.
The Contractor shall commence the work to be performed under this contract within the
time limit stated in these Contract Documents and shall conduct the work in a continuous
manner and with sufficient equipment, materials, and labor as is necessary to insure its
completion within the time limit.
C7-7(1)
...
The sequence requested of all construction operations shall be at all times as specified in
the Special Contract Documents. Any Deviation from such sequencing shall be submitted
to the Engineer for his approval. Contractor shall not proceed with any deviation until he
has received written approval from the Engineer. Such specification or approval by the
Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor from full responsibility of the complete
performance of the Contract.
The contract time may be changed only as set forth in Section C7-7.8 EXTENSION OF
TIME OF COMPLETION of this Agreement, and a progress schedule shall not constitute '*
a change in the contract time.
C7-7.4 LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS: The working operations shall at all
times be conducted by the Contractor so as to create a minimum amount of inconvenience
to the public. At any time when, in the judgment of the Engineer, the Contractor has
obstructed or closed or is carrying on operations in a portion of a street or public way
greater than is necessary for proper execution of the work, the Engineer may require the
Contractor to finish the section on which operations are in progress before the work is
commenced on any additional section or street.
C7-7.5 CHARACTER OF WORKMEN AND EQUIPMENT: Local labor shall be
used by the Contractor when it is available. The Contractor may bring from outside the
City of Fort Worth his key men and his superintendent. All other workmen, including
equipment operators, may be imported only after the local supply is exhausted. The �-
Contractor shall employ only such superintendents, foremen, and workmen who are
careful, competent, and fully qualified to perform the duties and tasks assigned to them,
and the Engineer may demand and secure the summary dismissal of any person or persons
employed by the Contractor in or about or on the work who, in the opinion of the Owner,
shall misconduct himself or to be found to be incompetent, disrespectful, intemperate,
dishonest, or otherwise objectionable or neglectful in the proper performance of his or
their duties, or who neglect or refuses to comply with or carry out the direction of the
owner, and such person or persons shall not be employed again thereon without written
consent of the Engineer.
All workmen shall have sufficient skill, ability, and experience to properly perform the
work assigned to them and operate any equipment necessary to properly carry out the
performance of the assigned duties.
The Contractor shall furnish and maintain on the work all such equipment as is
considered to be necessary for the prosecution of the work in an acceptable manner and at
a satisfactory rate of progress. All equipment, tools, and machinery used for handling _
materials and executing any part of the work shall be subject to the approval of the
Engineer and shall be maintained in a satisfactory, safe and efficient working condition.
Equipment on any portion of the work shall be such that no injury to the work. Workmen _
or adjacent property will result from its use.
C7-7(2)
.r
C7-7.6 WORK SCHEDULE: Elapsed working days shall be computed starting
with the first day of the work completed as defined in C1-1.23 "WORKING DAYS" or
the date stipulated in the"WORK ORDER"for beginning work,whichever comes first.
Nothing in these Contract Documents shall be construed as prohibiting the Contractor
from working on Saturday, Sunday or Legal Holidays, providing that the following
requirements are met:
a. A request to work on a specific Saturday, Sunday or Legal Holiday must
be made to the Engineer no later that the preceding Thursday.
b. Any work to be done on the project on such a specific Saturday, Sunday or
Legal Holiday must be, in the opinion of the Engineer, essential to the
timely completion of the project.
The Engineer's decision shall be final in response to such a request for approval to work
on a specific Saturday, Sunday or Legal Holiday, and no extra compensation shall be
allowed to the Contractor for any work performed on such a specific Saturday, Sunday or
Legal Holiday.
Calendar Days shall be defined in C1-1.24 and the Contractor may work as he so desires.
C7-7.7 TIME OF COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION: The Contractor shall
commence the working operations within the time specified in the Contract Documents
and set forth in the Work Order. Failure to do so shall be considered by the owner as
abandonment of the Contract by the Contractor and the Owner may proceed as he sees fit.
The Contractor shall maintain a rate of progress such as will insure that the whole work
_ will be performed and the premises cleaned up in accordance with the Contract
Documents and within the time established in such documents and such extension of time
as may be properly authorized.
C7-7.8 EXTENSION OF TIME COMPLETION: The Contractor's request for an
extension of time of completion shall be considered only when the request for such
.. extension is submitted in writing to the Engineer within seven days from and after the
time alleged cause of delay shall occurred. Should an extension of the time of completion
be requested such request will be forwarded to the City Council for approval.
In adjusting the contract time for completion of work, consideration will be given to
unforeseen causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the
.. Contractor, fire, flood, tornadoes, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, embargoes,
or delays of sub-contractors due to such causes.
C7-7(3)
When the date of completion is based on a calendar day bid, a request for extension of
time because of inclement weather will not be considered. A request for extension of time
due to inability to obtain supplies and materials will be considered only when a review of
the Contractor's purchase order dates and other pertinent data as requested by the
Engineer indicates that the Contractor has made a bonafide attempt to secure delivery on
schedule. This shall include efforts to obtain the supplies and materials from alternate
sources in case the first source cannot make delivery. ..
If satisfactory execution and completion of the contract should require work and materials
in greater amounts or quantities than those set forth in the approved Contract Documents,
then the contract time mat be increased by Change Order.
C7-7.9 DELAYS: The Contractor shall receive no compensation for delays or
hindrances to the work, except when direct and unavoidable extra cost to the Contractor
is caused by the failure of the City to provide information or material, if any, which is to
be furnished by the City. When such extra compensation is claimed, a written statement
thereof shall be presented by the Contractor to the Engineer and if by the Engineer found
correct, shall be approved and referred by the Engineer to the City Council for final =
approval or disapproval; and the action thereon by the City Council shall be final and
binding. If delay is caused by specific orders given by the Engineer to stop work, or by
the performance of extra work, or by the failure of the City to provide material or _
necessary instructions for carrying on the work,then such delay will entitle the Contractor
to an equivalent extension of time, his application for shall, however, be subject to the
approval of the City Council: and no such extension of time shall release the Contractor
or the surety on his performance bond from all his obligations hereunder which shall
remain in full force until the discharge of the contract.
C7-7.10 TIME OF COMPLETION: The time of completion is an essential
element of the Contract. Each bidder shall indicate in the appropriate place on the last
page of the proposal, the number of working days or calendar days that he will require to
fully complete this contract or the time of completion will be specified by the City in the
proposal section of the Contract Documents.
The number of days indicated shall be a realistic estimate of the time required to complete
the work covered by the specific contract being bid upon. The amount of time so stated
by the successful bidder or the City will become the time of completion specified in the
Contract Documents.
For each calendar day that any work shall remain uncompleted after the time specified in
the Contract Documents, or increased time granted by the Owner, or as automatically
increased by additional work or materials ordered after the contract is signed, the sum per _
day given in the following schedule, unless otherwise specified in other parts of the
Contract Documents, will be deducted from the monies due the Contractor, not as a
penalty,but as liquidated damages suffered by the Owner.
C7-7(4)
AMOUNT OF CONTRACT AMOUNT OF
LIQUIDATED
DAMAGES
PER DAY
Less than $ 5,000 inclusive $ 35.00
_ $ 5,001 to $ 15,000 inclusive $ 45.00
$ 15,001 to $ 25,000 inclusive $ 63.00
$ 25,001 to $ 50,000 inclusive $ 105.00
$ 50,001 to $ 100,000 inclusive $ 154.00
$ 100,001 to $ 500,000 inclusive $ 210.00
$ 500,001 to $ 1,000,000 inclusive $ 315.00
.. $ 1,000,001 to $ 2,000,000 inclusive $ 420.00
$ 2,000,000 and over $ 630.00
The parties hereto understand and agree that any harm to the City caused by the
Contractor's delay in completing the work hereunder in the time specified by the Contract
Documents would be incapable or very difficult to calculate due to lack of accurate
information, and that the "Amount of Liquidated Damages Per Day", as set out above, is
a reasonable forecast of just compensation due the City for harm caused by any delay.
C7-7.11 SUSPENSION BY COURT ORDER: The Contractor shall suspend
operations on such part or parts of the work ordered by any court, and will not be entitled
to additional compensation by virtue of such court order. Neither will he be liable to the
City in the vent the work is suspended by a Court Order.Neither will the Owner be liable
to the Contractor by virtue of any Court Order or action for which the Owner is not solely
responsible.
C7-7.12 TEMPORARY SUSPENSION: The Owner shall have the right to suspend
the work operation wholly or in part for such period or periods of time as he may deem
necessary due to unsuitable weather conditions or any other unsuitable conditions which
in the opinion of the Owner or Engineer cause further prosecution of the work to be
unsatisfactory or detrimental to the interest of the project. During temporary suspension
of the work covered by this contract, for any reason, the Owner will make no extra
payment for stand-by time of construction equipment and/or construction crews.
If it should become necessary to suspend work for an indefinite period, the Contractor
shall store all materials in such manner that they will not obstruct or impede the public
unnecessarily nor become damaged in any way, and he shall take every precaution to
prevent damage or deterioration of the work performed;he shall provide suitable drainage
about the work, and erect temporary structures where necessary.
Should the Contractor not be able to complete a portion of the project due to causes
beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor as set forth in
Paragraph C7-7.8 EXTENSION OF THETIME OF COMPLETION, and should it be
C7-7(5)
determined by mutual consent of the Contractor and the Engineer that a solution to allow
construction to proceed is not available within a reasonable period of time, then the
Contractor may be reimbursed for the cost of moving his equipment off the job and
returning the necessary equipment to the job when it is determined by the Engineer that ..
construction may be resumed. Such reimbursement shall be based on actual cost to the
Contractor of moving the equipment and no profit will be allowed.
No reimbursement shall be allowed if the equipment is moved to another construction
project for the City of Fort Worth.
The Contractor shall not suspend work without written notice from the Engineer and shall
proceed with the work operations promptly when notified by the Engineer to so resume
operations.
C7-7.13 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT DUE TO NATIONAL EMERGENCY:
Whenever, because of National Emergency, so declared by the president of the United
States or other lawful authority, it becomes impossible for the Contractor to obtain all of
the necessary labor, materials, and equipment for the prosecution of the work with _
reasonable continuity for a period of two months, the Contractor shall within seven days
notify the City in writing, giving a detailed statement of the efforts which have been made
and listing all necessary items of labor, materials, and equipment not obtainable. If, after
investigations, the owner finds that such conditions existing and that the inability of the
Contractor to proceed is not attributable in whole or in part to the fault or neglect of the
Contractor, than if the Owner cannot after reasonable effort assist the Contractor in —•
procuring and making available the necessary labor, materials, and equipment within
thirty days, the Contractor my request the owner to terminate the contract and the owner
may comply with the request, and the termination shall be conditioned and based upon a
final settlement mutually acceptable to both the Owner and the Contractor and final
payment shall be made in accordance with the terms of the agreed settlement,which shall
include. But not be limited to the payment for all work executed but not anticipated
profits on work which has not been performed.
C7-7.14 SUSPENSION OR ABANDONMENT OF THE WORK AND ANNULMENT "
OF THE CONTRACT: The work operations on all or any portion or section of the
work under Contract shall be suspended immediately on written order of the Engineer or
the Contract may be declared canceled by the City Council for any good and sufficient
cause. The following, by way of example, but not of limitation, may be considered
grounds for suspension or cancellation:
a. Failure of the Contractor to commence work operations within the time
specified in the Work Order issued by the Owner.
b. Substantial evidence that progress of the work operations by the
Contractor is insufficient to complete the work within the specified time. «�
C7-7(6)
C. Failure of the Contractor to provide and maintain sufficient labor and
.. equipment to properly execute the working operations.
d. Substantial evidence that the Contractor has abandoned the work.
e. Substantial evidence that the Contractor has become insolvent or bankrupt,
or otherwise financially unable to carry on the work satisfactorily.
f. Failure on the part of the Contractor to observe any requirements of the
_ Contract Documents or to comply with any orders given by the Engineer
or Owner provided for in these Contract Documents.
g. Failure of the Contractor promptly to make good any defect in materials or
workmanship, or any defects of any nature the correction of which has
been directed in writing by the Engineer or the Owner.
h. Substantial evidence of collusion for the purpose of illegally procuring a
contract or perpetrating fraud on the City in the construction of work under
-� contract.
i. A substantial indication that the Contractor has made an unauthorized
assignment of the contract or any funds due therefrom for the benefit of
any creditor or for any other purpose.
j. If the Contractor shall for any cause whatsoever not carry on the working
operation in an acceptable manner.
k. If the Contractor commences legal action against the Owner.
_ A Copy of the suspension order or action of the City Council shall be served on the
Contractor's Sureties. When work is suspended for any cause or causes, or when the
contract is canceled, the Contractor shall discontinue the work or such part thereof as the
�w owner shall designate, whereupon the Sureties may, at their option, assume the contract
or that portion thereof which the Owner has ordered the Contractor to discontinue, and
may perform the same or may, with written consent of the owner, sublet the work or that
portion of the work as taken over,provided however,that the Sureties shall exercise their
option, if at all, within two weeks after the written notice to discontinue the work has
been served upon the Contractor and upon the Sureties or their authorized agents. The
Sureties, in such event shall assume the Contractor's place in all respects, and shall be
paid by the Owner for all work performed by them in accordance with the terms of the
Contract Documents. All monies remaining due the Contractor at the time of this default
shall thereupon become due and payable to the Sureties as the work progresses, subject to
all of the terms of the Contract Documents.
C7-7(7)
In case the Sureties do not,within the hereinabove specified time, exercise their right and
option to assume the contract responsibilities, or that portion thereof which the Owner
has ordered the Contractor to discontinue, then the Owner shall have the power to
complete, by contract or otherwise, as it may determine, the work herein described or Ind
such work thereof as it may deem necessary, and the Contractor hereto agrees that the
Owner shall have the right to take possession of and use any materials, plants, tools,
equipment, supplies, and property of any kind provided by the Contractor for the purpose
of carrying on the work and to procure other tools, equipment, materials, labor and
property for the completion of the work, and to charge to the account of the Contractor of
said contract expense for labor, materials, tools, equipment, and all expenses incidental
thereto.The expense so charged shall be deducted by the owner from such monies as may
be due or may become due at any time thereafter to the Contractor under and by virtue of
the Contract or any part thereof. The Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest bid
for the work completing the contract, but the expense to be deducted shall be the actual
cost of the owner of such work
In case such expenses shall exceed the amount which would have been payable under the
Contract if the same had been completed by the Contract, then the Contractor and his
Sureties shall pay the amount of such excess to the City on notice from the Owner of the
excess due. When any particular part of the work is being carried on by the Owner by
contract or otherwise under the provisions of this section, the Contractor shall continue
the remainder of the work in conformity with the terms of the Contract Documents and in
such a manner as to not hinder or interfere with the performance of the work by the
Owner. _
C7-7.15 FULFILLMENT OF CONTRACT:The Contract will be considered as having
been fulfilled, save as provided in any bond or bonds or by law,when all the work and all
sections or parts of the project covered by the Contract Documents have been finished
and completed, the final inspection made by the Engineer, and the final acceptance and
final payment made by the Owner.
C7-7.16 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE OF THE OWNER:
The performance of the work under this contract may be terminated by the Owner in
whole, or from time to time in part, in accordance with this section, whenever the Owner
shall determine that such termination is in the best interest of the Owner.
A. NOTICE OF TERMINATION: Any Termination shall be effected by
mailing a notice of the termination to the Contractor specifying the extent
to which performance of work under the contract is terminated, and the
date upon which such termination becomes effective. Receipt of the notice
shall be deemed conclusively presumed and established when the letter is
placed in the United States Postal Service Mail by the Owner. Further, it
shall be deemed conclusively presumed and established that such
termination is made with just cause as therein stated; and no proof in any
C7-7(8)
Wo
claim, demand or suit shall be required of the Owner regarding such
discretionary action
B. CONTRACTOR ACTION: After receipt of a notice of termination,
and except as otherwise directed by the Engineer,the Contractor shall:
1. Stop work under the contract on the date and to the extent
.. specified in the notice of termination;
_ 2. place no further orders or subcontracts for materials,
services or facilities except as may be necessary for
completion of such portion of the work under the contract
as is not terminated;
3. terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they
.. relate to the performance of the work terminated by notice
of termination;
4. transfer title to the Owner and deliver in the manner, at the
times, and to the extent, if any, directed by the Engineer:
-' a. the fabricated or unfabricated parts, work in
progress, completed work, supplies and other
material produced as a part of, or acquired in
connection with the performance of, the work
terminated by the notice of the termination; and
b. The completed, or partially completed plans,
drawings, information and other property which, if
_ the contract had been completed, would have been
required to be furnished to the Owner.
5. complete performance of such work as shall not have been
terminated by the notice of termination; and
.. 6. Take such action as may be necessary, or as the Engineer
may direct, for the protection and preservation of the
property related to its contract which is in the possession of
.. the Contractor and in which the owner has or may acquire
the rest.
At a time not later than 30 days after the termination date specified in the
notice of termination, the Contractor may submit to the Engineer a list,
certified as to quantity and quality, of any or all items of termination
inventory not previously disposed of, exclusive of items the disposition of
C7-7(9)
which has been directed or authorized by Engineer, Not later than 15 days
thereafter, the owner shall accept title to such items provided, that the list
submitted shall be subject to verification by the Engineer upon removal of
the items or, if the items are stored, within 45 days from the date of
submission of the list, and any necessary adjustments to correct the list as
submitted, shall be made prior to final settlement.
C. TERMINATION CLAIM: Within 60 days after the notice of
termination, the Contractor shall submit his termination claim to the
Engineer in the form and with the certification prescribed by the Engineer.
Unless one or more extensions in writing are granted by the Owner upon
request of the Contractor, made in writing within such 60-day period or
authorized extension thereof, any and all such claims shall be conclusively ..
deemed waived.
D. AMOUNTS: Subject to the provisions of Item C7-7.1(C), the
Contractor and the Owner may agree upon the whole or any part of the
amount or amounts to be paid to the Contractor by reason of the total or
partial termination of the work pursuant hereto; provided, that such agreed
amount or amounts shall never exceed the total contract price reduced by
the amount of payments otherwise made and as further reduced by the
contract price work not terminated. The contract shall be amended
accordingly, and the Contractor shall be paid the agreed amount. No
amount shall be due for lost or anticipated profits>Nothing in C7-7.16(E)
hereafter, prescribing the amount to be paid to the Contractor by reason of
the termination of work pursuant to this section, shall be deemed to limit,
restrict or otherwise determine or affect the amount or amounts which may
be agreed upon to be paid to the Contractor pursuant to this paragraph.
E. FAILURE TO AGREE: In the event of the failure of the Contractor "
and the Owner to agree as provided in C7-7.16(D)upon the whole amount
to be paid to the Contractor by reason of the termination of the work _
pursuant to this section, the Owner shall determine, on the basis of
information available to it, the amount, if any, due to the Contractor by
reason of the termination and shall pay to the Contractor the amounts
determined.No amount shall be due for lost or anticipated profits.
F. DEDUCTIONS: In arriving at the amount due the Contractor under
this section there shall be deducted;
1. all unliquidated advance or other payments on account
theretofore made to the Contractor, applicable to the
terminated portion of this contract;
C7-7(10)
2. any claim which the Owner may have against the
-� Contractor in connection with this contract; and
3. the agreed price for, or the proceeds of the sale of, any
materials, supplies or other things kept by the Contractor or
sold, pursuant to the provisions of this clause, and not
otherwise recovered by or credited to the Owner.
G. ADJUSTMENT: If the termination hereunder be partial, prior to the
_ settlement of the terminated portion of this contract, the Contractor may
file with the Engineer a request in writing for an equitable adjustment of
the price or prices specified in the contract relating to the continued
portion of the contract (the portion not terminated by notice of
termination), such equitable adjustment as may be agreed upon shall be
made in such price or prices; noting contained herein, however, shall limit
.. the right of the owner and the Contractor to agree upon the amount or
amounts to be paid tot he Contractor for the completion of the continued
portion of the contract when said contract does not contain an established
-� contract price for such continued portion.
H. NO LIMITATION OF RIGHTS: Noting contained in this section shall
limit or alter the rights which the Owner may have for termination of this
contract under C7-7.14 hereof entitled "SUSPENSION OR
ABANDONMENT OF THE WORK AND ANNULMENT OF
CONTRACT"or any other right which the Owner may have for default or
breach of contract by Contractor.
C7-7.17 SAFETY METHODS AND PRACTICES: The Contractor shall be
responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and
programs in connection with the work at all times and shall assume all responsibilities for
their enforcement.
The Contractor shall comply with federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, and
regulations so as to protect person and property from injury, including death, or damage
in connection with the work.
C7-7(11)
PART C- GENERAL CONDITIONS
C8-8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
SECTION C8-8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
C8-8.1 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES: The determination of quantities of
work performed by the Contractor and authorized by the Contract Documents acceptably
completed under the terms of the Contract Documents shall be made by the Engineer,
_ based on measurements made by the Engineer. These measurements will be made
according to the United States Standard Measurements used in common practice, and will
be the actual length, area, solid contents, numbers, and weights of the materials and item
installed.
C8-8.2 UNIT PRICES: When in the Proposal a "Unit Price" is set forth, the said
"Unit Price" shall include the furnishing by the Contractor of all labor, tools, materials,
machinery, equipment, appliances and appurtenances necessary for the construction of
and the completion in a manner acceptable to the Engineer of all work to be done under
• these Contract Documents.
The "Unit Price" shall include all permanent and temporary protection of overhead,
surface, and underground structures, cleanup, finishing costs, overhead expense, bond,
insurance, patent fees, royalties, risk due to the elements and other clauses, delays,
profits, injuries, damages claims, taxes, and all other items not specifically mentioned that
may be required to fully construct each item of the work complete in place and in a
satisfactory condition for operation.
C8-8.3 LUMP SUM: When in the Proposal a "Lump Sum" is set forth, the said
"Lump Sum" shall represent the total cost for the Contractor to furnish all labor, tools,
_ materials, machinery, equipment, appurtenances, and all subsidiary work necessary for
the construction and completion of all the work to provide a complete and functional item
as detailed in the Special Contract Documents and/or Plans.
C8-8.4 SCOPE OF PAYMENT: The Contractor shall receive and accept the
compensation as herein provided, in full payment for furnishing all labor,tools,materials,
and incidentals for performing all work contemplated and embraced under these Contract
Documents, for all loss and damage arising out of the nature of the work or from the
action of the elements, for any unforeseen defects or obstructions which may arise or be
encountered during the prosecution which may arise or be encountered during the
prosecution of the work at any time before its final acceptance by the Owner, (except as
provided in paragraph C5-5.14) for all risks of whatever description connected with the
prosecution of the work, for all expenses incurred by or in consequence of the suspension
or discontinuance of such prosecution of the working operations as herein specified, or
any and all infringements of patents, trademarks, copyrights, or other legal reservations,
C8-8(1)
AL
and for completing the work in an acceptable manner according to the terms of the
Contract Documents.
The payment of any current or partial estimate prior to the final acceptance of the work by
the Owner shall in no way constitute an acknowledgment of the acceptance of the work,
materials, or equipment, nor in any way prejudice or affect the obligations of the.
Contractor to repair, correct, renew, or replace at his own and proper expense any defects �•
or imperfections in the construction or in the strength or quality of the material used or
equipment or machinery furnished in or about the construction of the work under contract
and its appurtenances, or any damage due or attributed to such defects, which defects,
imperfections, or damage shall have been discovered on or before the final inspection and
acceptance of the work or during the one year guaranty period after the final acceptance.
The Owner shall be the sole judge of such defects, imperfections, or damage, and the
Contractor shall be liable to the Owner for failure to correct the same as provided herein.
C8-8.5 PARTIAL ESTIMATES AND RETAINAGE: Between the 1" and the 5 h
day of each month, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a statement showing an
estimate of the value of the work done during the previous month, or estimate period
under the Contract Documents. Not later than the I Wh day of the month, the Engineer
shall verify such estimate, and if it is found to be acceptable and the value of the work
performed since the last partial payment was made exceeds one hundred dollars ($100.00)
inn amount, 90% of such estimated sum will be paid to the Contractor if the total contract
amount is less than $400,000.00, or 95% of such estimated sum will be paid to the
Contractor if the total contract amount is $400,000.00 or greater, within twenty-five (25)
days after the regular estimate period. The City will have the option of preparing
estimates on forms furnished by the City. The partial estimates may include acceptable
nonperishable materials delivered to the work which are to be incorporated into the work —•
as a permanent part thereof, but which at the time of the estimate have not been installed
(such payment will be allowed on a basis of 85% of the net invoice value thereof). The
Contractor shall furnish the Engineer such information as he may request to aid him as a "
guide in the verification or the preparation of partial estimates.
It is understood that partial estimates from month to month will be approximate only, all
partial monthly estimates and payment will be subject to correction in the estimate
rendered following the discovery of an error in any previous estimate, and such estimate
shall not, in any respect, be taken as an admission of the Owner of the amount of work
done or of its quantity of sufficiency, or as an acceptance of the work done or the release
of the Contractor of any of his responsibilities under the Contract Documents. km
The City reserves the right to withhold the payment of any monthly estimate if the
Contractor fails to perform the work strictly in accordance with the specifications or
provisions of this Contract.
C8-8(2)
UM
C8-8.6 WITHHOLDING PAYMENT: Payment on any estimate or estimates may
a. be held in abeyance if the performance of the construction operations is not in accordance
with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
C8-8.7 FINAL ACCEPTANCE: Whenever the improvements provided for by
the Contract Documents shall have been completed and all requirements of the Contract
Documents shall have been fulfilled on the part of the Contractor, the Contractor shall
.. notify the Engineer in writing that the improvements are ready for final inspection. The
Engineer shall notify the appropriate officials of the Owner, will within a reasonable time
_ make such final inspection, and if the work is satisfactory, in an acceptable condition, and
has been completed in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents and all
approved modifications thereof, the Engineer will initiate the processing of the final
estimate and recommend final acceptance of the project and final payment thereof as
outlines in paragraph C8-8.8 below.
.. C8-8.8 FINAL PAYMENT: Whenever all the improvements provided for by the
Contract Documents and all approved modifications thereof shall have been completed
and all requirements of the Contract Documents have been fulfilled on the part of the
Contractor, a final estimate showing the value of the work will be prepared by the
Engineer as soon as the necessary measurements, computations, and checks can be made.
All prior estimates upon which payment has been made are subject to necessary
corrections or revisions in the final payment.
The amount of the final estimate, less previous payments and any sums that have been
deducted or retained under the provisions of the Contract Documents, will be paid to the
_ Contractor within 60 days after the final acceptance by the Owner on a proper resolution
of the City Council, provided the Contractor has furnished to the owner satisfactory
evidence of compliance as follows: Prior to submission of the final estimate for payment,
the Contractor shall execute an affidavit as furnished by the City, certifying that;
A. all persons, firms, associations, corporations, or other organizations
furnishing labor and/or materials have been paid in full,
B. that the wage scale established by the City Council in the City of Fort
Worth has been paid, and
C. that there are no claims pending for personal injury and/or property
damages.
The acceptance by the Contractor of the last or final payment as aforesaid shall operate as
and shall release tho owner from all claims or liabilities under the Contract for anything
done or furnished or relating to the work under the Contract Documents or any act or
neglect of said City relating to or connected with the Contract.
C8-8(3)
mod
The making of the final payment by the Owner shall not relieve the Contractor of any
guarantees or other requirements of the Contract Documents which specifically continue
thereafter.
C8-8.9 ADEQUACY OF DESIGN: It is understood that the Owner believes it
has employed competent engineers and designers to prepare the Contract Documents and
all modifications of the approved Contract Documents. It is, therefore, agreed that the
Owner shall be responsible for the adequacy of its own design features, sufficiency of the
Contract Documents, the safety of the structure, and the practicability of the operations of
the completed project,provided the Contractor has complied with the requirements of the
said Contract Documents, all approved modifications thereof, and additions and
alterations thereof approved in writing by the Owner. The burden of proof of such
compliance shall be upon the Contractor to show that he has complied with the Contract
Documents, approved modifications thereof, and all alterations thereof.
C8-8.10 GENERAL GUARANTY: Neither the final certificate of payment nor
any provision in the Contract Documents nor partial or entire occupancy or use of the
premises by the Owner shall constitute an acceptance of the work not done in accordance
with the Contract Documents or relieve the Contractor of liability in respect to any
express warranties or responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. The Contractor
shall remedy any defects or damages in the work and pay for any damage to the other
work resulting therefrom which shall appear within a period of one year from the date of
final acceptance of the work unless a longer period is specified and shall furnish a good
and sufficient maintenance bond in the amount of 100 percent of the amount of the
contract which shall assure the performance of the general guaranty as above outlined.
The Owner will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness.
C8-8.11 SUBSIDIARY WORK: Any and all work specifically governed by
documentary requirements for the project, such as conditions imposed by the Plans, the
General Contract Documents or these Special Contract Documents, in which no specific
item for bid has been provided for in the Proposal, shall be considered as a subsidiary
item of work, the cost of which shall be included in the price bid in the Proposal, for each
bid item. Surface restoration, rock excavation and cleanup are general items of work
which fall in the category of subsidiary work.
C8-8.12 MISCELLANEOUS PLACEMENT OF MATERIAL: Material may be
allocated under various bid items in the Proposal to establish unit prices for
miscellaneous placement of material. These materials shall be used only when directed by
the Engineer, depending on field conditions. Payment for miscellaneous placement of
material will be made for only that amount of material used, measured to the nearest one-
tenth unit. Payment for miscellaneous placement of material shall be in accordance with
the General Contract Documents regardless of the actual amount used for the Project.
C8-8.13 RECORD DOCUMENTS: The Contractor shall keep on record a copy
of all specifications, plans, addenda, modifications, shop drawings and samples at the
C8-8(4)
site, in good ordo and annotated to show all changes made during the construction
.. process.These shal be delivered to the Engineer upon completion of the work.
C8-8(5)
_ SECTION Cl:
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO PART C-GENERAL CONDITIONS
A. General
These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the General Conditions of the
Contract and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. Provisions
which are not so amended or supplemented remain in full force and affect.
B. C8-8.5 PARTIAL ESTIMATES AND RETAINAGE: Page C8-8 (2), should be deleted in
its entirety and replaced with the following:
Partial pay estimates shall be submitted by the Contractor or prepared by the City on the
5th day and 20th day of each month that the work is in progress. The estimate shall be
proceeded by the City on the 10th day and 25th day respectively. Estimates will be paid
within 25 days following the end of the estimate period, less the appropriate retainage as
set out below. Partial pay estimates may include acceptable nonperishable materials
delivered to the work place which are to be incorporated into the work as a permanent
part thereof, but which at the time of the pay estimate have not been so installed. If such
materials are included within a pay estimate,payment shall be based upon 85%of the net
voice value thereof. The Contractor will furnish the Engineer such information as may be
_ -reasonably requested to aid in the verification or the preparation of the pay estimate.
For contracts of less than $400,000 at the time of execution, retainage shall be ten per
cent(10%): For contracts of$400,000 or more at the time of execution,retainage shall be
•• five percent(5%).
Contractor shall pay subcontractors in accord with the subcontract agreement within five
_ (5) business days after receipt by Contractor of the payment by City. Contractor's failure
to make the required payments to subcontractors will authorize the City to withhold
future payments from the Contractor until compliance with this paragraph is
_ accomplished.
It is understood that the partial pay estimates will be approximate only, and all partial pay
estimates and payment of same will be subject to correction in the estimate rendered
-� following the discovery of the mistake in any previous estimate. Partial payment by
Owner for the amount of work done or of its quality or sufficiency or acceptance of the
work done; shall not release the Contractor of any of its responsibilities under the
Contract Documents.
The City reserves the right to withhold the payment of any partial estimate if the
Contractor fails to perform the work in strict accordance with the specifications or other
provisions of this contract.
C. Part C - General Conditions: Paragraph C3-3.11 of the General Conditions is deleted and
replaced with D-3 of Part D- Special Conditions.
D. C3-3.11 INSURANCE: Page C3-3 (6): Delete subparagraph "g. LOCAL AGENT FOR
INSURANCE AND BONDING"
Revised Pg. 1
.. 10/24/02
E. C6-6.12 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBLITY FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS: Page C6-6
(8),is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify City's engineer and architect, and their ..
personnel at the project site for Contractor's sole negligence. In addition, Contractor
covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own expense, the
Owner, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all claims or suits
for property loss, property damage, personal injury, including death, arising out of, or
alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed hereunder by Contractor, its
officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees, whether or not any
such injury, damage or death is caused, in whole or in part, by the negligence or
alleged negligence of Owner, its officers, servants, or employees. Contractor likewise
covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from and against any
and all injuries to Owner's officers, servants and employees and any damage, loss or
destruction to property of the Owner arising from the performance of any of the terms and
conditions of this Contract, whether or not any such injury or damage is caused in
whole or in part by the negligence or alleged negligence of Owner, its officers, servants
or employees.
In the event Owner receives a written claim for damages against the Contractor or its
subcontractors prior to final payment, final payment shall not be made until Contractor _
either (a) submits to Owner satisfactory evidence that the claim has been settled and/or a
release from the claimant involved_,or(b)provides Owner with a letter from Contractor's
liability insurance carrier that the claim has been referred to the insurance carrier.
The Director may, if he deems it appropriate, refuse to accept bids on other City of Fort
Worth public work from a Contractor against whom a claim for damages is outstanding
as a result of work performed under a City Contract.
F. INCREASED OR DECREASED QUANTITIES: Part C-General Conditions, Section
C4-4 SCOPE OF WORK,Page C 4-4(1),revise paragraph C4-4.3 INCREASED OR
DECREASED QUANTITIES to read as follows:
The Owner reserves the right to alter the quantities of the work to be performed or to
extend or shorten the improvements at any time when and as found to be necessary, and ftd
the Contractor shall perform the work as altered, increased or decreased at the unit prices
as established in the contract documents. No allowance will be made for any changes in
lost or anticipated profits nor shall such changes be considered as waiving or invalidating
any conditions or provisions of the Contract Documents.
Variations in quantities of sanitary sewer pipes in depth categories shall be interpreted
herein as applying to the overall quantities of sanitary sewer pipe in each pipe size but not
to'.he various depth categories.
Revised Pg. 2
10/24/02
_ G. C3-3.11 INSURANCE: Page C3-3 (7): Add subparagraph"h.ADDITIONAL
INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS"
a. The City, its officers, employees and servants shall be endorsed as an additional
insured on Contractor's insurance policies excepting employer's liability insurance
coverage under Contractor's workers'compensation insurance policy.
b. Certificates of insurance shall be delivered to the City of Fort Worth, contract
administrator in the respective department as specified in the bid documents, 1000
Throckmorton Street, Fort Worth, TX 76102, prior to commencement of work on the
contracted project.
c. Any failure on part of the City to request required insurance documentation shall not
constitute a waiver of the insurance requirements specified herein.
d. Each insurance policy shall be endorsed to provide the City a minimum thirty days
notice of cancellation, non-renewal, and/or material change in policy terms or coverage.
A ten days notice shall be acceptable in the event of non-payment of premium.
e. Insurers must be authorized to do business in the State of Texas and have a current
.. A.M. Best rating of A: VH or equivalent measure of financial strength and solvency.
f. Deductible limits, or self-funded retention limits, on each policy must not exceed
$10,000.00 per occurrence unless otherwise approved by the City.
.. g. Other than worker's compensation insurance, in lieu of traditional insurance, City may
consider alternative coverage or risk treatment measures through insurance pools or risk
retention groups. The City must approve in writing any alternative coverage.
h. Workers' compensation insurance policy(s) covering employees employed on the
project shall be endorsed with a waiver of subrogation providing rights of recovery in
favor of the City.
i. City shall not be responsible for the direct payment of insurance premium costs for
contractor's insurance.
j. Contractor's insurance policies shall each be endorsed to provide that such insurance is
.primary protection and any self-funded or commercial coverage maintained by City shall
not be called upon to contribute to loss recovery.
k. In the course of the project, Contractor shall report,in a timely manner,to City's
officially designated contract administrator any known loss occurrence which could give
.. rise to a liability claim or lawsuit or which could result in a property loss.
_ Revised Pg. 3
10/24/02
.1. Contractor's liability shall not be limited to the specified amounts of insurance
required herein.
in. Upon the request of City, Contractor shall provide complete copies of all insurance
policies required by these contract documents.
H. C8-8.4 SCOPE OF PAYMENT: Delete C8-8.4, Scope of Payment at page C8-8(1) is
deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
The Contractor shall receive and accept the compensation as herein provided, in full
payment for furnishing all labor, tools, materials, and incidentals for performing all work
contemplated and embraced under these Contract Documents, for all loss and damage
arising out of the nature of the work or from the action of the elements, for any
unforeseen defects or obstructions which may arise or be encountered during the
prosecution which may arise or be encountered during the prosecution of the work at any '
time before its final acceptance by the Owner, (except as provided in paragraph C5-5.14)
for all risks of whatever description connected with the prosecution of the work, for all
expenses incurred by or in consequence of the suspension or discontinuance of such
prosecution of the working operations as herein specified, or any and all infringements of
patents, trademarks, copyrights, or other legal reservations, and for completing the work
in an'acceptable manner according to the terms of the Contract Documents.
The payment of any current or partial estimate prior to the final acceptance of the work by
the Owner shall in no way constitute an acknowledgment of the acceptance of the work,
materials, or equipment, nor in any way prejudice or affect the obligations of the
Contractor to repair, correct, renew, or replace at his own and proper expense any defects
or imperfections in the construction or in the strength or quality of the material used or
equipment or machinery furnished in or about the construction of the work under contract
and its appurtenances, or any damage due or attributed to such defects, which defects,
imperfections, or damage shall have been discovered on or before the final inspection and
acceptance of the work or during the two (2) year guaranty period after the final
acceptance. The Owner shall be the sole judge of such defects, imperfections, or damage,
and the Contractor shall be liable to the Owner for failure to correct the same as provided
herein.
I. C8-8.10 GENERAL GUARANTY:Delete C8-8.10,General Guaranty at page C8-8(4)is deleted
in its entirety and replaced with the following:
Neither the final certificate of payment nor any provision in the Contract Documents,nor.partial
or entire occupancy or use of the premises by the Owner shall constitute an acceptance of work
not done in accordance with the Contract Documents or relieve the Contractor of liability in
respect to any express warranties or responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. The
Contractor shall remedy any defects or damages in the work and pay for any damage to other
work or property resulting therefrom which shall appear within a period of two(2)years from the
date of final acceptance of the work unless a longer period is specified and shall furnish a good
and sufficient maintenance bond in the amount of 100 percent of the amount of the contract
Revised Pg. 4
10/24/02
which shall assure the performance of the general guaranty as above outlined. The Owner will
give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness.
Any reference to any shorter period of time of warranty contained elsewhere within the
specifications shall be resolved in favor of this specifications, it being the.City's intent
that the Contractor guarantee its work for a period of two (2) years following the date of
.. acceptance of the project.
In the Special Instructions to Bidders, TPW contracts place the following in lieu of the
existing paragraph 2.
J. Part C - General Conditions, Section C2-2 INTERPRETATION AND PREPARATION
_ OF PROPOSAL,Page C2-2 (4) exchange paragraphs C2-2.7, C2-2.8 and C2-2.9 with.the
following:
C2-2.7 DELIVVRY OF PROPOSAL: No proposal will be considered unless it is
delivered, accompanied by its proper Bid Security,to the Purchasing Manager or his
representative at the official location and stated time set forth in the"Notice to Bidders."
It is the Bidder's sole responsibility to deliver the proposal at the proper time to the proper
place. The mere fact that a proposal was dispatched will not be considered. The Bidders
must have the proposal actually delivered. Each proposal shall be in a sealed envelope
.. plainly marked with the word"PROPOSAL," and the name or description of the project
as designated in the"Notice to Bidders." The envelope shall be addressed to the
Purchasing Manager, City of Fort Worth Purchasing Division, P.O. Box 17027, Fort
low Worth,Texas 76102.
C2-2.8 WITHDRAWING PROPOSALS: Proposals actually filed with the Purchasing
Manager cannot be withdrawn prior to the time set for opening proposals. A request for
non-consideration of a proposal must be made in writing„addressed to the City Manager,
and filed with him prior to the time set for the opening of proposals. After all proposals
not requested for non-consideration are opened and publicly read aloud,the proposals for
which non-consideration requests have been properly filed may, at the option of the
Owner,be returned unopened.
C2-2.9 TELEGRAPHIC MODIFICATION OF PROPOSALS: Any bidder may modify
his proposal by telegraphic communication at any time prior to the time set for opening
proposals, provided such telegraphic communication is received by the Purchasing
Manager prior to the said proposal opening time, and provided further, that the City
Manager is satisfied that a written and duly authenticated confirmation of such
low Manager
communication over the signature of the bidder was mailed prior to the
proposal opening time. If such confirmation is not received within forty-eight (48) hours
after the proposal opening time, no further consideration will be given to the proposal
K. C3-3.7 BONDS (CITY LET PROJECTS): Reference Part C,General Conditions, dated
November 1, 1987; (City let projects)make the following revisions:
.. Revised Pg. 5
10/24/02
1.Page C3-3(3); the paragraph after paragraph C3-3.7d Other Bonds should be revised to
read:
In order for a surety to be acceptable to the City,the surety must (1) hold a certificate of
authority from the United States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety on
obligations permitted or required under federal law; or (2) have obtained reinsurance for
any liability in excess of$100,000 from a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted as a
reinsurer in the state of Texas and is the holder of a certificate of authority from the
Untied States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or
required under federal law. Satisfactory proof of any such reinsurance shall be provided
to the City upon request. The City, in its sole discretion, will determine the adequacy of
the proof required herein.
2. Pg. C3-3(5)Paragraph C3-3.11 INSURANCE delete subparagraph"a.
COMPENSATION INSURANCE".
,3-Pg. C3-3(6),Paragraph C3-3.11 INSURANCE delete subparagraph"g.LOCAL
AGENT FOR INSURANCE AND BONDING".
L. RIGHT TO AUDIT: Part C - General Conditions, Section C8-8
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT,Page C8-8(5),add the following:
C8-8.14 RIGHT TO AUDIT:
(a)Contractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three(3)years after final
payment under this contract,have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any
directly pertinent books,documents,papers and records of the Contractor involving ..
transactions relating to this contract. Contractor agrees that the City shall have access
during normal working hours to all necessary Contractor facilities and shall be provided
adequate and appropriate work space in order to conduct audits in compliance with the
provisions of this section. The City shall give contractor reasonable advance notice of
intended audits.
(b)Contractor further agrees to include in all its subcontracts hereunder a provision to the
effect that the subcontractor agrees that the City shall,until the expiration of three(3)
years after final payment under the subcontract,have access to and the right to examine
and photocopy any directly pertinent books, documents,papers and records of such
subcontractor, involving transactions to the subcontract, and further,that City shall
have access during normal working hours to all subcontractor facilities, and shall be
..provided adequate and appropriate work space,in order to conduct.audits in compliance
with the provisions of this article. City shall give subcontractor reasonable advance
notice of intended audits.
(c)Contractor and subcontractor agree to photocopy such documents as may be requested
by the City. The City agrees to reimburse the Contractor for the cost of copies as follows:
Revised Pg. 6
10/24/02
.. 1. 50 copies and under- 10 cents per page
2,More than 50 copies- 85 cents for the first page plus
fifteen cents for each page thereafter
M. SITE PREPARATION:
A
The Contractor shall clear rights-of-way or easements of obstruction which must be
removed to make possible proper prosecution of the work as a part of this project
construction operations. The contractor's attention is directed to paragraph C6-6.10 work
within easements,page C6-6(4),part C - General Conditions of the Water Department
General Contract Document and General Specifications.
Clearing and restoration shall be considered as incidental to construction and all costs
incurred will be considered to be included in the Linear Foot price of the pipe.
N. Reference Part C-General Conditions, Section C6-6.8 BARRICADES, WARNINGS
AND WATCHMEN:
1.Wherever the word Watchmen appears in this paragraph,it shall be changed to the
.. word flagmen.
_ .2. In the first paragraph, lines five(5)and six (6),change the phrase take all such other
precautionary measures to take all reasonable necessary measures.
.. O. MINORITY/WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE COMPLIANCE:
Reference Part C(General Conditions), Section C3-3.2 Entitled "MINORITY BUSINESS
ENTERPRISEMOMEN-OWNED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE COMPLIANCE" shall be
deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
.. Upon request,Contractor agrees to provide to Owner complete and accurate information
regarding actual work performed by a Minority Business Enterprise(MBE)and/or a
Woman Business Enterprise (WBE)on the contract and payment therefore. Contractor
.. further agrees to permit an audit and/or examination of any books,records or files in its
possession that will substantiate the actual work performed by an MBE and/or WBE. The
misrepresentation of facts(other than a negligent misrepresentation)and/or the
commission of fraud by the Contractor will be grounds for termination of the contract
and/or initiating action under appropriate federal, state or local laws or ordinances
relating to false statements; further, any such misrepresentation (other than negligent
misrepresentation)and/or commission of fraud will result in the Contractor being
determined to be irresponsible and barred from participating in City work for a period of
time of not less than thee(3)years.
.. Revised Pg. 7
10/24/02
P. WAGE RATES: Section C3-3.13 of the General Conditions is deleted and replaced with
the following:
(a)The contractor shall comply with all requirements of Chapter 2258,Texas
Government Code, including the payment of not less than the rates determined by the
City Council of the City of Fort Worth to be the prevailing wage rates in accordance with
Chapter 2258,Texas Government Code. Such prevailing wage rates are included in these
contract documents.
(b)The contractor shall, for a period of three(3)years following the date of acceptance of
the work,maintain records that show(i)the name and occupation of each worker
employed by the contractor in the construction of the work provided for in this contract;
and(ii)the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. These records shall be open at all
reasonable hours for inspection by the City. The provisions of Section C-1,L. Right to
Audit(Rev. 9/30/02)pertain to this inspection.
(c)The contractor shall include in its subcontracts and/or shall otherwise require all of its
subcontractors to comply with paragraphs(a) and(b) above.
(d) With each partial payment estimate or payroll period,whichever is less,an affidavit
stating that the contractor has complied with the requirements of Chapter 2258,Texas
Government Code.
The contractor shall post the prevailing wage rates in a conspicuous place at the site of
the project.at all times.
Revised Pg. 8
10/24/02
PART D
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
r�
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
D-1 GENERAL......................................................................:......................................3
MEN D-2 COORDINATION MEETING.................................................................................5
D-3 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW........5
D-4 COORDINATION WITH FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT........................8
D-5 CROSSING OF EXISTING UTILITIES..................................................................8
D-6 EXISTING UTILITIES AND IMPROVEMENTS......................................................8
D-7 CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC OVER PIPELINES...................................................9
INN D- 8 TRAFFIC CONTROL.............................................................................................9
D- 9 DETOURS ..........................................................................................................10
D- 10 EXAMINATION OF SITE.................................................................................10
D- 11 ZONING COMPLIANCE..................................................................................10
D- 12 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION.....................................................................10
D- 13 WASTE MATERIAL.........................................................................................10
D- 14 PROJECT CLEANUP AND FINAL ACCEPTANCE.........................................10
D- 15 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND SEQUENCING OF WORK....................11
D- 16 SAFETY RESTRICTIONS -WORK NEAR HIGH VOLTAGE LINES...............11
D- 17 BID QUANTITIES........ ...:..........................12
D- 18 CUTTING OF CONCRETE
D- 19 PROJECT DESIGNATION SIGN ....................................................................12
D- 20 CONCRETE SIDEWALK AND DRIVEWAY REPLACEMENT.........................12
D- 21 MISCELLANEOUS PLACEMENT OF MATERIAL..................... ................13
D-22 CRUSHED LIMESTONE BACKFILL ...............................................................13
D-23 2:27 CONCRETE............................................................................................13
•� D-24 TRENCH EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, AND COMPACTION ............................13
D- 25 TRENCH PAVEMENT (PERMANENT) REPAIR(E2-19) FOR UTILITY CUTS
15
., D-26 SITE SPECIFIC TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM (COVERS ALL PROJECTS) ...16
D- 27 SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES ...................................................................17
D- 28 SANITARY SEWER SERVICES .....................................................................20
D-29 REMOV4L, SALVAGE, AND ABANDONMENT OF EXISTING FACILITIES...22
D-30 DETECTABLE WARNING TAPES..................................................................24
D- 31 PIPE CLEANING.............................................................................................24
D- 32 DISPOSAL OF SPOIUFILL MATERIAL..........................................................24
D- 33 MECHANICS AND MATERIALMEN'S LIEN ..............25
......................................
D-34 SUBSTITUTIONS............................................................................................25
D- 35 PRE-CONSTRUCTION TELEVISION INSPECTION OF SANITARY SEWER25
D- 36 VACUUM TESTING OF SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES.............................29
D- 37 BYPASS PUMPING ........................................................................................30
D- 38 POST-CONSTRUCTION TELEVISION INSPECTION OF SANITARY SEWER
30
D-39 SAMPLES AND QUALITY CONTROL TESTING............................................32
D-40 TEMPORARY EROSION, SEDIMENT, AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL
(FOR DISTURBED AREAS LESS THAN 1 ACRE).........................................................33
D-41 INGRESS AND EGRESS/OBSTRUCTION OF ACCESS TO DRIVES............34
D-42 PROTECTION OF TREES, PLANTS AND SOIL.............................................34
D-43 SITE RESTORATION .....................................................................................35
D- 44 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD PRODUCT LIST .................................35
D- 45 TOPSOIL, SODDING, SEEDING & HYDROMULCHING ................................35
D- 46 CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM ........................................................41
.. D- 47 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION INSPECTION/FINAL INSPECTION...............41
11129104 SC-1
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS ..
D-48 EXCAVATION NEAR TREES (WHERE IDENTIFIED ON THE PLANS).........41 aw
D-49 CONCRETE ENCASEMENT OF SEWER PIPE..............................................42
D-50 CLAY DAM......................................................................................................42
D- 51 EXPLORATORY EXCAVATION (D-HOLE).....................................................42
D- 52 INSTALLATION OF WATER FACILITIES w.
52.1 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Water Pipe...............................................................43
52.2 Blocking...........................................................................................................43
52.3 Type of Casing Pipe........................................................................................43 so
52.4 Tie-Ins.............................................................................................................44
52.5 Connection of Existing Mains ..........................................................................44
52.6 Valve Cut-Ins....:..............................................................................................44 ■.
52.7 Water Services................................................................................................45
52.8 2-Inch Temporary Service Line........................................................................47
52.9 Purging and Sterilization of Water Lines..........................................................48 ..
52.10 Work Near Pressure Plane Boundaries...........................................................48
52.11 Water Sample Station .....................................................................................48
52.12 Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings............................................. ..................49 10
D- 53 SPRINKLING FOR DUST CONTROL.............................................................50
D- 54 DEWATERING................................................................................................50
D- 55 TRENCH EXCAVATION ON DEEP TRENCHES............................................50 ..
D- 56 TREE PRUNING.............................................................................................50
D- 57 TREE REMOVAL ............................................................................................51
D- 58 TEST HOLES..................................................................................................51
D- 59 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION PRIOR TO BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION AND "
NOTIFICATION OF TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE INTERRUPTION DURING
CONSTRUCTION............................................................................................ .........52
D-60 TRAFFIC BUTTONS
D-61 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CLEANOUTS.................................................53
D-62 TEMPORARY PAVEMENT REPAIR
D- 63 CONSTRUCTION STAKES ............................................................................53 ..
D-64 EASEMENTS AND PERMITS.........................................................................54
D- 65 PRE-CONSTRUCTION NEIGHBORHOOD MEETING ...................................54
D-66 WAGE RATES...............................................................................................55 ..
D-67 REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE........................56
D-68 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION (FOR DISTURBED AREAS
GREATERTHAN 1 ACRE).............................................................................................57 %w
D-69 COORDINATION WITH THE CITY'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR OPERATIONS
OF EXISTING WATER SYSTEMS
D-70 ADDITIONAL SUBMITTALS FOR CONTRACT AWARD....................................59
D-71 EARLY WARNING SYSTEM FOR CONSTRUCTION.........................................59
D-72 AIR POLLUTION WATCH DAYS........................................................................60
D-73 FEE FOR STREET USE PERMITS AND RE-INSPECTIONS.............................61
r.
w.
11129104 SC-2 rr
1/
w PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
This Part D — Special Conditions is complimentary to Part C — General Conditions and
Part C1 —Supplementary Conditions to Part C of the Contract. Anything contained in this
Part D that is additive to any provision in Part C — General Conditions and part C1 —
Supplementary Conditions to Part C of the Contract are to be read together. Any conflict
.. between Part C — General Conditions and Part C1 — Supplementary Conditions of the
Contract and this part D, Part D shall control.
FOR: SOUTHSIDE II WATER TRANSMISSION MAIN, PART 3
Oak Grove Rd/Oak Grove-Shelby Rd Intersection to North of Everman Pkwy and
Oak Grove Rd Intersection.
w
FORT WORTH, TEXAS
CPN 00303
DOE PROJECT NO. 4083C
WATER DEPARTMENT PROJECTS NO. P264-608140030383
4
D-1 GENERAL
The order or precedence in case of conflicts or discrepancies between various parts of
the Contract Documents subject to the ruling of the Engineer shall generally, but not
necessarily, follow the guidelines listed below:
1. Plans
2. Contract Documents
3. Special Conditions
The following Special Conditions shall be applicable to this project under the provisions
stated above. The Contractor shall be responsible for defects in this project due to faulty
materials and workmanship, or both, for a period of two (2) years from date of final
acceptance of this project by the City of Fort Worth and will be required to replace at his
expense any part or all of this project which becomes defective due to these causes.
..r
Subject to modifications as herein contained, the Fort Worth Water Department's
General Contract Documents and General Specifications, with latest revisions, are made
.. a part of the General Contract Documents for this project. The Plans, these Special
Contract Documents and the rules, regulations, requirements, instructions, drawings or
details referred to by manufacturers name, or identification include therein as specifying,
.. referring or implying product control, performance, quality, or other shall be binding upon
., the contractor. The specifications and drawings shall be considered cooperative;
therefore, work or material called for by one and not shown or mentioned in the other
shall be accomplished or furnished in a faithful manner as though required by all.
Iwo
Any Contractor performing any work on Fort Worth water or sanitary sewer facilities must
be pre-qualified with the Water Department to perform such work in accordance with
procedures described in the current Fort Worth Water Department General
Specifications, which general specifications shall govern performance of all such work.
This contract and project, where applicable, may also be governed by the two following
published specifications, except as modified by these Special Provisions:
w 1. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR STREET AND STORM DRAIN
CONSTRUCTION - CITY OF FORT WORTH
.. 11129104 SC-3
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS •
2. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION -
NORTH CENTRAL TEXAS
Any conflict between these contract documents and the above 2 publications shall be
resolved in favor of these contract documents.
A copy of either of these specifications may be purchased at the office of the aw
Transportation and Public Works Director, 1000 Throckmorton Street, 2nd Floor,
Municipal Building, Fort Worth, Texas 76102. The specifications applicable to each pay
item are indicated by the call-out for the pay item by the designer. If not shown, then ..
applicable published specifications in either of these documents may be followed at the
discretion of the Contractor. General Provisions shall be those of the Fort Worth
document rather than Division 1 of the North Central Texas document. am
Bidders shall not separate, detach or remove any portion, segment or sheets from
the contract document at any time. Failure to bid or fully execute contract without ow
retaining contract documents intact may be grounds for designating bids as "non-
responsive" and rejecting bids or voiding contract as appropriate as determined
by the City Engineer. am
INTERPRETATION AND PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL:
A. DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL: No proposal will be considered unless it is delivered, .w
accompanied by its proper Bid Security, to the Purchasing Manager or his
representative at the official location and stated time set forth in the "Notice to
Bidders". It is the Bidder's sole responsibility to deliver the proposal at the proper *'
time to the proper place. The mere fact that a proposal was dispatched will not be
considered. The Bidders must have the proposal actually delivered. Each proposal
shalt be in a sealed envelope plainly marked with the word "PROPOSAL", and the �*
name or description of the project as designated in the "Notice to Bidders". The
envelope shall be addressed to the Purchasing Manager, City of Fort Worth
Purchasing Division, PO Box 17027, Fort Worth, Texas 76102. ,.
B. WITHDRAWING PROPOSALS: Proposals actually filed with the Purchasing
Manager cannot be withdrawn prior to the time set for opening proposals. A request
for non-consideration of a proposal must be made in writing, addressed to the City
Manager, and filed with him prior to the time set for the opening of proposals. After
all proposals not requested for non-consideration are opened and publicly read aloud, ! 1
the proposals for which non-consideration requests have been properly filed may, at
the option of the Owner, be returned unopened.
C. TELEGRAPHIC MODIFICATION OF PROPOSALS: Any bidder may modify his
proposal by telegraphic communication at any time prior to the time set for opening
proposals, provided such telegraphic communication is received by the Purchasing
Manager prior to the said proposal opening time, and provided further, that the City 1"
Manager is satisfied that a written and duly authenticated confirmation of such
telegraphic communication over the signature of the bidder was mailed prior to the
proposal opening time. If such confirmation is not received within forty-eight (48) ..
11129104 SC-4 rr
PART Q - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
hours after the proposal opening time, no further consideration will be given to the
proposal.
D-2 COORDINATION MEETING
For coordination purposes, weekly meetings at the job site may be required to maintain
the project on the desired schedule. The contractor shall be present at all meetings.
D-3 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW
A. Definitions:
1. Certification of coverage ("certificate"). A copy of a certificate of insurance, a
certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage
agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory
workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees
providing services on a project, for the duration of the project.
..
2. Duration of the project- includes the time from the beginning of the work on the
project until the contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and
accepted by the governmental entity.
3. Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in §406.096)- includes
UW all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the contractor has
undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person
contracted directly with the contractor and regardless of whether that person has
.. employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors,
subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner operators, employees
of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide
ow services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling,
or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other
services related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to
UW the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery
of portable toilets.
B. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification
codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the
statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44)or all employees of
the Contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project.
C. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior
to being awarded the contract.
D. If the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends
during the duration of the project, the contractor must, prior to the end of the
coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity
showing that coverage has been extended.
E. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and
provide the governmental entity:
:• 11129104 SC-5
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS "
1. A certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so
the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing
coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and
2. No later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of
coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the
current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project.
F. The contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the
project and for one year thereafter. ..
G. The contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or
personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the contractor knew or should have �.
known„ of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person
providing services on the project.
H. The contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner
prescribed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission, informing all persons
providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating ..
how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage.
I. The contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to
provide services on a project, to:
1. Provide coverage, based on proper reporting on classification codes and payroll
amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory
requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees
providing services on the project, for the duration of the project;
w
2. Provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a
certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees
of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; ..
3. Provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate
of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the a„
current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
4. Obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the
'w
Contractor:
a.) A certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the
project; and
b.) A new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end
of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate aw
of coverage ends during the duration of the project.
5. Retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project ..
and for one year thereafter.
11/29/04 SC-6
.. PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
6. Notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery,
within ten (10) days after the person knew or should have known, of any change
that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services
•• on the project; and
7. Contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required
.. by paragraphs (1)-(7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the
person for whom they are providing services.
8. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of
coverage, the contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all
employees of the contractor who will provide services on the project will be
covered by worker's compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that
the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll
amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate
insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division
of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may
subject the contractor to administrative, criminal, civil penalties or other civil
actions.
9. The contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of
contract by the contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the
•• contract void if the contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after
receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity.
.. J. The contractor shall post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing
services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person
may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does
not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Texas Worker's Compensation
Act or other Texas Worker's Compensation Commission rules. This notice must be
printed with a title in at least 30 point bold type and text in at least 19 point normal
type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to
the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text, without any
additional words or changes:
"REQUIRED WORKER'S COMPENSATION COVERAGE
The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to
•� this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This
includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing
labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity
,.. of their employer or status as an employee."
Call the Texas Workers Compensation Commission at (512)440-3789 to receive
information on the legal requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer
has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide
coverage".
MW
No 11129104 SC-7
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS *�
w
D-4 COORDINATION WITH FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT
During the construction of this project, it will be necessary to deactivate, for a period of
time, existing lines. The Contractor shall be required to coordinate with the Water
Department to determine the best times for deactivating and activating those lines.
D- 5 CROSSING OF EXISTING UTILITIES
Where a proposed water line crosses over a sanitary sewer or sanitary sewer service line
and/or proposed sewer line crosses over a water line and the clear vertical distance is ••
less than 9 feet barrel to barrel, the sanitary sewer or sanitary sewer service line shall be
made watertight or be constructed of ductile iron pipe. The Engineer shall determine the
required length of replacement. The material for sanitary sewer mains and sanitary
sewer laterals shall be Class 51 Ductile Iron Pipe with polyethylene wrapping. The
material for sanitary sewer service lines shall be extra strength cast iron soil pipe with
polyethylene wrapping. Adapter fittings shall be a urethane or neoprene coupling ASTM ..
C-425 with series 300 stainless steel compression straps. Backfill, fittings, tie-ins and all
other associated appurtenances required are deemed subsidiary work, the cost of which
shall be included in the price bid in the Proposal for each bid item. go
D- 6 EXISTING UTILITIES AND IMPROVEMENTS
The plans show the locations of all known surface and subsurface structures. However, ..
the Owner assumes no responsibility for failure to show any or all of these structures on
the Plans, or to show them in their exact location. It is mutually agreed that such failure
shall not be considered sufficient basis for claims for additional compensation for extra No
work or for increasing the pay quantities in any manner whatsoever.
The Contractor shall be responsible for verifying the locations of and protecting all VW
existing utilities, service lines, or other property exposed by his construction operations.
Contractor shall make all necessary provisions (as approved or authorized by the
applicable utility company) for the support, protection and/or temporary relocation of all
utility poles, gas lines, telephone cables, utility services, water mains, sanitary sewer aw
lines, electrical cables, drainage pipes, and all other utilities and structures both above
and below ground during construction. It is understood that the Contractor is not
responsible for the permanent relocation of existing utilities in direct conflict with the .o
proposed construction. The Contractor is liable for all damages done to such existing
facilities as a result of his operations and any and all cost incurred for the protection
and/or temporary relocation of such facilities are deemed subsidiary work and the cost of ro
same and shall be included in the cost bid per linear foot of pipe installed. NO
ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION WILL BE ALLOWED.
Where existing utilities or service lines are cut, broken or damaged the Contractor shall
replace or repair the utilities or service lines with the same type of original material and
construction, or better, unless otherwise shown or noted on the plans, at his own cost
and expense. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Owner of the damaged utility w
or service line. He shall cooperate with the Owners of all utilities to locate existing
underground facilities and notify the Engineer of any conflicts in grades and alignment.
11129104 SC-8
No
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
In case it is necessary to change or move the property of any owner of a public utility,
such property shall not be moved or interfered with until ordered to do so by the
Engineer. The right is reserved to the owner of public utilities to enter upon the limits of
the project for the purpose of making such changes or repairs of their property that may
be made necessary by performance of this contract.
The utility lines and conduits shown on the plans are for information only and are not
„ guaranteed by the City of the Engineer to be accurate as to extent, location, and depth;
they are shown on the plans as the best information available at the time of design, from
the owners of the utilities involved and from evidences found on the ground.
D-7 CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC OVER PIPELINES
It is apparent that certain construction vehicles could exceed the load bearing capacity of
.. the pipe under shallow bury conditions. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to
protect both the new line and the existing lines from these possibly excessive loads. The
Contractor shall not, at any time, cross the existing or new pipe with a truck delivering
new pipe to the site. Any damage to the existing or new pipe will be repaired or replaced
by the Contractor, at the Contractor's expense, to the satisfaction of the City.
In locations where it is not permissible to cross the existing or proposed pipes without
,. additional protection the Contractor may elect to provide additional protection of the pipes
so that more frequent crossings of the pipes are allowed. It still is, however, the
responsibility of the Contractor to repair any damage to the existing or proposed lines, if
the damage results from any phase of his construction operation.
D- 8 TRAFFIC CONTROL
The contractor will be required to obtain a "Street Use Permit" prior to starting work. As
part of the "Street Use Permit" a traffic control plan is required. The Contractor shall be
responsible for providing traffic control during the construction of this project consistent
.. with the provisions set forth in the "Latest Edition Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic
Control Devices for Streets and Highways" issued under the authority of the "State of
Texas Uniform Act Regulating Traffic on Highways," codified as Article 6701d Vernon's
Civil Statutes, pertinent sections being Section Nos. 27, 29, 30 and 31.
A traffic control plan shall be submitted for review to Mr. Charles R. Burkett, City Traffic
`r , Engineer at (817) 871-8770, at the pre-construction conference. Although work will not
begin until the traffic control plan has been reviewed, the Contractor's time will begin in
accordance with the time frame established in the Notice to the Contractor.
The Contractor will not remove any regulatory sign, instructional sign, street name sign or
other sign, which has been erected by the City.. If it is determined that a sign must be
,. removed to permit required construction, the Contractor shall contact the Transportation
and Public Works Department, Signs and Markings Division, (Phone Number 871-7738)
to remove the sign. In the case of regulatory signs, the Contractor must replace the
_ permanent sign with a temporary sign meeting the requirements of the above-referenced
manual and such temporary sign must be installed prior to the removal of the permanent
sign. If the temporary sign is not installed correctly or if it does not meet the required
specifications, the permanent sign shall be left in place until the temporary sign
.w requirements are met. When construction work is completed to the extent that the
11129104 SC-9
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
permanent sign can be reinstalled, the Contractor shall again contact the Signs and
Markings Division to reinstall the permanent sign and shall leave his temporary sign in
place until such reinstallation is completed.
Work shall not be performed on certain locations/streets during "peak traffic periods" as
determination by the City Traffic Engineer and in accordance with the applicable
i provision of the "City of Fort Worth Traffic Control Handbook for Construction and
�F Maintenance Work Areas." w+
The cost of the traffic control is subsidiary work and the cost of same shall be included in
the price bid for pipe complete in place as bid in the Proposal, and no other
compensation will be allowed.
D- 9 DETOURS
s
The contractor shall prosecute his work in such a manner as to create a minimum of
interruption to traffic and pedestrian facilities and to the flow of vehicular and pedestrian
traffic within the project area. U•
D- 10 EXAMINATION OF SITE
i It shall be the responsibility of the prospective bidder to visit the project site and make
' such examinations and explorations as may be necessary to determine all conditions,
which may affect construction of this project. Particular attention should be given to
methods of providing ingress and egress to adjacent private and public properties,
procedures for protecting existing improvements and disposition of all materials to be
removed. Proper consideration should be given to these details during the preparation of
the Proposal and all unusual conditions, which may give,_ rise to later contingencies
should be brought to the attention of the Owner prior to the submission of the Proposal.
D- 11 ZONING COMPLIANCE ..
During the construction of this project, the Contractor shall comply with present zoning
requirements of the City of Fort Worth in the use of vacant property for storage purposes.
D- 12 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION
The Contractor at his own expense will furnish water for construction.
D- 13 WASTE MATERIAL
All waste material shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of r
by the Contractor at locations approved by the Engineer. All material shall be disposed
of in such a manner as to present a neat appearance and to not obstruct proper drainage
or to cause injury to street improvements or to abutting property.
D- 14 PROJECT CLEANUP AND FINAL ACCEPTANCE
The Contractor shall be aware that keeping the project site in a neat and orderly �.
condition is considered an integral part of the contracted work and as such shall be
considered subsidiary to the appropriate bid items. Clean up work shall be done as
directed by the Engineer as the work progresses or as needed. If, in the opinion of the r.
11/29/04 SC-10 "w
.. PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
Engineer it is necessary, clean-up shall be done on a daily basis. Clean up work shall
.. include, but not be limited to:
• Sweeping the street clean of dirt or debris
•� Storing excess material in appropriate and organized manner
• Keeping trash of any kind off of residents' property
If the Engineer does not feel that the jobsite has been kept in an orderly condition, on the
next estimate payment (and all subsequent payments until completed) of the appropriate
bid item(s)will be reduced by 25%.
Final cleanup work shall be done for this project as soon as all construction has been
completed. No more than seven days shall elapse after completion of construction
before the roadway, right-of-way, or easement is cleaned up to the satisfaction of the
Engineer. The Contractor shall make a final cleanup of all parts of the work before
acceptance by the City of Fort Worth or its representative. This cleanup shall include
removal of all objectionable rocks, pieces of asphalt or concrete and other construction
~ materials, and in general preparing the site of the work in an orderly manner and
appearance. The City of Fort Worth Department of Engineering shall give final
acceptance of the completed project work.
D- 15 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND SEQUENCING OF WORK
.. Prior to executing the Contract, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish a
schedule outlining the anticipated time for each phase of construction with starting and
completion dates, including sufficient time being allowed for cleanup. The Contractor,
shall not commence with water and/or sanitary sewer installation until such time that the
survey cut-sheets have been received from the City inspector.
Contractor shall complete all work in front of Everman Junior High School (Parcel
4 and Parcel 5) during the months of July and August 2007.
D- 16 SAFETY RESTRICTIONS -WORK NEAR HIGH VOLTAGE LINES
The following procedures will be followed regarding the subject item on this contract:
.. 1. A warning sign not less than five inches by seven inches, painted yellow with
black letters that are legible at twelve feet shall be placed inside and outside
vehicles suph as cranes, derricks, power shovels, drilling rigs, pile drivers,
hoisting equipment or similar apparatus. The warning sign shall read as follows:
"WARNING - UNLAWFUL TO OPERATE THIS EQUIPMENT WITHIN SIX FEET
OF HIGH VOLTAGE LINES."
s
2. Equipment that may be operated within ten feet of high voltage lines shall have
insulating cage-type of guard about the boom or arm, except back hoes or
dippers, and insulator links on the lift hook connections.
3. When necessary to work within six feet of high voltage electric lines, notification
shall be given the power company (ONCORE) who will erect temporary
mechanical barriers, de-energize the lines, or raise or lower the lines. The work
done by the power company shall not be at the expense of the City of Fort Worth.
KIN 11129104 SC-1 1
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS or
The notifying department shall maintain an accurate log of all such calls to 10
ONCORE, and shall record action taken in each case.
4. The Contractor is required to make arrangements with the ONCORE company for
the temporary relocation or raising of high voltage lines at the Contractor's sole No
cost and expense.
5. No person shall work within six feet of a high voltage tine without protection ew
having been taken as outlined in Paragraph (3).
D- 17 BID QUANTITIES *e
Bid quantities of the various items in the proposal are for comparison only and may not
reflect the actual quantities. There is no limit to which a bid item can be increased or
decreased. I"
Contractor shall not be entitled to renegotiation of unit prices regardless of the final
measured quantities. To the extent that C4-4.3 conflicts with this provision, this provision No
controls. No claim will be considered for lost or anticipated profits based upon
differences in estimated quantities versus actual quantities.
V 40
D- 18 CUTTING OF CONCRETE
When existing concrete is cut, such cuts shall be made with a concrete saw. All sawing
shall be subsidiary to the unit cost of the respective item.
D- 19 PROJECT DESIGNATION SIGN
w
Project signs are required at all locations_ It shall be in accordance with the attached
Figure 30 (dated 9-18-96). The signs may be mounted on skids or posts. The Engineer
shall approve the exact locations and methods of mounting. In addition to the 4' x 8'
project signs, project signs shall be attached to barricades used where manhole '*
rehabilitation or replacement is being conducted. Signs suspended from barricading
shall be placed in such a way that signs do not interfere with reflective paint or coloring
on the barricades. Barricade signs shall be in accordance with Figure 30, except that
they shall be V-0" by 2'-0" in size. The information box shall have the following
information:
For Questions on this Project Call: ..
(817)871-8306 M-F 7:30 am to 4:30 p.m.
or ..
(817)871-8300 Nights and Weekends
Any and all cost for the required materials, labor, and equipment necessary for the ow
furnishing of Project Signs shall be considered as a subsidiary cost of the project and no
additional compensation will be allowed.
D-20 CONCRETE SIDEWALK AND DRIVEWAY REPLACEMENT
At locations in the project where mains are required to be placed under existing
sidewalks and/or driveways, such sidewalks and/or driveways shall be completely
replaced for the full existing width, between existing construction or expansion joints with
11129104 SC-12
ow PANT D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
3000 psi concrete with reinforcing steel on a sand cushion in accordance with City of Fort
.. Worth Transportation/Public Works Department Standard Specifications for
Construction, Item 504.
.. At locations where mains are required to be placed under existing curb and gutter, such
curb and gutter shall be replaced to match type and geometry of the removed curb and
gutter shall be installed in accordance with City of Fort Worth Public Works Department
Standard Specification for Construction, Item 502.
Payment for cutting, backfill, concrete, forming materials and all other associated
.. appurtenances required, shall be included in the square yard price of the bid item for
concrete sidewalk or driveway repair.
D-21 MISCELLANEOUS PLACEMENT OF MATERIAL
Material has been allocated under various bid items in the Proposal to establish unit
prices for miscellaneous placement of material. These materials shall be used only when
„ directed by the Engineer, depending on field conditions. Payment for miscellaneous
placement of material will be made for only that amount of material used, measured to
the nearest one-tenth unit. Payment for miscellaneous placement of material shall be in
.. accordance with the General Contract Documents regardless of the actual amount used
for the project.
D-22 CRUSHED LIMESTONE BACKFILL
Where specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer, Crushed Limestone shall be
used for trench backfill on this project. The material shall conform to Public Works
No Standard Specifications for Street and Storm Drain Construction Division 2 Item 208.2 -
Materials and Division 2 Item 208.3 - Materials Sources. Trench backfill and compaction
shall meet the requirements of E2-2 Excavation and Backfill, Construction Specifications,
General Contract Documents.
so
Payment for crushed limestone backfill in place shall be made at the unit price bid in the
Proposal multiplied by the quantity of material used measured in accordance with
"` E2-2.16 Measurement of Backfill Materials, Construction Specifications, and General
Contract Documents.
,r D-23 2:27 CONCRETE
Transportation and Public Works Department typical sections for Pavement and Trench
Repair for Utility Cuts Figures 1 through 5 refer to using 2:27 Concrete as base repair.
•• Since this call-out includes the word "concrete", the consistent interpretation of the
Transportation and Public Works Department is that this ratio specifies two (2) sacks of
cement per cubic yard of concrete.
1W
D-24 TRENCH EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, AND COMPACTION
Trench excavation and backfill under parking lots, driveways, gravel surfaced roads,
.m within easements, and within existing or future R.O.W. shall be in accordance with
Sections E1-2 Backfill and E2-2 Excavation and Backfill of the General Contract
Documents and Specifications except as specified herein.
s 11129104 SC-13
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS up
1. TRENCH EXCAVATION: In accordance with Section E2-2 Excavation and Backfill, if
the stated maximum trench widths are exceeded, either through accident or otherwise, No
and if the Engineer determines that the design loadings of the pipe will be exceeded, the
Contractor will be required to support the pipe with an improved trench bottom. The
expense of such remedial measures shall be entirely the Contractor's own. All trenching ow
operations shall be confined to the width of permanent rights-of-way, permanent
easements, and any temporary construction easements. All excavation shall be in strict
compliance with the Trench Safety Systems Special Condition of this document. ow
2. TRENCH BACKFILL: Trenches which lie outside of existing or future pavement shall
be backfilled above the top of the embedment material with Type "C" backfill material. ..
Excavated material used for Type "C" backfill must be mechanically compacted unless
the Contractor can furnish the Engineer with satisfactory evidence that the P.I. of the
excavated material is less than 8. Such evidence shall be a test report from an
independent testing laboratory and must include representative samples of soils in all
involved areas, with a map showing the location and depth of the various test holes. If
excavated material is obviously granular in nature, containing little or no plastic material,
the Engineer may waive the test report requirement. See E1-2.3, Type "C"or"D"
Backfill, and E2-2.11 Trench Backfill for additional requirements. When Type "C" back-
fill material is not suitable, at the direction of the Engineer, Type "B" backfill material shall
be used. In general, all backfill material for trenches in existing paved streets shall be in
accordance with Figure A. Sand material specified in Figure A shall be obtained from an
approved source and shall consist of durable particles free of thin or elongated pieces,
lumps of clay, soil, loam or vegetable matter and shall meet the following gradation: —
• Less than 10% passing the #200 sieve
• P.l. = 10 or less
Additionally, the crushed limestone embedment gradation specified in Section E1-3
Crushed Limestone for Embedment of the General Contract Documents and ••
Specifications shall be replaced with the following:
Sieve Size % Retained
1" 0-10
1/2" 40-75 ..
3/8" 55-90
#4 90-100
#8 95-100
ow
All other provisions of this section shall remain the same.
3. TRENCH COMPACTION: All trench backfill shall be placed in lifts per E2-2.9 Backfill. ow
Trenches which lie outside existing or future pavements shall be compacted to a
minimum of 90% Standard Proctor Density(A.S.T.M. D698) by mechanical devices
specifically designed for compaction or a combination of methods subject to approval by am
the Engineer.
Trenches which lie under existing or future pavement shall be backfilled per Figure A with
95% Standard Proctor Density by mechanical devices specifically designed for
ft�
11129104 SC-14
.. PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
compaction or a combination of methods subject to approval by the Engineer. Backfill
No material to be compacted as described above must be within +-4% of its optimum
moisture content. The top two (2)feet of sewer line trenches and the top eighteen (18)
inches of water line may be rolled in with heavy equipment tires, provided it is placed in
.• lifts appropriate to the material being used and the operation can be performed without
damage to the installed pipe.
The City, at its own expense, will perform trench compaction tests per A.S.T.M.
standards on all trench backfill. Any retesting required as a result of failure to compact
the backfill material to meet the standards will be at the expense of the Contractor and
will be billed at the commercial rates as determined by the City. These soil density tests
shall be performed at two (2)foot vertical intervals beginning at a level two (2)feet above
the top of the installed pipe and continuing to the top of the completed backfill at intervals
along the trench not to exceed 300 linear feet. The Contractor will be responsible for
providing access and trench safety system to the level of trench backfill to be tested. No
extra compensation will be allowed for exposing the backfill layer to be tested or
providing trench safety system for tests conducted by the City.
4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: All material, with the exception of Type "B"
backfill, and labor costs of excavation and backfill will be included in the price bid per
linear foot of water and sewer pipe. Type"B" backfill shall be paid for at a pre-bid unit
price of$15.00 per cubic yard.
•• D- 25 TRENCH PAVEMENT (PERMANENT) REPAIR (E2-19) FOR UTILITY CUTS
The unit price bid under the appropriate bid item of the proposal shall cover all cost for
providing pavement repair equal to or superior in composition, thickness, etc., to existing
pavement as detailed in the Public Works Department typical sections for Pavement and
Trench Repair for Utility Cuts, Figures 2000-1 through 2000-3.
.. The results of the street cores that were conducted on the project streets, to determine-
HMAC depths on existing streets, are provided in these specifications and contract
documents.
All required paving cuts shall be made with a concrete saw in a true and straight line on
both sides of the trench, a minimum of twelve (12) inches outside the trench walls. The
,r trench shall be backfilled and the top nine (9) inches shall be filled with required materials
as shown on paving details, compacted and level with the finished street surface. This
finished grade shall be maintained in a serviceable condition until the paving has been
r
replaced. All residential driveways shall be accessible at night and over weekends.
It has been determined by the Transportation and Public Works Department that the strip
of existing HMAC pavement between the existing gutter and the edge of the trench
pavement repair will not hold up if such strip of existing pavement is two(2)feet or less in
width.
.. Therefore, at the locations in the project where the trench wall is three (3) feet or less
from the lip of the existing gutter, the Contractor shall be required to remove the existing
paving to such gutter. The pavement repair shall then be made from a minimum
.. distance of twelve (12) inches outside the trench wall nearest the center of the street to
the gutter line.
.. 11129104 SC-1 5
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
The pavement shall be replaced within a maximum of five (5)working days, providing job s
placement conditions will permit repaving. If paving conditions are not suitable for
repaving, in the opinion of the Owner, the repaving shall be done at the earliest possible
1 date. ..
1
I A permit must be obtained from the Department of Engineering Construction Services
a ..
Section by the Contractor in conformance with Ordinance No. 3449 and/or Ordinance No.
792 to make utility cuts in the street. The Department of Engineering will inspect the
paving repair after construction. This permit requirement may be waived if work is being
T done under a Performance Bond and inspected by the Department of Engineering.
D-26 SITE SPECIFIC TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM (COVERS ALL PROJECTS)
A. GENERAL: This specification covers the trench safety requirements for all trench
excavations exceeding depth of five (5) feet in order to protect workers from cave-ins.
The requirements of this item govern all trenches for mains, manholes, vaults, service
lines, and all other appurtenances. The design for the trench safety shall be signed
and sealed by a Registered Professional Engineer licensed in Texas. The trench
safety plan shall be specific for each water and/or sanitary sewer line included in the
project. Ms
B. STANDARDS: The latest version of the U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational
Safety and Health Administration Standards, 29 CFR Part 1926, Sub-Part P - ..
Excavations, are hereby made a part of this specification and shall be the minimum
governing requirements for trench safety.
C. DEFINITIONS:
1. TRENCHES - A trench is referred to as a narrow excavation made below the 1W
surface of the ground in which the depth is greater than the width, where the
width measured at the bottom is not greater than fifteen (15)feet.
2. BENCHING SYSTEM - Benching means excavating the sides of a trench to form No
one or a series of horizontal level or steps, usually with vertical or near-vertical
surfaces between levels.
3. SLOPING SYSTEM - Sloping means excavating to form sides of a trench that are
inclined away from the excavation.
4. SHIELD SYSTEM - Shields used in trenches are generally referred to as "trench
boxes" or "trench shields". Shield means a structure that is able to withstand the
forces imposed on it by a cave-in and protect workers within the structure.
Shields can be permanent structures or can be designed to be portable and move
along as the work progresses. Shields can be either pre-manufactured or job-
built in accordance with OSHA standards.
5. SHORING SYSTEM - Shoring means a structure such as a metal hydraulic,
mechanical or timber system that supports the sides of a trench and which is
designed to prevent cave-ins. Shoring systems are generally comprised of cross- "'
braces, vertical rails, (uprights), horizontal rails (wales) and/or sheeting.
11/29/04 SC-16
.. PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
D. MEASUREMENT - Trench depth is the vertical measurement from the top of the
existing ground to the bottom of embedment or bottom of excavation. The quantity of
trench safety systems shall be based on the linear foot amount of trench depth
.• greater than five (5)feet.
E. PAYMENT - Payment shall be full compensation for safety system design, labor,
.. tools, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary for the installation and removal
of trench safety systems.
D- 27 SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES
A. GENERAL. The installation, replacement, and/or rehabilitation of sanitary sewer
manholes will be required as shown on the plans, and/or as described in these
�+ Special Contract Documents in addition to those located in the field and identified by
the Engineer. All manholes shall be in accordance with sections E1-14 Materials for
Sanitary Sewer Manholes, Valve Vaults, Etc., and E2-14 Vault and Manhole
Construction of the General Contract Documents and Specifications, unless
amended or superseded by requirements of this Special Condition. For new sewer
line installations, the Contractor shall temporarily plug all lines at every open manhole
under construction in order to keep debris out of the dry sewer lines. The plugs shall
not be removed until the applicable manhole complete with cone section has been
constructed and the lid installed to keep out debris as a result of additional
construction.
1. CONCRETE COLLARS: Concrete collars will be required on all manholes
specified as per Figure 121.
r
2. WATERTIGHT MANHOLE INSERTS: Watertight gasket manhole inserts shall be
installed in all sanitary sewer manholes. Inserts shall be constructed in.
.. accordance with Fort Worth Water Department Standard E100-4 and shall be
fitted and installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Stainless
Steel manhole inserts shall be required for all pipe diameters 18" and greater.
3. LIFT HOLES: All lift holes shall be plugged with a pre-cast concrete plug. The lift
hole shall be sealed on the outside of the manhole with Ram-Nek or an approved
„r equal sealant. The lift hole shall be sealed on the inside of the manhole with
quick setting cement grout.
4. FINAL RIM ELEVATIONS: Manhole rims in parkways, lawns and other improved
lands shall be at an elevation not more than one (1) nor less than one-half (1/2)
inch above the surrounding ground. Backfill shall provide a uniform slope from
the top of manhole casting for not less than three (3) feet each direction to
" existing finish grade of the ground. The grade of all surfaces shall be checked for
proper slope and grade by string lining the entire area regarded near the
manhole.
Manholes in open fields, unimproved land, or drainage courses shall be at an
elevation shown on the drawings or minimum of 6 inches above grade.
s 11129104 SC-17
FART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS we
5. MANHOLE COVERS: All lids shall have pick slots in lieu of pick holes. Manhole
frames and covers shall be McKinley, Type N, with indented top design, or equal, ..
with pick slots. Covers shall set flush with the rim of the frame and shall have no
larger than 1/8-inch gap between the frame and cover. Bearing surfaces shall be
machine finished. Locking manhole lids and frames will be restricted to locations ""
within the 100-year floodplain and areas specifically designated on the plans.
Certain teed Ductile Iron Manhole Lids and Frames are acceptable for use where
locking lids are specified. +�
6. SHALLOW CONE MANHOLES: Shallow manhole construction will be used when
manhole depth is four(4) feet or less. All shallow cone manholes shall be built in
accordance with Figure 105. All shallow cone manholes shall have a cast iron lid
and frame with pick slots. NOTE: MANHOLES PER FIGURE 106 WILL NOT BE
ALLOWED.
7. MANHOLE STEPS: No manhole steps are to be installed on any sanitary sewer
manhole.
8. EXTERIOR SURFACE COATING: Exterior surfaces of all manholes shall be
coated with two mop coats of coal tar epoxy, Koppers "Bitumastic Super Service
Black" Tnemec "46-450 Heavy Tnemecol," or equal to, a minimum or 14 mils dry
film thickness.
9. MANHOLE JOINT SEALING: All interior and/or exterior joints on concrete
manhole sections constructed for the City of Fort Worth Water Department,
excluding only the joints using a trapped type performed O-ring rubber gasket
shall require Bitumastic joint sealants as per Figure M.
This sealant shall be pre-formed and trowelable Bitumastic as manufactured by
Kent-Seal, Ram-Nek, E-Z Stick, or equal. The joint sealer shall be supplied in s
either extruded pipe form or suitable cross-sectional area or flat-tape and shall be
sized as recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the Engineer. The
joint sealer shall be protected by a suitable removable wrapper and shall not in o,
any way depend on oxidation, evaporation, or any other chemical action for either
its adhesive properties or cohesive strength. The Joint sealer shall remain totally
flexible without shrinking, hardening, or oxidizing regardless of the length of time
it is exposed to the elements. The manufacturer shall furnish an affidavit attesting
to the successful use of the product as a pre-formed flexible joint sealant on
concrete pipe and manhole sections for a period of at least five years.
B. EXECUTION:
1. INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANT: Each grade adjustment ring and manhole
frame shall be sealed with the above-specified materials. All surfaces to be in
contact with the joint sealant shall be thoroughly cleaned of dirt, sand, mud, or
other foreign matter. The manufacturer shall apply a primer to all surfaces prior �.
to installing the joint sealant in accordance with the recommendations. The
protective wrapper shall remain on the joint sealant until immediately prior to the
placement of the pipe in the trench. After removal of the protective wrapper, the ■,
joint sealant shall be kept clean. Install frames and cover over manhole opening
11129104 SC-18 ""
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
with the bottom of the rings resting on Bitumastic joint sealer. Frames and grade
- rings shall rest on two (2) rows (inside and outside)of Bitumastic joint sealer.
2. SEALING AND/OR ADJUSTING EXISTING MANHOLES: Excavate (rectangular
full depth saw cut if in pavement) adjacent to the manhole to expose the entire
manhole frame and a minimum of 6 inches of the manhole wall keeping the sides
of the trench nearly vertical.
s
Remove manhole frame from the manhole structure and observe the condition of
the frame and grade rings. Any frame or grade ring that is not suitable for use as
determined by the Engineer shall be replaced. Grade rings that are constructed
.. of brick, block materials other than pre-cast concrete rings, or where necessary
and approved by the Engineer, shall be replaced with a pre-cast flattop section.
Pre-cast concrete rings, or a pre-cast concrete flattop section will be the only
adjustments allowed.
In brick or block manholes, replace the upper portion of the manhole to a point 24
.. inches below the frame. If the walls or cone section below this level are
structurally unsound, notify the Engineer prior to replacement of the grade rings
and manhole frame. Existing brickwork, if damaged by the Contractor, shall be
replaced at the Contractor's expense.
Wire brush manhole frame and exposed manhole surfaces to remove dirt and
., loose debris. Coat exposed manhole surfaces with an approved bonding agent
followed by an application of quick setting hydraulic cement to provide a smooth
working surface.
If the inside diameter of the manhole is too large to safely support new
adjustment rings or frames, a flat top section shall be installed.
.. Joint surfaces between the frames, adjustment rings, and cone section shall be
free of dirt, stones, debris and voids to ensure a watertight seal. Place flexible
gasket joint material along the inside and outside edge of each joint, or use
trowelable material in lieu of pre-formed gasket material. Position the butt joint of
each length of joint material on opposite sides of the manhole. No steel shims,
wood, stones, or any material not specifically accepted by the Engineer may be
used to obtain final surface elevation of the manhole frame.
In paved areas or future paved areas, castings shall be installed by using a
_ straight edge not less than ten (10) feet long so that the top of the casting will
conform to the slope and finish elevation of the paved surface. The top of the
casting shall be 1/8 inch below the finished elevation. Allowances for the
,r compression of the joint material shall be made to assure a proper final grade
elevation.
3. EXPOSED EXTERIOR SURFACES: All exposed exterior surfaces shall be
_ coated with two mop coats of coal tar epoxy. Kopper `Bitumastic Super Service
Black"; Tnemec "46-450 Heavy Tnemecol", or equal, to a minimum of 14 mils dry
film thickness.
,� 11129104 SC-19
FART D - SPECIAL. CONDITIONS ••
4. The exterior surface of all pre-cast section joints shall be thoroughly cleaned with
a wire brush and then waterproofed with a 1/2-inch thick coat of trowelable
bitumastic joint sealant from 6-inches below to 6-inches above the joint. The
coated joint shall then be wrapped with 6 mil plastic to protect the sealant from
damage during backfilling.
C. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: The price bid for new manhole installations shall
include all labor, equipment, and materials necessary for construction of the manhole �.
including, but not limited to, joint seating, lift hole sealing and exterior surface coating.
Payment shall not include pavement replacement, which if required, shall be paid
separately.
The price bid for reconstruction of existing manholes shall include all labor equipment
and materials necessary for construction of new manhole, including, but not limited
to, excavation, backfill, disposal of materials, joint sealing, lift hole sealing and
exterior surface coating. Payment shall not include pavement replacement, which if
required, shall be paid separately.
The price bid for adjusting and/or sealing of existing manholes shall include all labor,
equipment and materials necessary for adjusting and/or sealing the manhole,
including but not limited to,joint sealing, lift hole sealing, and exterior surface coating.
Payment for concrete collars will be made per each. Payment for manhole inserts will
be made per each.
D- 28 SANITARY SEWER SERVICES
Any reconnection, relocation, re-routes, replacement, or new sanitary sewer service shall ..
be required as shown on the plans, and/or as described in these Special Contact
Documents in addition to those located in the field and identified by the Engineer as
active sewer taps. The service connections shall be constructed by the Contractor
utilizing standard factory manufactured tees. City approved factory manufactured saddle
taps may be used, but only as directed by the Engineer. The decision to use saddle taps
as opposed to tees shall be made on a case-by-case basis. The Contractor shall be
responsible for coordinating the scheduling of tapping crews with building owners and the ..
Engineer in order that the work be performed in an expeditious manner. A minimum of
24 hours advance notice shall be given when taps will be required. Severed service
connections shall be maintained as specified in section C6-6.15.
D. SEWER SERVICE RECONNECTION: When sewer service reconnection is called
for the Contractor shall vertically adjust the existing sewer service line as required for an
reconnection and furnish a new tap. The fittings used for vertical adjustment shall
consist of a maximum bend of 45 degrees. The tap shall be located so as to line up
with the service line and avoid any horizontal adjustment. For open cut applications, aw
all sanitary sewer service lines shall be replaced to the property or easement line, or
as directed by the Engineer. Sanitary sewer services on sewers being rehabilitated
using pipe enlargement methods shall be replaced to the property or easement line .m
or as directed by the Engineer. Procedures listed below for Sewer Service
Replacement shall be adhered to for the installation of any sewer service line
including the incidental four (4) feet of service line which is included in the price bid ..
for Sanitary Sewer Taps. Payment for work such as backfill, saddles, tees, fittings.
11129104 SC-20
.. PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
incidental four;(4)feet of service line and all other associated appurtenances required
— shall be includbd in the price bid for Sanitary Sewer Taps.
E. SEWER SERVICE REPLACEMENT: All building sewer services encountered during
.. construction shall be adjusted and/or replaced by the Contractor as directed by the
Engineer as required for the connection of the sewer service line. If the sewer
service line is in such condition or adjustment necessitates the replacement of the
sewer service line, all work shall be performed by a licensed plumber. The Engineer
shall determine the length of the replacement. All sewer services shall be installed at
a minimum of two (2) percent slope or as approved by the Engineer. For situations
involving sewer service re-routing, whether on public or private property, the City shall
provide line and grade for the sewer service lines as shown on the project plans.
Prior to installing the applicable sewer main or lateral and the necessary service lines,
the Contractor shall verify (by de-holing at the building clean-out) the elevations
(shown on the plans) at the building clean-out and compare the data with the
elevation at the proposed connection point on the sewer main, in order to ensure that
the two (2) percent minimum slope (or as specified by the Engineer) requirement is
satisfied. Elevations shall also be verified at all bend locations on the service re-
route. All applicable sewer mains, laterals and affected service lines that are installed
without pre-construction de-holing at the affected residences (to verify design
elevations) shall be removed and replaced as necessary at the Contractor's expense
in the event grade conflicts are brought to light after de-holing is conducted. All
elevation information obtained by the Contractor shall be submitted to the Inspector.
.. The Engineer shall be immediately notified in the event that the two (2) percent
minimum slope is not satisfied. If the Contractor determines that a different alignment
for the re-route is more beneficial than shown on the plans, the Contractor shall
obtain and submit all relevant elevation information for the new alignment to the
Inspector and shall be responsible for ensuring that the two (2) percent minimum
grade (or as approved by the Engineer) is satisfied. Prior to backfilling, the Contractor
shall double check the grade of the installed service line and submit signed
.. documentation verifying that the line has been installed as designed to the Engineer.
The Contractor, at its sole expense, shall be required to uncover any sewer service
for which no grade verification has been submitted. All re-routes that are not installed
MW as designed or fail to meet the City code shall be reinstalled at the Contractor's
expense. The Contractor shall ensure that the service line is backfilled and
compacted in accordance with the City Plumbing Code. Connection to the existing
sewer service line shall be made with appropriate adapter fittings. The fitting shall be
a urethane or neoprene coupling A.S.T.M. C-425 with series 300 stainless steel
compression straps. The Contractor shall remove the existing clean-out and plug the
abandoned sewer service line.
The contractor shall utilize schedule 40 PVC for all sanitary sewer service re-routes
or relocations located on private property. Furthermore, the contractor shall utilize
the services of a licensed plumber for all service line work on private property.
Permit(s) must be obtained from the City of Fort Worth Development Department for
_ all service line work on private property and all work related to the service line must
be approved by a City of Fort Worth Plumbing Inspector. A copy of the plumbing
permit shall be provided to the Engineer prior to beginning work on the sanitary sewer
service re-route and proof of final acceptance by the Plumbing Inspector shall be
provided to the Engineer upon completion of the sanitary sewer re-route.
.,. 11129104 SC-2
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
Payment for work and materials such as backfill, removal of existing clean-outs,
plugging the abandoned sewer service line, double checking the grade of the
installed service line, pipe fittings, surface restoration on private property (to match
existing), and all other associated work for service replacements in excess of four (4)
linear feet shall be included in the linear foot price bid for sanitary sewer service line
replacement on private property or public right of way. Payment for all work and
or—_
material involving the "tap" shall be included in the price bid for sanitary sewer service ..
taps.
D- 29 REMOVAL, SALVAGE, AND ABANDONMENT OF EXISTING FACILITIES
Any removal, salvaging and/or abandonment of existing facilities will necessarily be
required as shown on the plans, and/or described in these Special Contract Documents
in addition to those located in the field and identified by the Engineer. This work shall be
done in accordance with Section E2-1.5 Salvaging of Material and E2-2.7 Removing
Pipe, of the General Contract Documents and Specifications, unless amended or
superseded by requirements of this Special Condition. �•
A. SALVAGE OF EXISTING WATER METER AND METER BOX: Existing water meter
and meter box shall be removed and returned to the Water Department warehouse ..
by the Contractor in accordance with Section E2-1.5 Salvaging of Materials.
B. SALVAGE OF EXISTING WATER METER AND CONCRETE VAULT LID: Existing
water meter and concrete vault lid shall be removed and returned to the Water
Department warehouse by the Contractor in accordance with Section E2-1.5
Salvaging of Materials. The concrete vault shall be demolished in place to a point not
less than 18 inches below final grade. The concrete vault shall then be backfilled and
compacted in accordance with backfill method as specified in Section E2-2.9 Backfill.
Backfill material shall be suitable excavated material approved by the Engineer.
Surface restoration shall be compatible with existing surrounding surface and grade.
C. SALVAGE OF EXISTING FIRE HYDRANTS: Existing fire hydrants shall be removed
and returned to the Water Department warehouse by the Contractor in accordance
with Section E2-1.5 Salvaging of Materials. The void shall be backfilled and
compacted in accordance with backfill method as specified in Section E2-2.9 Backfill.
Backfill material shall be suitable excavated material approved by the Engineer. +..
Surface restoration shall be compatible with existing surrounding surface and
grade.
D. SALVAGE OF EXISTING GATE VALVE: Existing gate valve and valve box and lid
shall be removed and returned to the Water Department warehouse by the
Contractor in accordance with Section E2-1.5 Salvaging of Materials. The void _
area caused by the valve removal shall be backfilled and compacted in
accordance with backfill method as specified in Section E2-2.9 Backfill. Backfill
material shall be suitable excavated material approved by the Engineer. Surface
restoration shall be compatible with existing surrounding surface and grade. If the
valve is in a concrete vault, the vault shall be demolished in place to a point no less
than 18" below final grade.
11129104 SC-22 ~"
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
E. ABANDONMENT OF EXISTING GATE VALVE: Existing gate valve and box lid shall
be abandoned by first closing the valve to the fully closed position and demolishing
the valve box in place to a point not less than 18 inches below final grade. Concrete
shall then be used as backfill material to match existing grade.
r
F. ABANDONMENT OF EXISTING VAULTS: Vaults to be demolished in place shall
have top slab and lid removed and vault walls demolished to a point not less than 18"
below final grade. The void area caused shall then be backfilled and compacted in
accordance with backfill method as specified in Section E2-2.9 Backfill. Backfill
material shall be suitable excavated material approved by the Engineer. Surface
restoration shall be compatible with the existing surrounding grade.
G. ABANDONMENT OF MANHOLES: Manholes to be abandoned in place shall have
all pipes entering or exiting the structure plugged with lean concrete. Manhole top or
cone section shall be removed to the top of the full barrel diameter section, or to point
not less than 18 inches below final grade. The structure shall then be backfilled and
compacted in accordance with backfill method as specified in Section E2-2.9 Backfill.
Backfill material may be either clean washed sand of clean, suitable excavated
material approved by the Engineer. Surface restoration shall be compatible with
surrounding service surface. Payment for work involved in backfilling, plugging of
-� pipe(s) and all other appurtenances required, shall be included in the appropriate bid
item -Abandon Existing Sewer Manhole.
.. H. REMOVAL OF MANHOLES: Manholes to be removed shall have all pipes entering
or exiting the structure disconnected. The complete manhole, including top or cone
section, all full barrel diameter section, and base section shall be removed. The
,., excavation shall then be backfilled and compacted in accordance with backfill method
as specified in Section E2-2.9 Backfill. Backfill material may be with Type C Backfill
or Type B Backfill, as approved by the Engineer. Surface restoration shall' be
compatible with surrounding surface.
I. CUTTING AND PLUGGING EXISTING MAINS: At various locations on this project, it
may be required to cut, plug, and block existing water mains/services or sanitary
sewer mains/services in order to abandon these lines. Cutting and plugging existing
mains and/or services shall be considered as incidental and all costs incurred will be
considered to be included in the linear foot bid price of the pipe, unless separate
�+ trenching is required.
J. REMOVAL OF EXISTING PIPE: Where removal of the existing pipe is required, it
.. shall be the Contractor's responsibility to properly dispose of all removed pipe. All
removed valves, fire hydrants and meter boxes shall be delivered to Water
Department Field Operation, Storage Yard.
C. PAYMENT: Payment for all work and material involved in salvaging, abandoning
and/or removing existing facilities shall be included in the linear foot bid price of the
pipe, except as follows: separate payment will be made for removal of all fire
hydrants, gate valves, 16 inch and larger, and sanitary sewer manholes, regardless
of location.
11129104 SC-23
FART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS ..
Payment will be made for salvaging, abandoning and/or removing all other existing ..
facilities when said facility is not being replaced in the same trench (i.e., when
removal requires a separate trench).
L. ABANDONMENT OF EXISTING SEWER LINES: Where plans call for abandonment
of existing sewer mains after the construction of a new sewer main, the Contractor
shall be responsible for TV inspection of 100% of the existing sewer main to be
abandoned to make a final determination that all existing service connections have
been relocated to the new main. Once this determination has been made, the
existing main will be abandoned as indicated above in Item I.
D- 30 DETECTABLE WARNING TAPES
Detectable underground utility warning tapes which can be located from the surface by a
pipe detector shall be installed directly above non-metallic water and sanitary sewer pipe.
The detectable tape shall be "Detect Tape" manufactured by Allen Systems, Inc. or
approved equal, and shall consist of a minimum thickness 0.35 mils solid aluminum foil
encased in a protective inert plastic jacket that is impervious to all known alkalis, acids,
chemical reagents and solvents found in the soil. The minimum overall thickness of the
tape shall be 5.5 mils, and the width shall not be less than two inches with a minimum
unit weight of 2'/2 pounds/1 inch/100'. The tape shall be color coded and imprinted with
the message as follows:
Type of Utility Color Code Legends
Water Safety Blue Caution! Buried Water Line Below
Sewer Safety Green Caution! Buried Sewer Line Below
Installation of detectable tapes shall be per manufacturer's recommendations and shall
be as close to the grade as is practical for optimum protection and detectability. Allow a
minimum of 18 inches between the tape and the pipe. Payment for work such as backfill,
bedding, blocking, detectable tapes, and all other associated appurtenances required
shall be included in the unit price bid for the appropriate bid item(s). r+
D- 31 PIPE CLEANING
Joints shall be wiped and then inspected for proper installation by the inspectors. Each 4W
joint shall be swept daily and kept clean during installation. A temporary night plug shall
be installed on all exposed pipe ends during any period of work stoppage.
D- 32 DISPOSAL OF SPOIL/FILL MATERIAL
Prior to the disposing of any spoil/fill material, the Contractor shall advise the Director of
Engineering Department, acting as the City of Fort Worth's Flood Plain Administrator
("Administrator"), of the location of all sites where the Contractor intends to dispose of
such material. Contractor shall not dispose of such material until the proposed sites have
been determined by the Administrator to meet the requirements of the Flood Plain
Ordinances of the City of Fort Worth (Ordinance No. 10056). All disposal sites must be
approved by the Administrator to ensure that filling is not occurring within a floodplain
without a permit. A floodplain permit can be issued upon approval of necessary
Engineering studies. No fill permit is required if disposal sites are not in a floodplain.
11129104 SC-24
r.
.. PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
Approval of the Contractor's disposal sites shall be evidenced by a letter signed by the
.. Administrator stating that the site is not in a known flood plain or by a Flood Plain Fill
Permit authorizing fill within the flood plain. Any expenses associated with obtaining the
fill permit, including any necessary Engineering studies, shall be at the Contractor's
.. expense. In the event that the Contractor disposes of spoil/fill material at a site without a
fill permit or a letter from the administrator approving the disposal site, upon notification
by the Director of Engineering Department, Contractor shall remove the spoil/fill material
at its expense and dispose of such materials in accordance with the Ordinances of the
City and this section.
;M0 D- 33 MECHANICS AND MATERIALMEN'S LIEN
The Contractor shall be required to execute a release of mechanics and material men's
liens upon receipt of payment.
..
D- 34 SUBSTITUTIONS
The specifications for materials set out the minimum standard of quality, which the City
believes necessary to procure a satisfactory project. No substitutions will be permitted
until the Contractor has received written permission of the Engineer to make a
substitution for the material, which has been specified. Where the term "or equal", or"or
.. approved equal" is used, it is understood that if a material, product, or piece of equipment
bearing the name so used is furnished, it will be approvable, as the particular trade name
was used for the purpose of establishing a standard of quality acceptable to the City. If a
.s. product of any other name is proposed for use, the Engineer's approval thereof must be
obtained before the Contractor procures the proposed substitute. Where the term "or
equal", or"or approved equal" is not used in the specifications, this does not necessarily
exclude alternative items or material or equipment which may accomplish the intended
purpose. However, the Contractor shall have the full responsibility of proving that the
proposed substitution is, in fact, equal, and the Engineer, as the representative of the
City, shall be the sole judge of the acceptability of substitutions. The provisions of this
sub-section as related to "substitutions" shall be applicable to all sections of these
specifications.
D- 35 PRE-CONSTRUCTION TELEVISION INSPECTION OF SANITARY SEWER
A. GENERAL: Prior to the reconstruction, ALL sections of existing sanitary sewer lines
to be abandoned, removed (except where being replaced in the same location), or
rehabilitated (pipe enlargement, cured-in-place pipe, fold and form pipe, slip-line,
etc.), shall be cleaned, and a television inspection performed to identify any active
sewer service taps, other sewer laterals and their location. Work shall consist of
furnishing all labor, material, and equipment necessary for the cleaning and
inspection of the sewer lines by means of closed circuit television. Satisfactory
precautions shall be taken to protect the sewer lines from damage that might be
inflicted by the improper use of cleaning equipment.
1. HIGH VELOCITY JET (HYDROCLEANING) EQUIPMENT: The high-velocity
sewer line cleaning equipment shall be constructed for easy and safe operation.
The equipment shall also have a selection of two or more high-velocity nozzles.
The nozzles shall be capable of producing a scouring action from 15 to 45
.. degrees in all size lines designated to be cleaned. Equipment shall also include a
high-velocity gun for washing and scouring manhole walls and floor. The gun
f 11129104 SC-25
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
shall be capable of producing flows from a fine spray to a solid stream. The
equipment shall carry its own water tank, auxiliary engines, pumps, and ..
hydraulically driven hose reel.
Hydraulically Propelled Equipment shall be of a movable dam type and be
constructed in such a way that a portion of the dam may be collapsed at any time
during the cleaning operation to protect against flooding of the sewer. The
movable dam shall be equal in diameter around the outer periphery to ensure ..
removal of grease. If sewer cleaning balls or other equipment, which cannot be
collapsed, is used, special precautions to prevent flooding of the sewers and
public or private property shall be taken. The flow of sewage present in the sewer
lines shall be utilized to provide necessary fluid for hydraulic cleaning devices
whenever possible.
2. CLEANING PROCEDURES: The designated sewer manholes shall be cleaned
using high-velocity jet equipment. The equipment shall be capable of removing
dirt, grease, rocks, sand, and other materials and obstructions from the sewer
lines and manholes. If cleaning of an entire section cannot be successfully
performed from one manhole, the equipment shall be set up on the other
manhole and cleaning again attempted. If, again, successful cleaning cannot be
performed or equipment fails to traverse the entire manhole section, it will be
assumed that a major blockage exists, and the cleaning effort shall be
abandoned. When additional quantities of water from fire hydrants are necessary
to avoid delay in normal working procedures, the water shall be conserved and
not used unnecessarily. No fire hydrant shall be obstructed in case of a fire in the
area served by the hydrant. Before using any water from the City Water
Distribution System, the Contractor shall apply for and receive permission from
the Water Department. The Contractor shall be responsible for the water meter
and related charges for the setup, including the water usage bill. All expenses
shall be considered incidental to cleaning.
3. DEBRIS REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL: All sludge, dirt, sand, rock, grease, and
other solid or semisolid material resulting from the cleaning operation shall be
removed at the downstream manhole of the section being cleaned. Passing
material from manhole section to manhole section, which could cause line
stoppages, accumulations of sand in wet wells, or damage pumping equipment,
shall not be permitted.
4. All solids or semisolid resulting from the cleaning operations shall be removed
from the site and disposed of at a site designated by the Engineer. All materials "'
shall be removed from the site no less often than at the end of each workday and
disposed of at no additional cost to the City.
5. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCE SHALL SEWAGE OR SOLIDS REMOVED
THEREFROM BE DUMPED ONTO STREETS OR INTO DITCHES, CATCH
BASINS, STORM DRAINS OR SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES. ••
6. TELEVISION INSPECTION EQUIPMENT: The television camera used for the
inspection shall be one specifically designed and constructed for such inspection.
Lighting for the camera shall be suitable to allow a clear picture of the entire
11/29/04 SC-26 "'
.. PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
periphery of the pipe. The camera shall be operative in 100% humidity
.. conditions. The camera, television monitor, and other components of the video
system shall be capable of producing picture quality to the satisfaction of the
Engineer; and if unsatisfactory, equipment shall be removed and no payment will
r. be made for an unsatisfactory inspection.
B. EXECUTION:
1. TELEVISION INSPECTION: The camera shall be moved through the line in
either direction at a moderate rate, stopping when necessary to permit proper
documentation of any sewer service taps. In no case will the television camera
be pulled at a speed greater than 30 feet per minute. Manual winches, power
winches, TV cable, and powered rewinds or other devices that do not obstruct the
' camera view or interfere with proper documentation shall be used to move the
camera through the sewer line.
When manually operated winches are used to pull the television camera through
the line, telephones or other suitable means of communications shall be set up
between the two manholes of the section being inspected to ensure good
.. communications between members of the crew.
The importance of accurate distance measurements is emphasized. All television
.. inspection videotapes shall have a footage counter. Measurement for location of
sewer service taps shall be above ground by means of meter device. Marking.on
the cable, or the like, which would require interpolation for depth of manhole, will
not be allowed. Accuracy of the distance meter shall be checked by use of a
walking meter, roll-a-tape, or other suitable device, and the accuracy shall be
satisfactory to the Engineer.
The City makes no guarantee that all of the sanitary sewers to be entered are
clear for the passage of a camera. The methods used for securing passage of
the camera are to be at the option of the Contractor. The cost of retrieving the
Television camera, under all circumstances, when it becomes lodged during
inspection, shall be incidental to Television inspection.
2. DOCUMENTATION: Television Inspection Logs: Printed location records shall
be kept by the Contractor and will clearly show the location in relation to an
adjacent manhole of each sewer service taps observed during inspection. In
addition, other points of significance such as locations of unusual conditions,
roots, storm sewer connections, broken pipe, presence of scale and corrosion,
and other discernible features will be recorded, and a copy of such records will be
.. supplied to the City.
3. PHOTOGRAPHS: Instant developing, 35 mm, or other standard-size
photographs of the television picture of problems shall be taken by the Contractor
upon request of the Engineer, as long as such photographing does not interfere
with the Contractor's operations.
.. 11129104 SC-27
NkPART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
4. VIDEOTAPE RECORDINGS: The purpose of tape recording shall be to supply a
visual and audio record of problem areas of the lines that may be replayed. Video
tape recording playback shall be at the same speed that it was recorded. The
television tapes shall be fumished to the City for review immediately upon
completion of the television inspection and may be retained a maximum of 30
calendar days.
Equipment shall be provided to the City by the Contractor for review of the tapes. ..
The Engineer will return tapes to the Contractor upon completion of review.
Tapes shall not be erased without the permission of the Engineer. If the tapes are
of such poor quality that the Engineer is unable to evaluate the condition of the ..
sewer line or to locate service connections, the Contractor shall be required to re-
televise and provide a good tape of the line at no additional cost to the City. If a
good tape cannot be provided of such quality that can be reviewed by the
Engineer, no payment for televising this portion shall be made. Also, no payment
shall be made for portions of lines not televised or portions where manholes
cannot be negotiated with the television camera. ..
THE TAPES SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO
CONSTRUCTION FOR REVIEW AND DETERMINATION OF SAGS. Upon
completion of review of the tapes by the Engineer, the Contractor will be notified
as to which sections of the sanitary sewer are to be corrected. The Engineer will
return tapes to the Contractor upon completion of review.
All costs associated with this work shall be incidental to unit prices bid for items
under Television Inspection of the Proposal.
C. PAYMENT OF CLEANING AND PRE-CONSTRUCTION TELEVISION INSPECTION
OF SANITARY SEWERS: The cost for Pre-Construction Cleaning and Television
Inspection of sanitary sewers shall be per linear foot of sewer actually televised. The ..
Contractor shall provide the Engineer with tapes of a quality that the particular piece
of sewer can be readily evaluated as to existing sewer conditions and for providing
appropriate means for review of the tapes by the Engineer including collection and
removal, transportation and disposal of sand and debris from the sewers to a legal
dump site.
Television inspection shall include necessary cleaning (hydraulic jet or mechanical
cleaner)to provide video image required for line analysis.
The primary purpose of cleaning is for television inspection and rehabilitation; when a
portion of a line is not or cannot be televised or rehabilitated, the cleaning of that
portion of line shall be incidental and no payment shall be made.
The City makes no guarantee that all of the sanitary sewers to be entered are clear
for the passage of a camera. The methods used for securing passage of the camera
are to be at the option of the Contractor, and the costs must be included in the bid .•
price for TV Inspections. The cost of retrieving the TV Camera, under all
circumstances, when it becomes lodged during inspection, shall be incidental to TV
Inspection.
11129104 SC-28
f
.. PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
The item shall, also include all costs of installing and maintaining any bypass pumping
required to provide reliable, regular sewer service to the area residents. All bypass
pumping shall be incidental to the project.
D- 36 VACUUM TESTING OF SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES
D. GENERAL: This item shall govern the vacuum testing of all newly constructed
sanitary sewer manholes.
B. EXECUTION:
1. TEST PROCEDURE: Manholes shall be vacuum tested prior to any interior
grouting with all connections in place. Lift holes shall be plugged, and all drop-
connections and gas sealing connections shall be installed prior to testing.
The sewer lines entering the manhole shall be plugged and braced to prevent the
plugs from being drawn into the manhole. The plugs shall be installed in the lines
beyond the drop-connections, gas sealing connections, etc. The test head shall
be placed inside the frame at the top of the manhole and inflated in accordance
with the manufacturer's recommendations. A vacuum of ten inches of mercury
_ (10"Hg) shall be drawn and the vacuum pump will be turned off. With the valve
closed, the level of vacuum shall be read after the required test time. The
required test time shall be determined from the Table I below in accordance with
ASTM C1244-93_
Table I
MINIMUM TIME REQUIRED FOR VACUUM DROP
OF 1" Hg (10"Hg-9"Hg) (SEC)
Depth of MH. 48-Inch Dia. 60-Inch Dia.
(FT'.) Manhole Manhole
0 to 16' 40 sec. 52 sec.
_ 18, 45 sec. 59 sec.
20' 50 sec. 65 sec.
22' 55 sec. 72 sec.
24' 59 sec. 78 sec.
26' 64 sec. 85 sec.
28' 69 sec. 91 sec.
30' 74 sec. 98 sec.
For Each 5 sec. 6 sec.
Additional 2'
1. ACCEPTANCE: The manhole shall be considered acceptable, if the drop in the
. level of vacuum is less than one-inch of mercury (1" Hg) after the required test
time. Any manhole, which fails to pass the initial test, must be repaired by either
.. pressure grouting through the manhole wall or digging to expose the exterior wall
of the manhole in order to locate the leak and seal it with an epoxy sealant. The
1129104 SC-29
FART a - SPECIAL CONDITIONS VAN
manhole shall be retested as described above until it has successfully passed the _
test.
Following completion of a successful test, the manhole shall be restored to its
normal condition, all temporary plugs shall be removed, all braces, equipment,
and debris shall be removed and disposed of in a manner satisfactory to the
Engineer.
C. PAYMENT: Payment for vacuum testing of sanitary sewer manholes shall be paid at
the contract price per each vacuum test. This price shall include all material, labor,
equipment, and all incidentals, including all bypass pumping, required to complete the +
test as specified herein.
D- 37 BYPASS PUMPING
The Contractor shall bypass the sewage around the section or sections of sewer to be
rehabilitated and/or replaced. The bypass shall be made by plugging existing upstream
manhole and pumping the sewage into a downstream manhole or adjacent system or
other method as may be approved by the Engineer. The pump and bypass lines shall be
of adequate capacity and size to handle the flow without sewage backup occurring to
facilities connected to the sewer. Provisions shall be made at driveways and street
crossings to permit safe vehicular travel without interrupting flow in the bypass system.
Under no circumstances will the Contractor be permitted to discharge sewage into the
trenches. Payment shall be incidental to rehabilitation or replacement of the sewer line.
D- 38 POST-CONSTRUCTION TELEVISION INSPECTION OF SANITARY SEWER
A. GENERAL: After construction, ALL sections of sanitary sewer lines shall have a
• television inspection performed by an independent sub-Contractor hired by the prime
Contractor. Work shall consist of furnishing all labor, material, and equipment
necessary for inspection of the sewer lines by means of closed circuit television. .•
Satisfactory precautions shall be taken to protect the sewer lines from damage that
might be inflicted by the improper use of cleaning equipment.
B. TELEVISION INSPECTION EQUIPMENT: The television camera used for the
inspection shall be one specifically designed and constructed for such inspection.
Lighting for the camera shall be operative in 100% humidity conditions. The camera,
television monitor, and other components of the video system shall be capable of
producing picture quality to the satisfaction of the Engineer; and if unsatisfactory,
equipment shall be removed and no payment will be made for an unsatisfactory
inspection.
C. EXECUTION:
1. TELEVISION INSPECTION: The camera shall be moved through the line in
either direction at a moderate rate, stopping when necessary to permit proper
* documentation of any sewer service taps. In no case will the television camera
be pulled at a speed greater than 30 feet per minute. Manual winches, power
winches, TV cable, and powered rewinds or other devices that do not obstruct the
camera view or interfere with proper documentation shall be used to move the ..
11129104 SC-30
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
camera through the sewer line. No more than 2000 linear feet of pipe will be
.. televised at one time for review by the Engineer.
When manually operated winches are used to pull the television camera through
the line, telephones or other suitable means of communications shall be set up
between the two manholes of the section being inspected to ensure good
communications between members of the crew.
MW The importance of accurate distance measurements is emphasized. All television
inspection video tapes shall have a footage counter. Measurement for location of
sewer service taps shall be above ground by means of meter device. Marking on
the cable, or the like, which would require interpolation for depth of manhole, will
not be allowed. Accuracy of the distance meter shall be checked by use of a
walking meter, roll-a-tape, or other suitable device, and the accuracy shall be
satisfactory to the Engineer.
The City makes no guarantee that all of the sanitary sewers to be entered are
clear for the passage of a camera. The methods used for securing passage of
the camera are to be at the option of the Contractor. The cost or retrieving the
Television camera, under all circumstances, when it becomes lodged during
.. inspection, shall be incidental to Television inspection.
Sanitary sewer mains must be laced with enough water to fill all low pints. The
television inspection must be done immediately following the lacing of the main
with no water flow. If sewer is active, flow must be restricted to provide a clear
image of sewer being inspected.
2. DOCUMENTATION: Television Inspection Logs: Printed location records.shall
be kept by the Contractor and will clearly show the location in relation to an
adjacent manhole of each sewer service tap observed during inspection. All
television logs shall be referenced to stationing as shown on the plans. A copy of
these television logs will be supplied to the City.
3. PHOTOGRAPHS: Instant developing, 35 mm, or other standard-size
photographs of the television picture of problems shall be taken by the Contractor
upon request of the Engineer, as long as such photographing does not interfere
with the Contractor's operations.
4. VIDEOTAPE RECORDINGS: The purpose of tape recording shall be to supply a
visual and audio record of problem areas of the lines that may be replayed. Video
tape recording playback shall be at the same speed that it was recorded. The
television tapes shall be furnished to the City for review immediately upon
completion of the television inspection and may be retained a maximum of 30
calendar days. Equipment shall be provided to the City by the Contractor for
review of the tapes. Tapes will be returned to the Contractor upon completion of
review by the Engineer. Tapes shall not be erased without the permission of the
Engineer.
If the tapes are of such poor quality that the Engineer is unable to evaluate the
condition of the sewer line or to locate service connections, the Contractor shall
,�, 11129104 SC-31
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS No
be required to re-televise and provide a good tape of the line at no additional cost
to the City. If a good tape cannot be provided of such quality that can be
reviewed by the Engineer, no payment for televising this portion shall be made.
Also, no payment shall be made for portions of lines not televised or portions
where manholes cannot be negotiated with the television camera.
D. PAYMENT OF POST-CONSTRUCTION TELEVISION INSPECTION OF SANITARY
SEWERS: The cost for post-construction Television Inspection of sanitary sewers
shall be per linear foot of sewer televised. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer
with tapes of a quality that the particular piece of sewer can be readily evaluated as to
sewer conditions and for providing appropriate means for review of the tapes by the
Engineer.
Television inspection shall include necessary cleaning (hydraulic jet or mechanical
cleaner) to provide video image required for line analysis. The quantity of TV
inspection shall be measured as the total length of new pipe installed. All costs
associated with this work shall be included in the appropriate bid item - Post-
Construction Television Inspection.
The item shall also include all costs of installing and maintaining any bypass pumping
required to provide reliable, regular sewer service to the area residents. All bypass
t pumping shall be incidental to the project.
D- 39 SAMPLES AND QUALITY CONTROL TESTING
A. The Contractor shall furnish, at its own expense, certifications by a private laboratory
for all materials proposed to be used on the project, including a mix design for any
asphaltic and/or Portland cement concrete to be used, and gradation analysis for
sand and crushed stone to be used along with the name of the pit from which the
material was taken. The contractor shall provide manufacturer's certifications for all
manufactured items to be used in the project and will bear any expense related
thereto.
B. Tests of the design concrete mix shall be made by the contractor's laboratory at least
nine days prior to the placing of concrete using the same aggregate, cement, and
mortar which are to be used later in the concrete. The Contractor shall provide a
certified copy of the test results to the City.
C. Quality control testing of in-place material on this project will be performed by the city
at its own expense. Any retesting required as a result of failure of the material to
meet project specifications will be at the expense of the contractor and will be billed at ..
commercial rates as determined by the City. The failure of the City to make any tests
of materials shall in no way relieve the contractor of its responsibility to furnish
materials and equipment conforming to the requirements of the contract.
D. Not less than 24 hours notice shall be provided to the City by the Contractor for
operations requiring testing. The Contractor shall provide access and trench safety
system (if required) for the site to be tested, and any work effort involved is deemed
to be included in the unit price for the item being tested.
11129104 SC-32 `
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
E. The Contractor shall provide a copy of the trip ticket for each load of fill material
delivered to the job site. The ticket shall specify the name of the pit supplying the fill
material.
D-40 TEMPORARY EROSION, SEDIMENT, AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL
(FOR DISTURBED AREAS LESS THAN 1 ACRE)
A. DESCRIPTION: This item shall consist of temporary soil erosion sediment and water
pollution control measures deemed necessary by the Engineer for the duration of the
contract. These control measures shall at no time be used as a substitute for the
permanent control measures unless otherwise directed by the Engineer and they
.. shall not include measures taken by the CONTRACTOR to control conditions created
by his construction operations. The temporary measures shall include dikes, dams,
berms, sediment basins, fiber mats, jute netting, temporary seeding, straw mulch,
r asphalt mulch, plastic liners, rubble liners, baled-hay retards, dikes, slope drains and
other devices.
B. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: The Engineer has the authority to define
erodible earth and the authority to limit the surface area of erodible-earth material
exposed by preparing right-of-way, clearing and grubbing, the surface area of
_ erodible-earth material exposed by excavation, borrow and to direct the
CONTRACTOR to provide temporary pollution-control measures to prevent
contamination of adjacent streams, other water courses, lakes, ponds or other areas
of water impoundment. Such work may involve the construction of temporary berms,
dikes, dams, sediment basins, slope drains and use of temporary mulches, mats,
seeding, or other control devices or methods directed by the Engineer as necessary
to control soil erosion. Temporary pollution-control measures shall be used to
^� prevent or correct erosion that may develop during construction prior to installation of
permanent pollution control features, but are not associated with permanent control
features on the project. The Engineer will limit the area of preparing right-of-way,
clearing and grubbing, excavation and borrow to be proportional to the
CONTRACTOR'S capability and progress in keeping the finish grading, mulching,
seeding, and other such permanent pollution-control measures current in accordance
with the accepted schedule. Should seasonal conditions make such limitations
unrealistic, temporary soil-erosion-control measures shall be performed as directed
by the Engineer.
low
2. Waste or disposal areas and construction roads shall be located and constructed
in a manner that will minimize the amount of sediment entering streams.
3. Frequent fordings of live streams will not be permitted; therefore, temporary
bridges or other structures shall be used wherever an appreciable number of
stream crossings are necessary. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the
Engineer, mechanized equipment shall not be operated in live streams.
4. When work areas or material sources are located in or adjacent to live streams,
such areas shall be separated from the stream by a dike or other barrier to keep
sediment from entering a flowing stream. Care shall be taken during the
construction and removal of such barriers to minimize the muddying of a stream.
r
11129104 SC-33
PART Q - SPECIAL CONDITIONS sm
5. All waterways shall be cleared as soon as practicable of false work, piling, debris
or other obstructions placed during construction operations that are not a part of
the finished work.
6. The Contractor shall take sufficient precautions to prevent pollution of streams,
lakes and reservoirs with fuels, oils, bitumen, calcium chloride or other harmful
materials. He shall conduct and schedule his operations so as to avoid or
minimize siltation of streams, lakes and reservoirs and to avoid interference with
movement of migratory fish.
C. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: All work, materials and equipment necessary to
provide temporary erosion control shall be considered subsidiary to the contract and
no extra pay will be given for this work.
D-41 INGRESS AND EGRESSIOBSTRUCTION OF ACCESS TO DRIVES
The Contractor shall provide ingress and egress to the property being crossed by this
construction and adjacent property when construction is not in progress and at night.
Drives shall be left accessible at night, on weekends, and during holidays. The
Contractor shall conduct his activities to minimize obstruction of access to drives and
property during the progress of construction. Notification shall be made to an owner prior
to his driveway being removed and/or rebuilt.
D-42 PROTECTION OF TREES, PLANTS AND SOIL o,
All property along and adjacent to the Contractors' operations including lawns, yards,
shrubs, trees, etc., shall be preserved or restored after completion of the work, to a
condition equal to or better than existed prior to start of work. ow
Any trees or other landscape features scarred or damaged by the Contractor's
operations shall be restored or replaced at the Contractor's expense. Trimming or ow
pruning to facilitate the work will be permitted only by experienced workmen in an
approved manner (No trimming or pruning without the property owners' consent).
Pruned limbs of 1" diameter or larger shall be thoroughly treated as soon as possible with
a tree wound dressing.
F By ordinance, the Contractor must obtain a permit from the City Forester before any work
(trimming, removal, or root pruning) can be done on trees or shrubs growing on public r
property including street Rights-of-Ways and designated alleys. This permit can be
obtained by calling the Forestry Office at 871-5738. All tree work shall be in compliance
with pruning standards for Class 11 Pruning as described by the National Arborist
Association. A copy of these standards can be provided by calling the above number.
Any damage to public trees due to negligence by the Contractor shall be assessed using
the current formula for Shade Tree Evaluation as defined by the International Society of
Arboriculture. Payment for negligent damage to public trees shall be made to the City of
Fort Worth and may be withheld from funds due the Contractor by the City.
To prevent the spread of the Oak Wilt fungus, all wounds on Live Oak and Red Oak
trees shall be immediately sealed using a commercial pruning paint. -70
11129104 S C-34 u.r
r
no PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
No separate payment will be made for any of the work involved for this item and all costs
.. incurred will be considered a subsidiary cost of the project.
D-43 SITE RESTORATION
The contractor shall be responsible for restoring the site to original grade and condition
ow after completion of his operations subject to approval of the Engineer. The basis for
approval by the Engineer will be grade restoration to plus minus one-tenth (0.1)of a foot.
.r D-44 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD PRODUCT LIST
Proposed products submitted in the bid documents must appear in the latest"City of Fort
Worth Standard Product List, for the bid to be considered responsive. Products and
"' processes listed in the "City of Fort Worth Standard Product List shall be considered to
meet City of Fort Worth minimum technical requirements.
..
D-45 TOPSOIL, SODDING, SEEDING & HYDROMULCHING
This item shall be performed in accordance with the City of Fort Worth Parks and
Community Services Department Specifications for Topsoil, Sodding and Seeding.
1. TOPSOIL
DESCRIPTION: This item will consist of furnishing and placing a minimum of six (6)
inches of topsoil, free from rock and foreign material, in all parkways and medians to
the lines and grades as established by the Engineer.
CONSTRUCTION METHODS: Topsoil will be secured from borrow sources as
required to supplement material secured from street excavation. All excavated
materials from streets which is suitable for topsoil will be used in the parkways and
medians before any topsoil is obtained from a borrow source. Topsoil material
.. secured from street excavation shall be stockpiled at locations approved by the
Engineer, and at completion of grading and paving operations, topsoil shall be placed
on parkway areas so as to provide a minimum six (6) inches of compacted depth of
topsoil parkways.
2. SODDING
DESCRIPTION: Sodding will consist of furnishing and planting Bermuda, Buffalo or
St. Augustine grass in the areas between the curbs and walks, on terraces, in median
strips, on embankments or cut slopes, or in such areas as designated on the
Drawings and in accordance with the requirements of this Specification.
Recommended Buffalo grass varieties for sodding are Prairie and 609.
MATERIALS: Sod shall consist of live and growing Bermuda, Buffalo or St.
Augustine grass secured from sources where the soil is fertile. Sod to be placed
during the dormant state of these grasses shall be alive and acceptable. Bermuda
and Buffalo grass sod shall have a healthy, virile root system of dense, thickly matted
roots throughout a two (2) inch minimum thickness of native soil attached to the
11129104 SC-35
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS -�
roots. St. Augustine grass sod shall have a healthy, virile root system of dense,
thickly matted roots throughout a one (1) inch minimum thickness of native soil
attached to the roots.
The sod shall be free from obnoxious weeds or other grasses and shall not contain
any matter deleterious to its growth or which might affect its subsistence or hardiness
when transplanted. Sod to be placed between curb and walk and on terraces shall
be the same type grass as adjacent grass or existing lawn. ..
Care shall be taken at all times to retain native soil on the roots of the sod during the
process of excavating, hauling, and planting. Sod material shall be kept moist from ..
the time it is dug until planted. When so directed by the Engineer, the sod existing at
the source shall be watered to the extent required prior to excavating. Sod material
shall be planted within three days after it is excavated. r,
CONSTRUCTION METHODS: After the designated areas have been completed to
the lines, grades, and cross-sections shown on the Drawings and as provided for in
other items of the contract, sodding of the type specified shall be performed in
accordance with the requirements hereinafter described. Sodding shall be either
"spot" or"block"; either Bermuda, Buffalo or St. Augustine grass.
r
a. Spot Sodding
Furrows parallel to the curb line or sidewalk lines, twelve (12)inches on centers or
to the dimensions shown on the Drawings, shall be opened on areas to be
sodded. In all furrows, sod approximately three (3) inches square shall be placed
on twelve (12) inch centers at proper depth so that the top of the sod shall not be ..
more than one-half(1/2) inch below the finished grade. Holes of equivalent depth
and spacing may be used instead of furrows. The soil shall be firm around each
block and then the entire sodded area shall be carefully rolled with a heavy, hand ..
roller developing fifteen (15) to twenty-five (25) pounds per square inch
compression. Hand tamping may be required on terraces.
b. Block Sodding.
At locations on the Drawings or where directed, sod blocks shall be carefully ..
placed on the prepared areas. The sod shall be so placed that the entire
designated area shall be covered, and any voids left in the block sodding shall be
filled with additional sod and tamped. The entire sodded area shall be rolled and
tamped to form a thoroughly compact solid mass. Surfaces of block sod, which,
in the opinion of the Engineer, may slide due to the height or slope of the surface
or nature of the soil, shall,. upon direction of the Engineer, be pegged with
wooden pegs driven through the sod block to the firm earth, sufficiently close to
hold the block sod firmly in place.
When necessary, the sodded areas shall be smoothed after planting has been •�
completed and shaped to conform to the cross-section previously provided and
existing at the time sodding operations were begun. Any excess dirt from planting
operations shall be spread uniformly over the adjacent areas or disposed of as ..
11129104 SC-36
PART G - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
directed by the Engineer so that the completed surface will present a sightly
•• appearance.
The sodded areas shall be thoroughly watered immediately after they are planted
and shall be subsequently watered at such times and in a manner and quantity
directed by the Engineer until completion and final acceptance of the project by
the City of Fort Worth.
3. SEEDING
DESCRIPTION: "Seeding" will consist of preparing ground, providing and planting
seed or a mixture of seed of the kind specified along and across such areas as may
be designated on the Drawings and in accordance with these Specifications.
"' MATERIALS:
a. General. All seed used must carry a Texas Testing Seed label showing purity
and germination, name, type of seed, and that the seed meets all requirements of
the Texas Seed Law. Seed furnished shall be of the previous season's crop and
the date of analysis shown on each tag shall be within nine (9) months of time of
.. delivery to the project. Each variety of seed shall be furnished and delivered in
separate bags or containers. A sample of each variety of seed shall be furnished
for analysis and testing when directed by the Engineer.
low
The specified seed shall equal or exceed the following percentages of Purity and.
germination:
ow Common Name Purity Germination
Common Bermuda Grass 95% 90%
Annual Rye Grass 95% 95%
i' Tall Fescue 95% 90%
Western Wheatgrass 95% 90%
Buffalo Grass Varieties
Top Gun 95% 90%
Cody 95% 90%
Table 120.2.(2)a.
URBAN AREA WARM-SEASON SEEDING RATE (lbs.); Pure Live Seed (PLS)
Mixture for Clay or Tight Soils Mixture for
Sandy Soils
Dates (Eastern Sections) (Western Sections) (All Sections)
Feb 1 Bermudagrass 40 Buffalograss 80 Bermudagrass
60
to Buffalograss 60 Bermudagrass 20 Buffalograss
40
May 1
Total: 100 Total: 100 Total:
100
Table, 120.2.(2)b
.,. 11/29/04 SC-37
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS *�
TEMPORARY COOL-SEASON SEEDING RATE; (lb.) Pure Live Seed (PLS)
Dates (All Sections)
Aug 15 Tall Fescue 50
to Western Wheatgrass 50 r,
May 1 Annual Rye 50
Total: 100
r.
CONSTRUCTION METHODS: After the designated areas have been completed to
the lines, grades, and cross-sections shown on the Drawings and as provided for in
other items of this Contract, seeding of the type specified shall be performed in
accordance with the requirements hereinafter described.
a. Watering. Seeded areas shall be watered as directed by the Engineer so as to
prevent washing of the slopes or dislodgment of the seed.
b. Finishing. Where applicable, the shoulders, slopes, and ditches shall be ..
smoothed after seed bed preparation has been completed and shaped to conform
to the cross-section previously provided and existing at the time planting
operations were begun.
BROADCAST SEEDING: The seed or seed mixture in the quantity specified shall be
uniformly distributed over the areas shown on the Drawings and where directed. If
the sowing of seed is by hand, rather than by mechanical methods, the seed shall be
sown in two directions at right angles to each other. Seed and fertilizer shall be
distributed at the same time provided the specified uniform rate of application for both
is obtained. "Finishing" as specified in Section D-45, Construction Methods, is not ..
applicable since no seed bed preparation is required.
DISCED SEEDING: Soil over the area shown on the Drawings as directed to be
seeded shall be loosened to a minimum depth of three (3) inches and all particles in
the seed bed shall be reduced to less than one (1) inch in diameter or they shall be
removed. The area shall then be finished to line and grade as specified under ..
"Finishing" in Section D-45, Construction Methods.
The seed, or seed mixture, specified shall then be planted at the rate required and ••
the application shall be made uniformly. If the sowing of seed is by hand rather than
by mechanical methods, seed shall be raked or harrowed into the soil to a depth of
approximately one-eight (1/8) inch. The planted area shall be rolled with a corrugated .,
roller of the "Cultipacker" type. All rolling of the slope areas shall be on the contour.
ASPHALT MULCH SEEDING: The soil over the area shown on the Drawings, or as
directed to be seeded, shall be loosened to the minimum depth of three (3) inches
and all particles in the seed bed shall be reduced to less than one (1) inch in
diameter, or they shall be removed. The area shall then be finished to line and grade
as specified under"Finishing" in Section D-45, Construction Methods. ..
Water shall then be applied to the cultivated area of the seed bed until a minimum
depth of six (6) inches is thoroughly moistened.
11129104 SC-38
U0 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
After the watering, when the ground has become sufficiently dry to be loose and
.. pliable, the seed, or seed mixture specified, shall then be planted at the rate required
and the application shall be made uniformly. If the sowing of seed is by hand, rather
than mechanical methods, the seed shall be sown in two directions at right angles to
each other. Seed and fertilizer may be distributed at the same time, provided the
specked uniform rate of application for both is obtained. After planting, the seed
shall be raked or harrowed into the soil to a depth of approximately one-quarter (1/4)
inch. The planted surface area and giving a smooth surface without ruts or tracks. In
.. between the time compacting is completed and the asphalt is applied, the planted
area shall be watered sufficiently to assure uniform moisture from the surface to a
minimum of six (6) inches in depth.
The application of asphalt shall follow the last watering as rapidly as possible.
Asphalt shall be of the type and grade as shown on the Drawings and shall conform
to the requirements of the item 300, "Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions". If the type of
asphalt to be used is not shown on the Drawings, or if Drawings are not included,
then MS-2 shall be used. Applications of the asphalt shall be at a rate of three-tenths
(0.3) gallons per square yard. It shall be applied to the area in such a manner so that
a complete film is obtained and the finished surface shall be comparatively smooth.
.. RE-SEEDING OF AREAS PLANTED WITH COOL SEASONS SPECIES: Areas
where temporary cool season species have been planted may be replanted beginning
February 1 with warm season species as listed in Table 120.2(2)a. The re-seeding
will be achieved in the following manner. The cool season species shall be mowed
down to a height of one (1) inch to insure that slit-seeding equipment will be able to
cut through the turf and achieve adequate soil penetration.
'w " Slit-seeding, is achieved through the use of an implement which cuts a furrow (slit)
in the soil and places the seed in the slit which is then pressed close with a cult
packer wheel.
4. HYDROMULCH SEEDING:
-� If hydra mulch seeding is provided, seed mix shall have 95% purity of Bermuda grass
and have a germination rate of 90%. Contractor shall ensure that the grass
establishes.
5. CONSTRUCTION WITHIN PARK AREAS
TURF RESTORATION OF PARK AREAS: FERTILIZER
DESCRIPTION: "Fertilizer"will consist of providing and distributing fertilizer over such
areas as are designated on the Drawings and in accordance with these
Specifications.
MATERIALS: All fertilizer used shall be delivered in bags or containers clearly labeled
showing the analysis. The fertilizer is subject to testing by the City of Fort Worth in
accordance with the Texas Fertilizer Law. A pelleted or granulated fertilizer shall be
used with an analysis of 16-20-0 or 16-5-8 or having the analysis shown on the
Drawings. The figures in the analysis represent the percent of nitrogen, phosphoric
11r2sro4 SC-39
PO PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS •-
acid, and potash nutrients respectively as determined by the methods of the aw
Association of Official Agricultural Chemists.
In the event it is necessary to substitute a fertilizer of a different analysis, it shall be a
pelleted or granulated fertilizer with a lower concentration. Total amount of nutrients ..
furnished and applied per acre shall equal or exceed that specified for each nutrient.
CONSTRUCTION METHODS: When an item for fertilizer is included in the Drawings ..
and proposal, pelleted or granulated fertilizer shall be applied uniformly over the area
specified to be fertilized and in the manner directed for the particular item of work.
Fertilizer shall be dry and in good physical condition. Fertilizer that is powdered to r,
caked will be rejected. Distribution of fertilizer as a particular item of work shall meet
the approval of the Engineer.
Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, fertilizer shall be applied uniformly at the
average rate of three hundred (300) pounds per acre for all types of "Sodding" and
four hundred (400) pounds per acre for all types of"Seeding".
MEASUREMENT: Topsoil secured from borrow sources will be measured by the
square yard in place on the project site. Measurement will be made only on topsoils
secured from borrow sources.
Acceptable material for "Seeding" will be measured by the linear foot, complete in
place.
Acceptable material for "Sodding" will be measured by the linear foot, complete in
place. ..
Acceptable material for "Fertilizer" shall be subsidiary to the price of sodding or
seeding.
PAYMENT: All work performed as ordered and measured shall be subsidiary to the
contract unless and otherwise noted in the plans and bid documents to be paid for at _
the unit price bid for each item of work. Its price shall be full compensation for
excavating (except as noted below), loading, hauling, placing and furnishing all labor,
equipment, tools, supplies, and incidentals necessary to complete work.
..
All labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to supply, transport, stockpile
and place topsoil or salvage topsoil as specified shall be included in "Seeding" or
"Sodding" bid items and will not be paid for directly. ..
"Spot sodding"or "block sodding" as the case may be, will be paid for at the contract
unit price per square yard, complete in place, as provided in the proposal and •�
contract. The contract unit price shall be the total compensation for furnishing and
placing all sod; for all rolling and tamping; for all watering; for disposal of all surplus
materials; and for all materials, labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to ..
complete the work, all in accordance with the Drawings and these Specifications.
The work performed and materials furnished and measured as provided under ..
"Measurement" shall be paid for at the unit price for "Seeding", or "Sodding", of the
11129104 SC-40
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
type specified, as the case may be, which price shall each be full compensation for
.. furnishing all materials and for performing all operations necessary to complete the
work accepted as follows:
Fertilizer material and application will not be measured or paid for directly, but is
considered subsidiary to Sodding and Seeding.
D- 46 CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM
It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to implement and maintain a variable
"CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM" which must meet OSHA requirements for all
its employees and subcontractors at all times during construction. All active sewer
manholes, regardless of depth, are defined by OSHA, as "permit required confined
spaces". Contractors shall submit an acceptable "CONFINED SPACE ENTRY
.. PROGRAM" for all applicable manholes and maintain an active file for these manholes.
The cost of complying with this program shall be subsidiary to the pay items involving
work in confined spaces.
D-47 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION INSPECTION/FINAL INSPECTION
■ 7. Prior to the final inspection being conducted for the project, the contractor shall
-- contact the city inspector in writing when the entire project or a designated portion
of the project is substantially complete.
.. 8. The inspector along with appropriate City staff and the City's consultant shall
make an inspection of the substantially completed work and prepare and submit
to the contractor a list of items needing to be completed or corrected.
9. The contractor shall take immediate steps to rectify the listed deficiencies and
�a
notify the owner in writing when all the items have been completed or corrected.
10. Payment for substantial completion inspection as well as final inspection shall be
subsidiary to the project price. Contractor shall still be required to address all
other deficiencies, which are discovered at the time of final inspection.
11. Final inspection shall be in conformance with general condition item "C5-5.18
Final Inspection" of PART C- GENERAL CONDITIONS.
D-48 EXCAVATION NEAR TREES (WHERE IDENTIFIED ON THE PLANS)
1. The Contractor shall be responsible for taking measures to minimize damage to
tree limbs, tree trunks, and tree roots at each work site. All such measures shall
be considered as incidental work included in the Contract Unit Price bid for
applicable pipe or structure installation except for short tunneling/tree augering.
2. Any and all trees located within the equipment operating area at each work site
shall, at the direction of the Engineer, be protected by erecting a "snow fence"
along the drip line or edge of the tree root system between tree and the
construction area.
-- 3. Contractor shall inspect each work site in advance and arrange to have any tree
limbs pruned that might be damaged by equipment operations. The Engineer
11129104 SC-41
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS am
shall be notified at least 24 hours prior to any tree trimming work. No trimming
work will be permitted within private property without written permission of the wo
Owner.
4. Nothing shall be stored over the tree root system within the drip line area of any ..
tree.
5. Before excavation (off the roadway)within the drip line area of any tree, the earth o•
shall be sawcut for a minimum depth of 2 feet.
6. At designated locations shown on the drawings, the "short tunnel" method using .r
Class 51 D.I. pipe shall be utilized.
7. Except in areas where clearing is allowed, all trees up to 8" in diameter damaged
during construction shall be removed and replaced with the same type and
diameter tree at the contractor's expense.
8. Contractor shall employ a qualified landscaper for all the work required for tree
care to ensure utilization of the best agricultural practices and procedures.
9. Short tunneling shall consist of power augering or hand excavation. The tunnel
diameter shall not be larger than 1-1/2 times the outside pipe diameter. Voids
remaining after pipe installation shall be pressure grouted.
.r
D- 49 CONCRETE ENCASEMENT OF SEWER PIPE
Concrete encasement of sewers shall be paid for at the Contract Unit Price per linear
foot of concrete encasement as measured in place along the centerline of the pipe for '
each pipe diameter indicated. The Contract Unit Price shall include all costs associated
with installation and reinforcement of the concrete encasement.
w
D- 50 CLAY DAM
Clay dam construction shall be performed in accordance with the Wastewater Clay Dam
Construction, figure in the Drawings in these Specifications, at locations indicated on the
Drawings or as directed by the City. Clay dams shall be keyed into undisturbed soil to
make an impervious barrier to reduce groundwater percolation through the pipeline
trench. Construction material shall consist of compacted bentonite clay or 2:27 concrete. ..
Payment for work such as forming, placing and finishing shall be subsidiary to the price
bid for pipe installation.
r
D-51 EXPLORATORY EXCAVATION (D-HOLE)
The Contractor shall be responsible for verifying the locations of all existing utilities prior ow
to construction, in accordance with item D-6. At locations identified on the drawings,
contractor shall conduct an exploratory excavation (D-Hole), to locate and verify the
location and elevation of the existing underground utility where it may be in potential
r
conflict with a proposed facility alignment. The exploratory excavation shall be conducted
prior to construction of the entire project only at locations denoted on the plans or as
directed by the engineer. Contractor shall submit a report of findings (including surveyed
elevations of existing conflicting utilities)to the City prior to the start of construction of the '
entire project. If the contractor determines an existing utility is in conflict with the
11129104 SC-42 ow
�F '
FART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
proposed facility, the contractor shall contact the engineer immediately for appropriate
•- design modifications.
The contractor shall make the necessary repairs at the exploratory excavation (D-Hole)
to obtain a safe and proper driving surface to ensure the safety of the general public and
to meet the approval of the City inspector. The contractor shall be liable for any and all
damages incurred due to the exploratory excavation (D-Hole).
Payment shall not be made for verification of existing utilities per item D-6. Payment for
exploratory excavation (D-Hole), at locations identified on the plans or as directed by the
Engineer, shall include full compensation for all materials, excavation, surface
restoration, field surveys, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work, shall be the
unit price bid. No payment shall be made for exploratory excavation(s) conducted after
construction has begun.
D- 52 INSTALLATION OF WATER FACILITIES
52.1 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Water Pipe
POLYVINYL Chloride Plastic Water Pipe and fittings on this Project shall be in
accordance with the material standard contained in the General Contract
low Documents. Payment for work such as backfill, bedding, blocking, detectable tapes
and all other associated appurtenant required, shall be included in the linear foot
price bid of the appropriate BiD ITEM(S).
am 52.2 Blocking
Concrete blocking on this Project will necessarily be required as shown on the
Plans and shall be installed in accordance with the General Contract Documents.
'm All valves shall have concrete blocking provided for supporting. No separate
payment will be made for any of the work involved for the item and all costs incurred
will be considered to be included in the linear foot bid price of the pipe or the bid
price of the valve.
52.3 Type of Casing Pipe
•- 1. WATER:
The casing pipe for open cut and bored or tunneled section shall be AWWA C-
200 Fabricated Electrically Welded Steel Water Pipe, and shall conform to the
.. provisions of E1-15, E1-5 and E1-9 in Material Specifications of General Contract
Documents and Specifications for Water Department Projects. The steel casing
pipe shall be supplied as follows:
For the inside and outside of casing pipe, coal-tar protective coating in
accordance with the requirements of Sec. 2.2 and related sections in AWWA C-
203.
Touch-up after field welds shall provide coating equal to those specified above.
C. Minimum thickness for casing pipe used shall be 0.375 inch.
Stainless Steel Casing Spacers (centering style) such as manufactured by
Cascade Waterworks Manufacturing Company or an approved equal shall be
used on all non-concrete pipes when installed in casing. Installation shall be as
;. recommended by the
Manufacturer.
,.. 11129104 SC-43
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
2. SEWER:
Boring used on this project shall be in accordance with the material standard E1-
15 and Construction standard E2-15 as per Fig. 110 of the General Contract
Documents.
3. PAYMENT:
Payment for all materials, labor, equipment, excavation, concrete grout, backfill,
and incidental work shall be included in the unit price bid per foot. ..
52.4 Tie-Ins
The Contractor shall be responsible for making tie-ins to the existing water mains. ..
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to verify the exact location and
elevation of the existing line tie-ins. And any differences in locations and
elevation of existing line tie-ins between the contract drawings and what may be
encountered in the field shall be considered as incidental to construction. The
cost of making tie-ins to existing water or sanitary sewer mains shall be included
in the linear foot bid price of the pipe.
52.5 Connection of Existing Mains
The Contractor shall determine the exact location, elevation, configuration and
angulation of existing water or sanitary sewer lines prior to manufacturing of the
connecting piece. Any differences in locations, elevation, configuration, and or
angulation of existing lines between the contract drawings and what may be
encountered in the said work shall be considered as incidental to construction.
Where it is required to shut down existing mains in order to make proposed
connections, such down time shall be coordinated with the Engineer, and all
efforts shall be made to keep this down time to a minimum. In case of shutting ••
down an existing main, the Contractor shall notify the Manager, Construction
Services, Phone 871-7813, at least 48-hours prior to the required shut down time.
The Contractor's attention is directed to Paragraph C5-5.15 INTERRUPTION OF ..
SERVICE, Page C5-5(5), PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE WATER
DEPARTMENT GENERAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND GENERAL
SPECIFICATIONS. The Contractor shall notify the customer both personally and
in writing as to the location, time, and schedule of the service interruption.
The cost of removing any existing concrete blocking shall be included in the cost
of connection. Unless bid separately all cost incurred shall be included in the ..
linear foot price bid for the appropriate pipe size.
52.6 Valve Cut-Ins VW
It may be necessary to cut-in gate valves to isolate the water main from which the
extension and/or replacement is to be connected. This may require closing valves
in other lines and putting consumers out of service for that period of time am
necessary to cut in the new valve; the work must be expedited to the utmost and
all such cut--ins must be coordinated with the engineer in charge of inspection. All
consumers shall be individually advised prior to the shut out and advised of the I.
approximate length of time they may be without service.
11/29/04 S C-44 "'
r
PART Q - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
Payment for work such as backfill, bedding, fittings, blocking and all other
associated appurtenants required, shall be included in the price of the appropriate
bid items.
52.7 Water Services
The relocation, replacement, or reconnection of water services will be required as
shown on the plans, and/or as described in these Special Contract Documents in
addition to those located in the field and identified by the Engineer.
_ All service's shall be constructed by the contractor utilizing approved factory
manufactured tap saddles (when required) and corporation stops, type K copper
water tubing, curb stops with lock wings, meter boxes, and if required approved
manufactured
service branches. All materials used shall be as specified in the Material
Standards (E1-17 &E1-18)contained in the General Contract Documents.
All water services to be replaced shall be installed at a minimum depth of 36
inches below final grade.
All existing 3/4-inch water service lines which are to be replaced shall be replaced
with 1-inch Type K copper, 1-inch diameter tap saddle when required, and 1-inch
corporation from the main line to the meter box.
All services which are to be replaced or relocated shall be installed with the
service main tap and service line being in line with the service meter unless
otherwise directed by the
Engineer.
A minimum of 24 hours advance notice shall be given when service interruption
will be required as specified in Section C5-5.15 INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE.
All water service meters shall be removed, tagged, and collected by the
contractor for pickup by the Water Department for reconditioning or replacement.
After installation of the water service in the proposed location and receipt of a
meter from the project inspector the contractor shall install the meter. The meter
-� box shall be reset as necessary to be flush with existing ground or as otherwise
directed by the Engineer. All such work on the
outlet side of the service meter shall be performed by a licensed plumber.
NNW
1. WATER SERVICE REPLACEMENTS: Watef service replacement or relocation is
required when the existing service is lead or is too shallow to avoid breakage
., during street reconstruction_ The contractor shall replace the existing service line
with Type K copper from the main to the meter, curb stop with lock wings, and
corporation stop.
Payment for all work and materials such as backfill, fittings, type K copper tubing,
curb stop with lock wings, service line adjustment, and any relocation of up to 12-
inches from center line existing meter location to center line proposed meter
location shall be included in the Linear Foot price bid for Copper Service Line
11129104 SC-45
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
from Main to five (5) feet behind Meter. Any vertical adjustment of customer
service line within the 5 foot area shall be subsidiary to the service installation.
Payment for all work and materials such as tap saddle (if required), corporation
stops, and fittings shall be included in the price bid for Service Taps to Main.
1. WATER SERVICE RECONNECTION: Water service reconnection is required
when the existing service is copper and at adequate depth to avoid breakage
during street reconstruction. The contractor shall adjust the existing water service
line as required for reconnection and furnish a new tap with corporation stop. The
contractor will be paid for one (1) Service Tap to Main for each service ..
reconnected plus for any copper service line used in excess of five (5) feet from
Main to five(5)feet behind the Meter.
2. WATER SERVICE METER AND METER BOX RELOCATIONS: When the
i replacement and relocation of a water service and meter box is required and the
location of the meter and meter box is moved more than twelve (12) inches, as
measured from the center line of the existing meter to location to the center line of
the proposed meter location, separate payment will be allowed for the relocation
of service meter and meter box. Centerline is defined by a line extended from the
service tap through the meter. Only relocations made perpendicular to this "'
centerline will be paid for separately. Relocations made along the centerline will
be paid of in feet of copper service line.
When relocation of service meter and meter box is required, payment for all work
and materials such as backfill, fittings, five (5) feet of type K copper service and
all materials, labor, and equipment used by and for the licensed plumber shall be ow
included in the price bid for the service meter relocation. All other costs will be
included in other appropriate bid item(s).
This item will also be used to pay for all service meter and meter box relocations
as required by the Engineer when the service line is not being replaced.
s Adjustment of only the meter box and customer service line within 5 feet distance
behind the meter will not justify separate payment at any time. Locations with
multiple service branches will be paid for as one service meter and meter box
relocation.
4. NEW SERVICE: When new services are required the contractor shall install tap
saddle (when required), corporation stop, type K copper service line, curb stop
with lock wings, and meter box. Reinforced plastic meter boxes with cast iron lid
shall be provided for all 2 inch water meters or smaller. The reinforced plastic
water meter boxes shall comply with section El-18A — Reinforced Plastic Water
Meter Boxes.
Payment for all work and materials such as backfill, fittings, type K copper tubing,
and curb stop with lock wings shall be included in the Linear Foot price bid for
Service Line from Main to Meter five (5)feet behind the meter.
Payment for all work and materials such as tap saddle, corporation stops, and
fittings shall be included in the price bid for Service Taps to Mains.
11129104 SC-46
00 FART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
Payment for all work and materials such as furnishing and setting new meter box
ow shall be included in the price bid for furnish and set meter box.
1. MULTIPLE SERVICE BRANCHES: When multiple service branches are required
the contractor shall furnish approved factory manufactured branches.
Payment for multiple service branches will include furnishing and installing the
multiple service branch only and all other cost will be included in other appropriate
bid item(s).
2. MULTIPLE STREET SERVICE LINES TO SINGLE SERVICE METER: Any
multiple service lines with taps servicing a single service meter encountered
during construction shall be replaced with one service line that is applicable for
the size of the existing service meter and approved by the Engineer.
Payment shall be made at the unit bid price in the appropriate bid item(s).
52.8 2-inch Temporary Service Line
A. The 2-inch temporary service main and 3/4-inch service lines shall be installed to
provide temporary water service to all buildings that will necessarily be required to
.� have severed water service during said work. The contractor shall be responsible
for coordinating the schedule of the temporary service connections and
permanent service reconnections with the building owners and the Engineer in
ow order that the work be performed in an expeditious manner. Severed water
service must be reconnected within 2 hours of discontinuance of service.
00 A 2-inch tapping saddle and 2-inch corporation stop or 2-inch gate valve with an
appropriate fire hydrant adapter fitting shall be required at the temporary service
point of connection to the City water supply. The 2-inch temporary service main
and 3/4-inch service lines shall be installed in accordance to the attached figures
r 1, 2 and 3. 2" temporary service line shall be cleaned and sterilized by using
chlorine gas or chlorinated lime(HTH) prior to installation.
wo The out-of-service meters shall be removed, tagged and collected by the
Contractor for delivery to the Water Department Meter Shop for reconditioning or
replacement. Upon restoring permanent service, the Contractor shall re-install the
wo meters at the correct location. The meter box shall be reset as necessary to be
flush with the existing ground or as otherwise directed by the Engineer.
wo The temporary service layout shall have a minimum available flow rate of 5 GPM
at a dynamic pressure of 35 PSI per service tap. This criteria shall be used by the
Contractor to determine the length of temporary service allowed, number of
No service taps and number of feed points.
When the temporary service is required for more than one location the 2-inch
_ temporary service pipes, 3/4-inch service lines and the 2-inch meter shall be
moved to the next successive project location.
r
MW 11129104 S C-47
r
k^ PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS Im
Payment for work such as fittings, 3/4-inch service lines, asphalt, barricades, all .w
service connections, removal of temporary services and all other associated
appurtenants required, shall be included in the appropriate bid item.
B. In order to accurately measure the amount of water used during construction, the Ow
Contractor will install a fire hydrant meter for all temporary service lines. Water
used during construction for flushing new mains that cannot be metered from a
hydrant will be estimated as accurately as possible. At the pre-construction
conference the contractor will advise the inspector of the number of meters that
will be needed along with the locations where they will be used. The inspector will
deliver the hydrant meters to the locations. After installation, the contractor will ..
take full responsibility for the meters until such time as the contractor returns
those meters to the inspector. Any damage to the meters will be the sole
responsibility of the contractor. The Water Department Meter Shop will evaluate aw
the condition of the meters upon return and if repairs are needed the contractor
will receive an invoice for those repairs. The issued meter is for this specific
project and location only. Any water that the contractor may need for personal am
use will require a separate hydrant meter obtained by the Contractor, at its cost,
from the Water Department.
52.9 Purging and Sterilization of Water Lines Ow
Before being placed into service all newly constructed water lines shall be purged
and sterilized in accordance with E2-24 of the General Contract Documents and
Specifications except as modified herein. The City will provide all water for
INITIAL cleaning and sterilization of water lines. All materials for construction of
the project, including appropriately sized "pipe cleaning pigs", chlorine gas or
chlorinated lime (HTH) shall be furnished by the Contractor. Chlorinated lime
(HTH) shall be used in sufficient quantities to provide a chlorine residual of fifty
(50) PPM. The residual of free chlorine shall be measured after 24 hours and
shall not be less than 10 parts per million of free chlorine. Chlorinated water shall ..
be disposed of in the sanitary sewer system. Should a sanitary sewer not be
available, chlorinated water shall be "de-chlorinated" prior to disposal. The line
may not be placed in service until two successive sets of samples, taken 24 hours ..
apart, have met the established standards of purity.
Purging and sterilization of the water lines shall be considered as incidental to the
project and all costs incurred will be considered to be included in the linear foot
bid price of the pipe.
52.10 Work Near Pressure Plane Boundaries
Contractor shall take note that the water line to be replaced under this contract
may cross or may be in close proximity to an existing pressure plane boundary.
Care shall be taken to ensure all "pressure plane" valves installed are installed
closed and no cross connections are made between pressure planes
52.11 Water Sample Station
GENERAL:
All water sampling station installations will be per attached Figure 34 or as i
required in large water meter vaults as per Figure 33 unless otherwise directed by ., .
the Engineer.
11129104 SC-4816P
u.
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
_ The appropriate water sampling station will be furnished to the Contractor free of
charge; however, the Contractor will be required to pick up this item at the Field
Operations Warehouse.
r
PAYMENT FOR FIGURE 34 INSTALLATIONS: Payment for all work and
materials necessary for the installation of the 3/4-inch type K copper service line
_ will be shall be
included in the price bid for copper Service Line from Main to Meter.
Payment for all work and materials necessary for the installation tap saddle (if
_ required), corporation stops, and fittings shall be included in the price bid for
Service Taps to Main.
Payment for all work and materials necessary for the installation of the sampling
station, concrete support block, curb stop, fittings, and an incidental 5-feet of type
K copper service line which are required to provide a complete and functional
water sampling station shall be included in the price bid for Water Sample
Stations.
_ PAYMENT FOR FIGURE 33 INSTALLATIONS: Payment for all work and
materials necessary for the installation tap saddle, gate valve, and fittings shall be
included in the price bid for Service Taps to Main.
Payment for all work and materials necessary for the installation of the sampling
station, modification to the vault, fittings, and all type K copper service line which
are required to provide a complete and functional water sampling station shall be
included in the price bid for Water Sample Stations.
52.12 Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings
_ Reference Part E2 Construction Specifications, Section E2-7 Installing Cast Iron
Pipe, fittings, and Specials, Sub section E2-7.11 Cast Iron Fittings:
E2-7.11 DUCTILE-IRON AND GRAY-IRON FITTINGS: All ductile-iron and gray-
iron fittings shall be furnished with cement mortar lining as stated in Section E1-7.
The price bid per ton of fittings shall be payment in full for all fittings, joint
ow accessories, polyethylene wrapping, horizontal concrete blocking, vertical tie-
down concrete blocking, and concrete cradle necessary for construction as
designed.
All ductile-iron and gray-iron fittings, valves and specials shall be wrapped with
polyethylene wrapping conforming to Material Specification E1-13 and
aw Construction Specification E2-13. Wrapping shall precede horizontal concrete
blocking, vertical tie-down concrete blocking, and concrete cradle. Payment for
the polyethylene wrapping, horizontal concrete blocking, vertical tie-down
_ concrete blocking, and concrete cradle shall be included in bid items for vales and
fittings and no other payments will be allowed.
,� 1129104 SC-49
PART Q - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
D- 53 SPRINKLING FOR DUST CONTROL _
All applicable provisions of Standard Specifications Item 200, "Sprinkling for Dust
Control" shall apply. However, no direct payment will be made for this item and it shall be
considered to this contract.
D- 54 DEWATERING
The Contractor shall be responsible for determining the method of dewatering operation .w
for the water or sewage flows from the existing mains and ground water. The Contractor
shall be responsible for damage of any nature resulting from the dewatering operations.
The DISCHARGE from any dewatering operation shall be conducted as approved by the
Engineer. Ground water shall not be discharged into sanitary sewers.
Dewatering shall be considered as incidental to a construction and all costs incurred will
be considered to be included in the project price.
D- 55 TRENCH EXCAVATION ON DEEP TRENCHES
Contractor to prevent any water flowing into open trench during construction. Contractor
shall not leave excavated trench open overnight. Contractor shall fill any trench the ••
same day of excavation. No extra payment shall be allowed for this special condition.
D- 56 TREE PRUNING ..
A. REFERENCES: National Arborist Association's "Pruning Standards for Shade
Trees".
.r
B. ROOT PRUNING EQUIPMENT
1. Vibratory Knife ••
2. Vermeer V-1550RC Root Pruner
C. NATURAL RESOURCES PROTECTION FENCE
3. Steel "T" = Bar stakes, 6 feet long.
4. Smooth Horse-Wire: 14-1/2 gauge (medium gauge) or 12 gauge (heavy
gauge).
5. Surveyor's Plastic Flagging: "Tundra"weight, International fluorescent orange
or red color.
6. Combination Fence: Commercially manufactured combination soil separator
fabric on wire mesh backing as shown on the Drawings.
D. ROOT PRUNING
7. Survey and stake location of root pruning trenches as shown on drawings. ••
11129104 SC-50
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
8. Using the approved specified equipment, make a cut a minimum of 36 inches
deep in order to minimize damage to the undisturbed root zone.
9. Backfill and compact the trench immediately after trenching.
10. Place a 3-foot wide by 4-inch deep cover of mulch over the trench as required
by the Engineer.
11. Within 24 hours, prune flush with ground and backfill any exposed roots due
to construction activity. Cover with wood chips of mulch in order to equalize
soil to perature and minimize water loss due to evaporation.
12. Limit any grading work within conservation areas to 3-inch maximum cut or fill,
with no roots over 1-inch diameter being cut unless cut by hand or cut by
specified methods, equipment and protection.
E. MULCHING: Apply 2-inches to 4-inches of wood chips from trimming or clearing
operation on areas designated by the Engineer.
F. Tree Pruning shall be considered subsidiary to the project contract price.
D- 57 TREE REMOVAL
Trees to be removed shall be removed using applicable methods, including stump and
aw root ball removal, loading, hauling and dumping. Extra caution shall be taken to not
disrupt existing utilities both overhead and buried. The Contractor shall immediately
repair or replace any damage to utilities and private property including, but not limited to,
water and sewer services, pavement, fences, walls, sprinkler system piping, etc., at no
cost to the Owner. All costs for tree removal, including temporary service costs, shall be
considered subsidiary to the project contract price and no additional payment will be
allowed.
D- 58 TEST HOLES
The matter of subsurface exploration to ascertain the nature of the soils, including the
amount of rock, if any, through which this pipeline installation is to be made is the
responsibility of any and all prospective bidders, and any bidder on this project shall
submit his bid under this condition. Whether prospective bidders perform this
subsurface exploration jointly or independently, and whether they make such
determination by the use of test holes or other means, shall be left to the discretion of
such prospective bidders.
If test borings have been made and are provided for bidder's information, at the locations
shown on the logs of borings in the appendix of this specification, it is expressly declared
that neither the City nor the Engineer guarantees the accuracy for the information or that
the material encountered in excavations is the same, either in character, location, or
elevation, as shown on the boring logs. It shall be the responsibility of the bidder to
make such subsurface investigations, as he deems necessary to determine the nature of
the material to be excavated. The Contractor assumes all responsibility for interpretation
of these records and for making and maintaining the required excavation and of doing
other work affected by the geology of the site.
»r29ioa SC-51
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS ..
The cost of all rock removal and other associated appurtenances, if required, shall be
included in the linear foot bid price of the pipe. am
D- 59 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION PRIOR TO BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION AND
NOTIFICATION OF TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE INTERRUPTION DURING aw
CONSTRUCTION
Prior to beginning construction on any block in the project, the contractor shall, on a ..
block by block basis, prepare and deliver a notice or flyer of the pending construction to
the front door of each residence or business that will be impacted by construction. The
notice shall be prepared as follows:
The notification notice or flyer shall be posted seven (7) days prior to beginning any
construction activity on each block in the project area. The flyer shall be prepared on the
Contractor's letterhead and shall include the following information: Name of Project, DOE
No., Scope of Project (i.e. type of construction activity), actual construction duration
within the block, the name of the contractor's foreman and his phone number, the name
of the City's inspector and his phone number and the City's after-hours phone number. A ow
sample of the `pre-construction notification'flyer is attached.
The contractor shall submit a schedule showing the construction start and finish time for ..
each block of the project to the inspector. In addition, a copy of the flyer shall be
delivered to the City Inspector for his review prior to being distributed. The contractor will
not be allowed to begin construction on any block until the flyer is delivered to all ..
residents of the block.
In the event it becomes necessary to temporarily shut down water service to residents or aw
businesses during construction, the contractor shall prepare and deliver a notice or flyer
of the pending interruption to the front door of each affected resident. The notice shall be
prepared as follows: VW
The notification or flyer shall be posted twenty-four (24) prior to the temporary
interruption. The flyer shall be prepared on the contractor's letterhead and shall include
the following information: Name of the project, DOE number, the date of the interruption VW
of service, the period the interruption will take place, the name of the contractor's
foreman and his phone number and the name of the City's inspector and his phone
number. A sample of the temporary water service interruption notification is attached. ..
F
A copy of the temporary interruption notification shall be delivered to the inspector for his
review prior to being distributed. The contractor shall not be permitted to proceed with ..
interruption of water service until the flyer has been delivered to all affected residents and
businesses.
aw
Electronic versions of the sample flyers can be obtained from the Construction office at
(817) 871-8306.
All work involved with the notification flyers shall be considered subsidiary to the contract `w
price and no additional compensation shall be made.
11129104 SC-52
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
D- 60 TRAFFIC BUTTONS
The removal and replacement of traffic buttons is the responsibility of the contractor and
shall be considered a subsidiary item. In the event that the contractor prefers for the
Signals, Signs and Markings Division (SSMD)of the Transportation/Public Works
Department to install the markings, the contractor shall contact SSMD at (817)871-8770
and shall reimburse SSMD for all costs incurred, both labor and material. No additional
compensation shall be made to the contractor for this reimbursement.
D- 61 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CLEANOUTS
Whenever a sanitary sewer service line is installed or replaced, the Contractor shall
install a two-way service cleanout as shown in the attached detail. Cleanouts are to be
installed out of high traffic areas such as driveways, streets, sidewalks, etc. whenever
possible. When it is not possible, the cleanout stack and cap shall be cast iron.
Payment for all work and materials necessary for the installation of the two-way service
cleanout which are required to provide a complete and functional sanitary sewer cleanout
shall be included in the price bid for Sanitary Sewer Service Cleanouts.
D- 62 TEMPORARY PAVEMENT REPAIR
The Contractor shall provide a temporary pavement repair immediately after trench
backfill and compaction using a minimum of 2-inches of hot mix asphalt over a minimum
of 6-inches of compacted flex base. The existing asphalt shall be saw cut to provide a
MW uniform edge and the entire width and length of the temporary repair shall be rolled with
a steel asphalt roller to provide smooth rideability on the street as well as provide a
smooth transition between the existing pavement and the temporary repair. Cost of saw
cutting shall be subsidiary to the temporary pavement repair pay item.
The contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the temporary pavement until the
•• paving contractor has mobilized. The paving contractor shall assume maintenance
' responsibility upon such mobilization. No additional compensation shall be made for
maintaining the temporary pavement.
D- 63 CONSTRUCTION STAKES
The City, through its Surveyor or agent, will provide to the Contractor construction stakes
or other customary method of markings as may be found consistent with professional
practice, establishing line and grades for roadway and utility construction, and centerlines
and benchmarks for bridgework. These stakes shall be set sufficiently in advance to
.. avoid delay whenever practical. One set of stakes shall be set for all utility construction
(water, sanitary sewer, drainage etc.), and one set of excavation/or stabilization stakes,
and one set of stakes for curb and gutter/or paving. It shall be the sole responsibility of
the Contractor to preserve, maintain, transfer, etc., all stakes furnished until completion
of the construction phase of the project for which they were furnished.
_ If the City or its agent determines that a sufficient number of stakes or markings provided
by the City, have been lost, destroyed, or disturbed, to prevent the proper prosecution
' and control of the work contracted for in the Contract Documents, it shall be the
Contractor's responsibility, at the Contractor's sole expense, to have such stakes
replaced by an individual registered by the Texas Board of Professional Land Surveyor
.� 11129104 SC-53
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS aw
as a Registered Land Surveyor. No claims for delay due to lack of replacement of
construction stakes will be accepted, and time will continue to be charged in accordance
with the Contract Documents.
D- 64 EASEMENTS AND PERMITS
The performance of this contract requires certain temporary construction, right-of-entry
agreements, and/or permits to perform work on private property. ..
The City has attempted to obtain the temporary construction and/or right-of-entry
agreements for properties where construction activity is necessary on City owned _
facilities, such as sewer lines or manholes. For locations where the City was unable to
obtain the easement or right-of-entry, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to obtain
the agreement prior to beginning work on subject property. This shall be subsidiary to
the contract. The agreements, which the City has obtained, are available to the
Contractor for review by contacting the plans desk at the Department of Engineering, City
of Fort Worth. Also, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain written
t permission from property owners to perform such work as cleanout repair and sewer
service replacement on private property. Contractor shall adhere to all requirements of
} Paragraph C6-6.10 of the General Contract Documents. The Contractor's attention is
directed to the agreement terms along with any special conditions that may have been
imposed on these agreements, by the property owners.
The easements and/or private property shall be cleaned up after use and restored to its .w
original condition or better. In event additional work room is required by the Contractor, it
shall be the Contractor's responsibility to obtain written permission from the property
owners involved for the use of additional property required. No additional payment will be s
allowed for this item.
The City has obtained the necessary documentation for railroad and/or highway permits s
required for construction of this project. The Contractor shall be responsible for
thoroughly reviewing, understanding and complying with all provisions of such permits,
including obtaining the requisite insurance, and shall pay any and all costs associated
with or required by the permit(s). It is the Contractor's responsibility to provide the as
required flagmen and/or provide payment to the appropriate railroad/agency for all
flagmen during construction in railroad/agency right-of-way. For railroad permits, any and
all railroad insurance costs and any other incidental costs necessary to meet the ..
conditions associated with permit(s) compliance, including payment for flagmen, shall be
W■■F subsidiary to the bid item price for boring under the railroad. No additional payment will
be allowed for this item. ..
D-65 PRE-CONSTRUCTION NEIGHBORHOOD MEETING
After the pre-construction conference has been held but before construction is allowed to
begin on this project a public meeting will be held at a location to be determined by the
Engineer. The contractor, inspector, and project manager shall meet with all affected
residents and present the projected schedule, including construction start date, and ..
answer any construction related questions. Every effort will be made to schedule the
neighborhood meeting within the two weeks following the pre-construction conference
but in no case will construction be allowed to begin until this meeting is held. ..
11129104 SC-54
PART Q - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
D- 66 WAGE RATES
Compliance with and Enforcement of Prevailing Wage Laws
Duty to pay Prevailing Wage Rates.
_ The contractor shall comply with all requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government
Code (Chapter 2258), including the payment of not less than the rates determined by the
City Council of the City of Fort Worth to be the prevailing wage rates in accordance with
Chapter 2258. Such prevailing wage rates are included in these contract documents.
Penalty for Violation.
_ A contractor or any subcontractor who does not pay the prevailing wage shall, upon
demand made by the City, pay to the City$60 for each worker employed for each
calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the prevailing wage rates
stipulated in these contract documents. This penalty shall be retained by the City to offset
its administrative costs, pursuant to Texas Government Code 2258.023.
Complaints of Violations and City Determination of Good Cause.
On receipt of information, including a complaint by a worker, concerning an alleged
violation of 2258.023, Texas Government Code, by a contractor or subcontractor, the
City shall make an initial determination, before the 31 st day after the date the City
receives the information, as to whether good cause exists to believe that the violation
occurred. The City shall notify in writing the contractor or subcontractor and any affected
worker of its initial determination. Upon the City's determination that there is good cause
to believe the contractor or subcontractor has violated Chapter 2258, the City shall retain
the full amounts claimed by the claimant or claimants as the difference between wages
paid and wages due under the prevailing wage rates, such amounts being subtracted
from successive progress payments pending a final determination of the violation.
Arbitration Required if Violation Not Resolved.
An issue relating to an alleged violation of Section 2258.023, Texas Government Code,
including a penalty owed to the City or an affected worker, shall be submitted to binding
arbitration in accordance with the Texas General Arbitration Act (Article 224 et seq.,
Revised Statutes) if the contractor or subcontractor and any affected worker do not
.. resolve the issue by agreement before the 15th day after the date the City makes its
initial determination pursuant to paragraph (c)above. If the persons required to arbitrate
under this section do not agree on an arbitrator before the 11th day after the date that
arbitration is required, a district court shall appoint an arbitrator on the petition of any of
the persons. The City is not a party in the arbitration. The decision and award of the
arbitrator is final and binding on all parties and may be enforced in any court of
competent jurisdiction.
_
Records to be Maintained.
The contractor and each subcontractor shall, for a period of three (3) years following the
date of acceptance of the work, maintain records that show(i)the name and occupation
of each worker employed by the contractor in the construction of the work provided for in
this contract; and (ii) the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. The records shall
_ be open at all reasonable hours for inspection by the City. The provisions of the Audit
section of these contract documents shall pertain to this inspection.
Pay Estimates.
... 11129104 SC-55
.w
FART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
With each partial payment estimate or payroll period, whichever is less, the contractor
shall submit an affidavit stating that the contractor has complied with the requirements of
Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code.
Posting of Wage Rates.
The contractor shall post the prevailing wage rates in a conspicuous place at the site of
the project at all times.
Subcontractor Compliance.
The contractor shall include in its subcontracts and/or shall otherwise require all of its
subcontractors to comply with paragraphs (a)through (g) above. ..
(Wage rates are attached at the end of this section.)
(Attached) aw
D- 67 REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE
A. It is the intent of the City of Fort Worth to comply with the requirements of the
Asbestos National Emissions Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP)
found at 40 CFR Part 61, Subpart M. This specification will establish procedures �.
to be used by all Excavators in the removal and disposal of asbestos cement pipe
(ACP) in compliance with NESHAP. Nothing in this specification shall be
construed to void any provision of a contract or other law, ordinance, regulation or ow
policy whose requirements are more stringent.
B. ACP is defined under NESHAP as a Category 11, non-friable material in its intact ..
state but which may become friable upon removal, demolition and/or disposal.
Consequently, if the removal/ disposal process renders the ACP friable, it is
regulated under the disposal requirements of 40 CFR 61.150. A NESHAP
notification must be filed with the Texas Department of Health. The notification `
must be filed at least ten days prior to removal of the material. If it remains in its
non - friable state, as defined by the NESHAP, it can be disposed as a
conventional construction waste. The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) "'
defines friable as material, when dry, which may be crumbled, pulverized or
reduced to powder by hand pressures.
C. The Generator of the hazardous material is responsible for the identification and
proper handling, transportation, and disposal of the material. Therefore, it is the
policy of the City of Fort Worth that the Excavator is the Generator regardless of ..
whether the pipe is friable or not.
D. It is the intent of the City of Fort Worth that all ACP shall be removed in such ..
careful and prudent manner that it remains intact and does not become friable.
The Excavator is responsible to employ those means, methods, techniques and
sequences to ensure this result.
E. Compliance with all aspects of worker safety and health regulations including but
not limited to the OSHA Asbestos Standard is the responsibility of the Excavator.
The City of Fort Worth assumes no responsibility for compliance programs, which —
are the responsibility of the Excavator. (Copy of forms attached)
11129104 SC-56 —
1�1
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
F. The removal and disposal of ACP shall be subsidiary to the cost of installing the
new pipe unless otherwise stated or indicated on the project plans or contract
documents.
D-68 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION (FOR DISTURBED AREAS
GREATER THAN 1 ACRE)
PERMIT: As defined by Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ)
regulations, a Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General
Construction Permit is required for all construction activities that result in the disturbance
of one to five acres (Small Construction Activity)or five or more acres of total land (Large
Construction Activity). The contractor is defined as an "operator" by state regulations and
is required to obtain a permit. Information concerning the permit can be obtained through
the Internet at hftp://www.tnrcc.state.tx.us/permitting/water perm/wwperm/construct.htm 1.
Soil stabilization and structural practices have been selected and designed in accordance
with North Central Texas Council of Governments Best Management Practices and
Erosion Control Manual for Construction Activities (BMP Manual). This manual can be
obtained through the Internet at www.dfwstormwater.com/runoff.htmi. Not all of the
structural controls discussed in the BMP Manual will necessarily apply to this project.
Best Management Practices are construction management techniques that, if properly
utilized, can minimize the need for physical controls and possible reduce costs. The
methods of control shall result in minimum sediment retention of not less than 70%.
NOTICE OF INTENT (NOI): If the project will result in a total land disturbance equal to or
greater than 5 acres, the contractor shall sign at the pre-construction meeting a TCEQ
Notice of Intent (NOI)form prepared by the engineer. It serves as a notification to the
TCEQ of construction activity as well as a commitment that the contractor understands
the requirements of the permit for storm water discharges from construction activities and
that measures will be taken to implement and maintain storm water pollution prevention
at the site. The NOI shall be submitted to the TCEQ at least 48 hours prior to the
•• contractor moving on site and shall include the required $100 application fee.
The NOI shall be mailed to:
Texas Commission on Environmental Quality
Storm Water& General Permits Team; MC-228
P.O. Box 13087
Austin, TX 78711-3087
A copy of the NOI shall be sent to:
City of Fort Worth
.. Department of Environmental Management
5000 MLK Freeway
Fort Worth, TX 76119
NOTICE OF TERMINATION (NOT}: For all sites that qualify as Large Construction
Activity, the contractor shall sign, prior to final payment, a TCEQ Notice of Termination
(NOT)form prepared by the engineer. It serves as a notice that the site is no longer
subject to the requirement of the permit.
MW 11129104 SC-57
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
The NOT should be mailed to:
Texas Commission on Environmental Quality
Storm Water& General Permits Team; MC-228
P.O. Box 13087
Austin, TX 78711-3087
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP): A document consisting of ..
an erosion control and toxic waste management plan and a narrative defining site
parameters and techniques to be employed to reduce the release of sediment and
pollution from the construction site. Five of the project SWPPP's are available for
viewing at the plans desk of the Department of Engineering. The selected Contractor
shall be provided with three copies of the SWPPP after award of contract, along with
unbounded copies of all forms to be submitted to the Texas Commission on ..
Environmental Quality.
LARGE CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY—DISTURBED AREA EQUAL TO OR GREATER IN
THAN 5 ACRES: A Notice of Intent (NOI)form shall be completed and submitted to the
TCEQ including payment of the TCEQ required fee. A SWPPP that meets all TCEQ
requirements prepared by the Engineer shall be prepared and implemented at least 48 VM
hours before the commencement of construction activities. The SWPPP shall be
incorporated into in the contract documents. The contractor shall submit a schedule for
implementation of the SWPPP. Deviations from the plan must be submitted to the
engineer for approval. The SWPPP is not warranted to meet all the conditions of the No
permit since the actual construction activities may vary from those anticipated during the
preparation of the SWPPP. Modifications may be required to fully conform to the
requirements of the Permit. The contractor must keep a copy of the most current No
SWPPP at the construction site. Any alterations to the SWPPP proposed by the
contractor must be prepared and submitted by the contractor to the engineer for review
and approval. A Notice of Termination (NOT)form shall be submitted within 30 days +0
after final stabilization has been achieved on all portions of the site that is the
responsibility of the permittee, or, when another permitted operator assumes control over
all areas of the site that have not been finally stabilized. ..
SMALL CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY- DISTURBED AREA EQUAL TO OR GREATER
THAN ONE ACRE BUT LESS THAN FIVE ACRES: Submission of a NOI form is not ..
required. However, a TCEQ Site Notice form must be completed and posted at the site.
A copy of the completed Site Notice must be sent to the City of Fort Worth Department of
Environmental Management at the address listed above. A SWPPP, prepared as to
described above, shall be implemented at least 48 hours before the commencement of
construction activities. The SWPPP must include descriptions of control measures
necessary to prevent and control soil erosion, sedimentation and water pollution and will
be included in the contract documents. The control measures shall be installed and ""
maintained throughout the construction to assure effective and continuous water pollution
control. The controls may include, but not be limited to, silt fences, straw bale dikes, rock
berms, diversion dikes, interceptor swales, sediment traps and basins, pipe slope drain, •w
inlet protection, stabilized construction entrances, seeding, sodding, mulching, soil
retention blankets, or other structural or non-structural storm water pollution controls. The
method of control shalt result in a minimum sediment retention of 70% as defined by the .,
11129104 S C-58
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
NCTCOG "BMP Manual." Deviations from the proposed control measures must be
submitted to the engineer for approval.
PAYMENT FOR SWPPP IMPLEMENTATION: Payment shall be made per lump sum as
shown on the proposal as full compensation for all items contained in the project
SWPPP.
D-69 COORDINATION WITH THE CITY'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR OPERATIONS
OF EXISTING WATER SYSTEMS
It is the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate any event that will require connecting to
or the operation of an existing City water line system with the City's representative. The
Contractor may obtain a hydrant water meter from the Water Department for use during
the life of named project. In the event the Contractor requires that a water valve on an
existing live system be turned off and on to accommodate the construction of the project,
the Contractor must coordinate this activity through the appropriate City representative.
The Contractor shall not operate water line valves of existing water system. Failure to
comply will render the Contractor in violation of Texas Penal Code Title 7, Chapter 28.03
(Criminal Mischief)and the Contractor will be prosecuted to the full extent of the law. In
addition, the Contractor will assume all liabilities and responsibilities as a result of these
actions.
D-70 ADDITIONAL SUBMITTALS FOR CONTRACT AWARD
The City reserves the right to require any pre-qualified contractor who is the apparent low
bidder(s)for a project to submit such additional information as the City, in sole discretion
may require, including but not limited to manpower and equipment records, information
about key personnel to be assigned to the project, and construction schedule, to assist
the City in evaluating and assessing the ability of the apparent low bidder(s)to deliver a
quality product and successfully complete projects for the amount bid within the
_ stipulated time frame. Based upon the City's assessment of the submitted information, a
recommendation regarding the award of a contract will be made to the City Council.
Failure to submit the additional information if requested may be grounds for rejecting the
apparent low bidder as non-responsive. Affected contractors will be notified in writing of a
recommendation to the City Council.
D-71 EARLY WARNING SYSTEM FOR CONSTRUCTION
Time is of the essence in the completion of this contract. In order to insure that the
contractor is responsive when notified of unsatisfactory performance and/or of failure to
_
maintain the contract schedule, the following process shall be applicable:
The work progress on all construction projects will be closely monitored. On a bi-monthly
basis the percentage of work completed will be compared to the percentage of time
charged to the contract. If the amount of work performed by the contractor is less than
the percentage of time allowed by 20% or more (example: 10% of the work completed in
30% of the stated contract time as may be amended by change order), the following
wo proactive measures will be taken:
1. A letter will be mailed to the contractor by certified mail, return receipt
�+ requested demanding that, within 10 days from the date that the letter is
received, it provide sufficient equipment, materials and labor to ensure
11129104 SC-59
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS -�
completion of the work within the contract time. In the event the contractor
receives such a letter, the contractor shall provide to the City an updated
schedule showing how the project will be completed within the contract time.
2. The Project Manager and the Directors of the Department of Engineering,
Water Department, and Department of Transportation and Public Works will
be made aware of the situation. If necessary, the City Manager's Office and
the appropriate city council members may also be informed. ..
3. Any notice that may, in the City's sole discretion, be required to be provided to
interested individuals will distributed by the Engineering Department's Public ••
Information Officer.
4. Upon receipt of the contractor's response, the appropriate City departments ..
and directors will be notified. The Engineering Department's Public
Information Officer will, if necessary, then forward updated notices to the
interested individuals. ..
5. If the contractor fails to provide an acceptable schedule or fails to perform
' satisfactorily a second time prior to the completion of the contract, the bonding
company will be notified appropriately.
D-72 AIR POLLUTION WATCH DAYS _
The Contractor shall be required to observe the following guidelines relating to working
on City construction sites on days designated as "AIR POLLUTION WATCH DAYS".
Typically, the OZONE SEASON, within the Metroplex area, runs from May 1, through ..
OCTOBER 31, with 6:00 a.m. - 10:00 a.m. being critical BECAUSE EMISSIONS FROM
THIS TIME PERIOD HAVE ENOUGH TIME TO BAKE IN THE HOT ATMOSPHERE
THAT LEADS TO EARLY AFTERNOON OZONE FORMATION. .
The Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ), in coordination with the
National Weather Service, will issue the Air Pollution Watch by 3:00 p.m. on the
afternoon prior to the WATCH day. On designated Air Pollution Watch Days, the
Contractor shall bear the responsibility of being aware that such days have been
designated Air Pollution Watch Days and as such shalt not begin work until 10:00 a.m.
whenever construction phasing requires the use of motorized equipment for periods in
excess of 1 hour. However, the Contractor may begin work prior to 10:00 a.m. if use of
motorized equipment is less than 1 hour, or if equipment is new and certified by EPA as
"Low Emitting", or equipment burns Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD), diesel emulsions, or ..
alternative fuels such as CNG.
If the Contractor is unable to perform continuous work for a period of at least seven
hours between the hours of 7:00 a.m. -6:00 p.m., on a designated Air Pollution Watch
Day, that day will be considered as a weather,day and added onto the allowable weather
days of a given month.
11129104 SC-60 '�
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
D-73 FEE FOR STREET USE PERMITS AND RE-INSPECTIONS
A fee for street use permits is in effect. In addition, a separate fee for re-inspections for
parkway construction, such as driveways, sidewalks, etc., will be required. The fees are
as follows:
1. The street permit fee is $50.00 per permit with payment due at the time of
permit application.
w
2. A rOnspection fee of $25.00 will be assessed when work for which an
inspection called for is incomplete. Payment is due prior to the City
•• performing re-inspection.
Payment by the contractor for all street use permits and re-inspections shall be
w considered subsidiary to the contract cost and no additional compensation shall be
made.
so
w
s
w
a�
w
w
.w
�r
„r 11129104 SC-61
r.
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS on
CITY OF FORT WORTH
Highway(Heavy)Construction on
Prevailing Wa a Rates For 2006
CLASSIFICATIONS HRLY RTS CLASSIFICATIONS HRLY RTS
Roller, Steel Wheel Other Flawheel or to
Air tool operator $ 10.06 Tamping $ 10.92
Asphalt Raker $ 11.01 Roller, Pneumatic,Self-Propelled $ 11.07 `
Scraper
Asphalt Shoveler $ 8.80 Reinforcing Steel Setter(Paving) $ 14.86
Asphalt Distributor Operator $ 13.99 Reinforcing Steel Setter(Structure) $ 16.29
Asphalt Paving Machine Operator $ 12.78 Scraper Operator $ 11.42 `•
Batching Plant Weigher $ 14.15 Servicer $ 12.32
Broom or Sweeper Operator $ 9.88 Slip Form Machine Operator $ 12.33
Bulldozer Operator $ 13.22 Spreader Box Operator $ 10.92 ..
Carpenter(Rough) $ 12.80 Tractor operator, Crawler Type $ 12.60
Concrete Finisher-Paving $ 12.85 Tractor operator, Pneumatic $ 12.91
Concrete Finisher-Structures $ 13.27 Traveling Mixer Operator $ 12.03 ..
Concrete Paving Curbing Mach. $ 12.00 Truck Driver-Single Axle(light) $ 10.91
Oper.
Concrete Paving Finishing March. $ 13.63 Truck Driver-Tandem Axle Semi- $ 11.75
Oper Trailer
Concrete Paving Joint Sealer Oper. $ 12.50 Truck Diver-Lowboy/Float $ 14.93
Concrete Paving Saw Oper. $ 13.56 Truck Driver-Transit Mix $ 12.08 „w
Concrete Paving Spreader Oper $ 14.50 Wagon Drill, Boring Machine, Post $ 14.00
Hole Driller
Concrete Rubber $ 10.61 Welder $ 13.57
Crane, Clamshell, Backhoe, Derrick, $ 14.12 Work Zone Barricade Servicer $ 10.09
Dragline,Shovel
Electrician $ 18.12 ..
Flagger $ 8.43
Form Builder-Structures $ 11.63
Form Setter-Paving&Curbs $ 11.83
Foundation Drill Operator, Crawler $ 13.67
Mounted
Foundation Drill Operator,Truck $ 16.30 .`
Mounted
Front End Loader $ 12.62
Laborer-Common $ 9.18
Laborer-Utility $ 10.65 `
Mechanic $ 16.97
Milling Machine Operator, Fine Grade $ 11.83
Mixer Operator $ 11.58 `
Motor Grader Operator(Fine Grade) $ 15.20
Motor Grader Operator, Rough Oiler $ 14:50
Painter,Structures $ 13.17
1E Pavement Marking Machine Operator $ 10.04
Pipe Layer $ 11.04
Roller, Steel Wheel Plant-Mix
$ 11.28
Pavements
11129104 S C-62
1n
�- FORTWORTH
Date:
DOE NO. XXXX
Project Name:
NOTICE OF TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE
INTERRUPTION
DUE TO UTILITY IMPROVEMENTS IN YOUR NEIGHBORHOOD, YOUR
WATER SERVICE WILL BE INTERRUPTED ON
BETWEEN THE HOURS OF AND
IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS ABOUT THIS SHUT-OUT,PLEASE CALL:
MR. AT
(CONTRACTORS SUPERINTENDENT) (TELEPHONE NUMBER)
OR
MR. AT
(CITY INSPECTOR) (TELEPHONE NUMBER)
THIS INCONVENIENCE WILL BE AS SHORT AS POSSIBLE.
THANK YOU,
.CONTRACTOR
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
F TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH DEMOUTION 1 RENOVATION
c� NOTIFICATION FORM
NOTE."CIRCLE ITEMS THAT ARE AMENDED
' H NOTIFICATIOW ..
ff 1) Abatement Contractor DH License Numiber..
i; Address City; Mate:Zlp:
Offica Phone Number.( I -0ob Site Phone.Number::
Site Supervisor TDH Licer Number,
U Site Super+lssor_ TDM Llc.er Number. ••
s Trained On-Site NESHAP Individual; Cedification Date:
a
b itlon Ct ctar Office Ftrone t+ttFnber .......
tt 1#stdraec: City . ,: ••
i
2) Projoct COnsultant or Operator, TDH Licpnve.Number:
Ma&V Adriss:
5 Ciry: Stfs: --ZIp-. _ 0 flc a Phone Number:f t ••
r
q 3) Faci ft Owner,
H AtteC3Lina:_
h
Ualing Address; a.
A Clty: State;_ Zapt ,Q ffner Phone Number(-J.,._
"Nato:Tho Invoke for the nutifioation fee will be sent to the owner of the building and lbe bFIlIng addreu for the i0vo ice will he
obtained from the irtfarrmallon that Is ptovided in this section.
N 4) Descrfpdon or Facility Name. ..
rz PhysicalAddr s; Gnwnt}r City, Zip; ,r
Facility Phone Numberf 1 Faulty Contact Person:
Description of AreaRoom Numbet;
A Prior Use; Future Use_
+ nglF - Spa. Number of Flwrw,--School(K-12); ❑ YES 5 NO
P of I�Ildi �acitity� .
a 5)Type of Work-, 0 Demolition it Beni on(Abate eniY) 0 Annual Consolidated
T Wotirwill be during; 0 flay ❑ EveWng R fight 0 Iced Prof"
0, Description of work scheduh
B) is this a Publie Building? Q YES 0 NO Federal Facility?❑ICES ❑NO Industrisi Site?0 YES Q N
El NESHAP-Only FaclI1W 0 YES ❑ NO Is Buildinoacility died? 0 YES 0 tip
7) Noffication Type CHECK ONLY ONE
W ❑ Odginal(ID Working Bays) R Caricefla0un 0 Amendment 0 EmeMency/Ordered
i
os 11 this is an armadmant,Which amendment number Is this?(`Enclose copy of original andfo r ftmt arroendment)
I, 1 an emergency;who did you talk w71h.at TDH? ErrrecgencW.____ r
2 Date and Hour of Eaatgancy(HHfNittd DDM)-
D&w[fption of the sudden,unexpected event and explanation of how the&mnt emsad unsafe conditions or Would cause
e+quiprnent damage(+computers,machiritty,eta ..
rt
8) l]+* iptlon of prooedwes to be followed In the gent that unexpeUed asbastos is found or previously non-friable
Y asbestos material becomes caumblad.pulvadzod,at reduced to powder.
9) was an Asbestos survey performed? R YES 0 NO Dam: / r TRH InspecW License No:
Anzdlcal Mehod:❑PLM ❑TEA(0 Assumed TDH Laborolory L1*ense No; ••
t (For TAHPA(public building)projeecs.an assumption must be mode by a TDH Licensed:Inspacbor)
10) Pescription of planned demolition or ranovation work type of+material,and mebod(s)to be usedL
11) Description of work practices and engineering controls to be used to prevent emissirms of asbeasos of the
derrroAtlonfrena�vatton; �.
11129104 SC-64 imp
PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS
12) ALL appleabw Items in the following table rnmt be completed: IF NO AS13ES TOS PRESENT CHECK HERE D
Appmxlmpter amount of Check unit of measurement
Asbestos-Gnntaining Building Material Asbestos
Type
Pipes Surface Area Ln Ln SO SO Cu Cu
Ft hI Ft M Ft 1u1
RACM to be reinoved
RACM NOT removed
Interior Cate2ory I non-friable namovad
ExWiptCata o l non-friabee remakes
- 2gNoa I non-friable NOT removed
Interior Category it nrin-friaNti removed
Exterior Ca1vegn ll non-friable removed
Cateaory It non-Mable NOT removed
RACM Of-Facifrty Component
13) 'Waste Transporter Name. _ ___ TRH License Number.
Address: Zx_1
Contact Peron: Phone Number:;C 1
.. 14) Ili aft Del Nerne; .
Air, f►` sum- 2tp-
Te ore: TNRGC Permit lower.
ov 7 For structurally unsound facilities,attach a copy of demolition order and idenW Governmental Oftial be3ow;.
[darito3: Registration No:
Tide;
Date of order(M&V0D1YY) t I Date order to begin(M DNY) f
16) Scheduled Lutes of Asbestos Abatement( DD" Start. _ I tComplete- t t
17) SCI1edoled Dates Demolition novaitIon(MIJ DDIYY) Stark t f _ Completes 1 p
**Note-If the stet date an thts naafl=M* .can not be Met.tiro TDH Repional or Local Pregram office Arutbe conlacted by
phone prior to the start dale. Fellure to do so Is a violation to aaccourdanro to TANPA.Soction 395M.
I bereby verlgy that all informeftn i have pmvided Is coffect,complete.and true to the best of my knowledge, I,acknowledge
that I am responsble for all asps of the noiiii vbm form,including,but not limiting.content and submission dams. The
.� maxknurn p000lty 4$10,OW per day per violation.
{mil"of Building Ow nerf Operator (Painted Name) (Data) (Telephone)
.r or delegated ConsultanVContractor,) { I
(Pax Number)
MAIL TO: ASSESTOS NOTIFICATION.SECTION
TOXIC SUBSTANCES CONTROL DIVISION
TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH
.. *Alm ll not adapted' PO BOX 143538 *faxes are nosaccvpta 6
AUSTIN,TX 78714--3538
PJ+'512-BS4-6000,V8DC-572-55413
_ Fbim AIRB#5y dated 07/29/02.Replaces TAM farm dated 07/IW1.For assistance in completing tan,call 1-880-572- 8
.,. 11129104 SC-65
—
PART DA
ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS
ow PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS
DA-1 AWARD OF CONTRACT FOR PROJECTS WITH MULTIPLE UNITS
(OMITTED)...................
DA-2 PIPELINE REHABILITATION CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (OMITTED)................4
_ DA-3 PIPE ENLARGEMENT SYSTEM(OMITTED)..........................................................4
DA4 FOLD AND FORM PIPE OMITTED
DA-5 SLIPLINING(OMITTED)..............................................................................................4
DA.6 PIPE INSTALLED BY OTHER THAN OPEN CUT(OMITTED)............................4
DA-7 TYPE OF CASING PIPE (OMITTED).........................................................................4
DA-8 SERVICE LINE POINT REPAIR/CLEANOUT REPAIR(OMITTED) ................4
.� DA-9 PROTECTIVE MANHOLE COATING FOR CORROSION PROTECTION
(OMITTED)................i.....................................................................................................................4
DA-10 MANHOLE REHABILITATION (OMITTED)...........................................................4
DA-11 SURFACE PREPARATION FOR MANHOLE REHABILITATION (OMITTED)4
DA-12 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING-MICROSILICATE MORTAR SYSTEM
(OMITTED). .............. ...................................................................................................................4
DA-13 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING-QUADEX SYSTEM (OMITTED).................4
DA-14 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING- SPRAY WALL SYSTEM(OMITTED).......4
_ DA-15 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING-RAVEN LINING SYSTEM(OMITTED)....4
DA-16 INTERIOR HOLE COATING: PERMACAST SYSTEM WITH EPDXY
LINER(OMITTED) ��..............................................................................................................4
DA-17 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING-STRONG-SEAL-SYSTEM (OMITTED).......4
DA-18 RIGID FIBERGLASS MANHOLE LINERS (OMITTED).........................................4
DA-19 PVC LINED CONCRETE WALL RECONSTRUCTION (OMITTED)...................4
... DA-20 PRESSURE GROUTING(OMITTED)........................................................................4
DA-21 VACUUM TESTING OF REHABILITATED MANHOLES (OMITTED)..............4
DA-22 FIBERGLASS MANHOLES (OMITTED)...................................................................4
DA-23 LOCATION AND EXPOSURE OF MANHOLES AND WATER VALVES............5
DA-24 REPLACEMENT OF CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER.......................................5
DA-25 REPLACEMENT OF 6" CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS................................................6
DA-26 REPLACEMENT OF H.M.A.C. PAVEMENT AND BASE.........................................6
DA-27 GRADED CRUSHED STONES .....................................................................................7
DA-28 WEDGE MILLING 2" TO 0" DEPTH 5.0'WIDE (OMITTED)...............................7
DA-29 BUTT JOINTS—MILLED OMITTED 7
DA-30 2" H.M.A.C. SURFACE COURSE (TYPE "D" MIX).................................................7
DA-31 REPLACEMENT OF 7" CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER(OMITTED)...............7
DA-32 NEW 7" CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER(OMITTED)...........................................7
DA-33 NEW 4" STANDARD WHEELCHAIR RAMP(OMITTED).....................................7
DA-34 8" PAVEMENT PULVERIZATION (OMITTED)......................................................7
DA-35 REINFORCED CONCRETE PAVEMENT OR BASE (UTILITY CUT).................8
DA-36 RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS...........................................................I..................1.9
.. DA-37 POTENTIALLY PETROLEUM CONTAMINATED MATERIAL HANDLING
(OMITTED).................j....................................................................................................................9
DA 38 LOADING,TRANSPORTATION,AND DISPOSAL OF CONTAMINATED SOIL
.. (OMITTED).................t...................................................................................................................19
DA-39 ROCK RIPRAP-GROUT-FILTER FABRIC............................................................9
... 11102104 ASC-1
PART DA = ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS
DA 40 CONCRETE RIPRAP(OMITTED)............................................................................12
DA41 CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS (OMITTED)..............................12
DA42 CONCRETE PIPE FITTINGS AND SPECIALS (OMITTED)................................12
DA-43 UNCLASSIFIED STREET EXCAVATION (OMITTED)........................................12 r
DA44 6"PERFORATED PIPE SUBDRAIN..........................................................................12
DA45 REPLACEMENT OF 4"CONCRETE SIDEWALKS...............................................14
DA46 RECOMMENDED SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION/SCHEDULE r
CONSTRAINTS.............................................................................................................................14
DA47 PAVEMENT REPAIR IN PARKING AREA (OMITTED) ......................................14
DA48 EASEMENTS AND PERMITS.....................................................................................14
DA49 HIGHWAY REQUIREMENTS (OMITTED).............................................................15
DA-50 CONCRETE ENCASEMENT......................................................................................15 _
DA-51 CONNECTION TO EXISTING STRUCTURES (OMITTED)................................15
DA-52 TURBO METER WITH VAULT AND BYPASS INSTALLATION(OMITTED)15
DA-53 OPEN FIRE LINE INSTALLATIONS........................................................................15
DA-54 WATER SAMPLE STATION (OMITTED)...............................................................15
DA-55 CURB ON CONCRETE PAVEMENT........................................................................15
DA-56 SHOP DRAWINGS........................................................................................................16
DA-57 COST BREAKDOWN....................................................................................................16
DA-58 STANDARD STREET SPECIFICATIONS H.M.A.C.OVERLAY.........................17
DA-59 H.M.A.C.MORE THAN 9 INCHES DEEP (OMITTED) .........................................17 r
DA-60 ASPHALT DRIVEWAY REPAIR...............................................................................17
DA-61 TOP SOIL.................................... ..................................................................................17
DA-62 WATER METER AND METER BOX RELOCATION AND ADJUSTMENT
(OMITTED)........................ ........................................ ....... ..........................................................17
DA-63 BID QUANTITIES (OMITTED)..................................................................................I7
r
DA-64 WORK IN HIGHWAY RIGHT OF WAY (OMITTED)...........................................17
DA-65 CRUSHED LIMESTONE (FLEX-BASE)...................................................................17
DA-66 OPTION TO RENEW(OMITTED)............................................................................17
DA-67 NON-EXCLUSIVE CONTRACT (OMITTED)..........................................................17
DA-68 CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER(OMITTED)..........................................:...............17
DA-69 TRAFFIC BUTTONS....................................................................................................17
DA-70 PAVEMENT STRIPING...............................................................................................18
DA-71 H.M.A.C.TESTING PROCEDURES..........................................................................18
DA-72 SPECIFICATION REFERENCES ..............................................................................18
DA-73 RELOCATION OF SPRINKLER SYSTEM BACK-FLOW
PREVENTER/CONTROL VALVE AND BOX(OMITTED)......................................I............18
DA-74 RESILIENT-SEATED GATE VALVES.....................................................................18
DA-75 EMERGENCY SITUATION,JOB MOVE-IN (OMITTED)....................................19
DA-76 1 %"& 2"COPPER SERVICES (OMITTED)...........................................................19
DA-77 SCOPE OF WORK(UTIL. CUT)(OMITTED).........................................................19 �
DA-78 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILTY (UTIL.CUT) (OMITTED).........................19
DA-79 CONTRACT TIME (UTIL.CUT)(OMMED).........................................................19 rw
DA-80 REQUIRED CREW PERSONNEL &EQUIPMENT(UTIL.CUT)(OMITTED).19
DA-81 TIME ALLOWED FOR UTILITY CUTS (UTIL. CUT)(OMITTED)....................19
11102104 AS C-2 �"
PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS
DA-82 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES(UTIL.CUT)(OMITTED)............................................19
DA-83 PAVING REPAIR EDGES (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED).............................................19
DA-84 TRENCH BACKFILL (UTIL.CUT)(OMITTED)....................................................19
DA-85 CLEAN-UP(UTIL. CUT)(OMITTED).......................................................................19
DA-86 PROPERTY ACCESS (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)
DA-87 SUBMISSION OF BIDS (UTIL.CUT) (OMITTED).................................................19
_ DA-88 STANDARD BASE REPAIR FOR UNIT I (UTIL.CUT) (OMITTED)..................19
DA-89 CONCRETE BASE REPAIR FOR UNIT II & UNIT III (UTIL.CUT) (OMITTED)
19
DA-90 2"TO 9"H.M.A.C. PAVEMENT (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)..................................19
DA-91 ADJUST WATER VALVE BOXES,MANHOLES,AND VAULTS (UTIL. CUT)
(OMITTED)................R...................................................................................................................19
.. DA-92 MAINTENANCE BOND (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)................................................19
DA-93 BRICK PAVEMENT (UTIL.CUT) (OMITTED)......................................................1.9
DA-94 LIME STABILIZED SUBGRADE (UTIL.CUT) (OMITTED)................................19
-� DA-95 CEMENT STABILIZED SUBGRADE (UTIL.CUT)(OMITTED).........................19
DA-96 REPAIR OF STORM DRAIN\STRUCTURES (UTIL.CUT) (OMITTED)...........19
DA-97 "QUICK-SET" CONCRETE(UTIL.CUT) (OMITTED).........................................19
DA-98 UTILITY ADJUSTMENT (UTIL.CUT)(OMITTED)..............................................20
DA-" STANDARD CONCRETE SIDEWALK AND WHEELCHAIR.RAMPS (UTIL.
_ CUT)(OMITTED)....4....................................................................................................................20
DA-100 LIMITS OF CONCRETE PAVEMENT REPAIR(UTIL. CUT)(OMITTED) ..20
DA-101 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER(UTIL.CUT)(OMITTED).........................20
,w DA-102 PAYMENT (UTIL.CUT) (OMITTED)...................................................................20
DA-103 DEHOLES (MISC. EXT.).........................................................................................20
DA-104 CONSTRUCTION LIMITATIONS (MISC.EXT.)(OMITTED) ........................20
.. DA-105 PRESSURE CLEANING AND TESTING(MISC. EXT.) (OMITTED)..............20
DA-106 BID QUANTITIES (MISC.EXT.) (OMITTED) ....................................................20
DA-107 LIFE OF CONTRACT (MISC.EXT.) (OMITTED)..............................................20
.. DA-108 FLOWABLE FILL (MISC.EXT.) (OMITTED)...................................................20
DA-109 BRICK PAVEMENT REPAIR (MISC.REPL.) (OMITTED)..............................20
DA-110 DETERMINATION AND INITIATION OF WORK(MISC.REPL.)
NO (OMITTED)................................. .. ...............................................................................................20
DA-111 WORK ORDER COMPLETION TIME (MISC.REPL.)(OMITTED)..............20
DA 112 MOVE IN CHARGES (MISC.REPL.)(OMITTED).............................................20
.. DA-113 PROJECT SIGNS (MISC.REPL. OMITTED 21
DA-114 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES (MISC.REPL.) (OMITTED)....................................21
.. DA-115 TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM DESIGN(MISC.REPL.) (OMITTED)................21
DA-116 FIELD OFFICE (OMITTED)....................................................................................21
DA-117 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN...................................................................................21
.. DA-118 COORDINATION OF WORD WITH CONTRACTOR FOR OTHER UNITS.21
DA-119 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS AND VIDEOS...........................................21
DA-120 CONSTRUCTION MEETINGS...............................................................................21
,_ 11102104 ASC-3
PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS --
DA-1 AWARD OF CONTRACT FOR PROJECTS WITH MULTIPLE UNITS (OMITTED)
DA-2 PIPELINE REHABILITATION CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (OMITTED)
DA-3 PIPE ENLARGEMENT SYSTEM (OMITTED) ..
DA-4 FOLD AND FORM PIPE (OMITTED)
..
DA-5 SLIPLINING (OMITTED)
DA-6 PIPE INSTALLED BY OTHER THAN OPEN CUT (OMITTED)
DA-7 TYPE OF CASING PIPE (OMITTED)
DA-8 SERVICE LINE POINT REPAIR/CLEANOUT REPAIR (OMITTED)
DA-9 PROTECTIVE MANHOLE COATING FOR CORROSION PROTECTION (OMITTED)
DA-10 MANHOLE REHABILITATION (OMITTED)
DA-11 SURFACE PREPARATION FOR MANHOLE REHABILITATION (OMITTED)
DA-12 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING - MICROSILICATE MORTAR SYSTEM (OMITTED) ..
DA-13 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING - QUADEX SYSTEM (OMITTED)
..
DA-14 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING - SPRAY WALL SYSTEM (OMITTED)
DA-15 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING - RAVEN LINING SYSTEM (OMITTED) mw
DA-16 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING: PERMACAST SYSTEM WITH EPDXY LINER
(OMITTED)
DA-17 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING-STRONG-SEAL-SYSTEM (OMITTED)
DA-18 RIGID FIBERGLASS MANHOLE LINERS (OMITTED) ..
DA-19 PVC LINED CONCRETE WALL RECONSTRUCTION (OMITTED)
DA-20 PRESSURE GROUTING (OMITTED)
DA-21 VACUUM TESTING OF REHABILITATED MANHOLES (OMITTED)
DA-22 FIBERGLASS MANHOLES (OMITTED)
11102104 ASC-4
MW PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS
DA-23 LOCATION AND EXPOSURE OF MANHOLES AND WATER VALVES
The contractor shall ba responsible for locating and marking all previously exposed manholes
and water valves in each street of this contract before the resurfacing process commences for a
.o particular street.
The contractor shall attempt to include the Construction Engineer (if he is available) in the
,w observation and marking activity. In any event a street shall be completely marked a minimum of
two (2) working days before resurfacing begins on any street. Marking the curbs with paint is a
recommended procedure.
.F It shall be the contractor's responsibility to notify the utility companies that he has commenced
work on the project. As the resurfacing is completed (within same day) the contractor shall locate
the covered manholes and valves and expose them for later adjustment. Upon completion of a
'w street the contractor shall notify the utilities of this completion and indicate the start of the next
one in order for the utilities to adjust facilities accordingly. The following are utility_ contact
persons:
Company Telephone Number Contact Person
Southwestern Bell Telephone 338-6275 "Hot Line"
Texas Utilities 336-9411, x2121 Mr. Roy Kruger
Lone Star 336-8381, x6982 Mr. Jim Bennett
City of Fort Worth, 871-8100 Mr. Jim Bob Wakefield
Street Light and Signal
The contractor shall complete adjustment of the storm drain and Water Department facilities, one
traffic lane at a time within five (5)working days after completing the laying of proposed H.M.A.C.
overlay adjacent to said facilities.
aw Any deviation from the above procedure and allotted working days may result in the shut down of
ll the resurfacing operation by the Construction Engineer.
I+
The contractor shall be responsible for all materials, equipment and labor to perform a most
accurate job and all costs to the contractor shall be figured subsidiary to this contract.
DA-24 REPLACEMENT OF CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER
These provisions require the contractor to remove all failed existing curb and gutter, as
designated by the Construction Engineer, and replace with standard concrete curb and gutter,
laydown curb and gutter, or in like kind, as governed by the standard City Specifications, Item No.
104"Removing Old Concrete", Item No. 502 "Concrete Curb and Gutter", and Drawing Nos. S-S2
F through S-S4. Pay limits for laydown curb and gutter are shown in Drawing No. S-S5 of the
Standard Specifications. Contractor shall saw cut the curb and gutter and pavement prior to
removal. Included, and figured subsidiary to this unit price, will be the required sawcut excavation,
as per specification Item No. 106 "Unclassified Street Excavation", into the street to aid in the
construction of the curb and gutter. The pay limit will be 9" out from the gutter lip, with same day
haul-off of the removed material to a suitable dump site. The street void shall be filled with
H.M.A.C. "Type D" mix as per specification No. 300 "Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions", Item No. 304
r "Prime Coat" and Item No. 312 "Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete" and compacted to standard City
densities and top soil as per specification item No. 116 "Top Soil", if needed, shall be added and
11102104 ASC-5
r
PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS Im
leveled to grade behind the curb. Existing improvements within the parkway such as water ..
meters, sprinkler system, etc. damaged during construction shall be replaced with same or better
at no cost to the City.
Backfill for curb and gutter shall be completed within fourteen (14) calendar days from the day of
demolition to date of completion. If the contractor fails to complete the work within fourteen (14)
calendar days, a $100 dollar liquidated damage will be assessed per block per day.
The unit price bid per linear foot shall be full compensation for all materials, labor, equipment and
incidentals necessary to complete the work.
DA-25 REPLACEMENT OF 6" CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS
This item shall include the removal and replacement of existing concrete driveways, due to ..
deterioration or in situations where curb and gutter is replaced to adjust grades to eliminate
ponding water with same day haul-off of the removed material to a suitable dump site. For
specifications governing this item see Item No. 104 "Removing Old Concrete", Item No. 504"
Concrete Sidewalk and Driveways". Pay limits for concrete driveway are as shown in Drawing No.
S-S5 of the Standard Specifications.
The unit price bid per square yard shall be full compensation for all labor, material, equipment, ..
supplies, and incidentals necessary to complete the work.
DA-26 REPLACEMENT OF H.M.A.C. PAVEMENT AND BASE
The contractor shall remove all existing deformed H.M.A.C. pavement.and/or bad base material
that shows surface deterioration and/or complete failure. The Engineer will identify these areas
upon which time the contractor will begin work. The failed area shall be saw cut, or other similar
means, out of the existing pavement in square or rectangular fashion. The side faces shall be cut
vertically and all failed and loose material excavated. As a part of the excavation process, all
unsatisfactory base material shall be removed, if required, to a depth sufficient to obtain stable
sub-base. The total depth of excavation could range from a couple of inches to include the
surface-base-some sub-base removal for which the Engineer will select the necessary depth. The ..
remaining good material shall be leveled and uniformly made ready to accept the fill material. All
excavated material shall be hauled off site, the same day as excavated, to a suitable dump site.
After satisfactory completion of removal as outlined above, the contractor shall place the
permanent-pavement patch, with "Type D" surface mix. This item will always be used even if no
base improvements are required. The proposed H.M.A.C. repair shall match the existing
pavement section or the depth of the failed material, whichever is greater. However, the patch ..
thickness shall be a minimum of 2 inches. Generally the existing H.M.A.C. pavement thickness
will not exceed 6". Before the patch layers are applied, any loose material, mud and/or water shall
be removed. A liquid asphalt tack coat shall be applied to all exposed surfaces. Placement of the
surface mix lifts shall not exceed 3 inches with vibrator compactions to follow each lift.
Compactions of the mix shall be to standard densities of the City of Fort Worth, made in
preparation to accept the recycling process.
All applicable provisions of Standard Specification Item Nos. 300 "Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions",
304"Prime Coat", and 312 "Hot-Mix Asphaltic Concrete" shall govern work. ..
11102104 ASC-6
.o
MW PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS
The unit price bid per cubic yard shall be full compensation for all materials, labor, equipment and
MW incidentals necessary to complete the work.
DA-27 GRADED CRUSHED STONES
This item shall be used to repair the failed base material in areas exceed 8" deep as directed by
the Engineer. The material shall be graded crushed stones.
MW
For specifications governing this item see Item No. 208 "Flexible Base".
MW The unit price bid per cubic yard shall be full compensation for all materials, labor, equipment and
incidentals necessary to complete the work.
DA-28 WEDGE MILLING 2" TO 0" DEPTH 5.0-WIDE (OMITTED)
..
DA-29 BUTT JOINTS— MILLED (OMITTED)
an DA-30 2" H.M.A.C. SURFACE COURSE (TYPE "D" MIX)
All applicable provisions of Standard Specifications, Item Nos. 312 "Hot-Mix Asphaltic Concrete",
-m 300 "Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions", 304 "Prime Coat", and 313 "Central Plant Recycling-Asphalt
Concrete" shall apply to the construction methods for this portion of the project.
MW Standard Specification 312.5 (1) shall be revised as follows: The prime coat, tack coat, or the
asphaltic mixture shall not be placed unless the air temperature is fifty (50) degrees Fahrenheit
and rising, the temperature being taken in the shade and away from artificial heat. Asphaltic
MW material shall also not be placed when the wind conditions are unsuitable in the opinion of the
Engineer.
.. The contractor shall furnish batch design of the proposed hot mix asphaltic concrete for City
approval 48 hours prior to placing the H.M.A.C. overlay. The City will provide laboratory control as
necessary.
"~ The unit price bid per square yard of H.M.A.C. complete and in place, shall be full compensation
for all labor, materials, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work.
'" DA-31 REPLACEMENT OF 7" CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER (OMITTED)
DA-32 NEW 7" CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER (OMITTED)
mo
DA-33 NEW 4" STANDARD WHEELCHAIR RAMP (OMITTED)
so DA-34 8" PAVEMENT PULVERIZATION (OMITTED)
mo
..
-00 11102104 ASC-7
PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS aw
DA-35 REINFORCED CONCRETE PAVEMENT OR BASE (UTILITY CUT)
The following specifications are for the furnishing and placing of reinforced concrete pavement or
base as shown on detail and as directed by the Engineer.
A. GENERAL:
Reinforced concrete pavement or base shall conform to Specification Item No. 314 herein
except for finishing and curing.
B. FINISHING: ••
The reinforced concrete shall be brought to a uniform surface by working with a wooden float.
The surface shall be flush with the adjacent pavement and shall have a finish similar to the .w
surrounding pavement. The surface shall be even and shall provide a smooth ride.
C. CURING:
The reinforced concrete pavement surfaces shall be sprayed uniformly with a membrane curing
compound conforming to the requirements of ASTM C-309, Type 2, white-pigmented
compound, which shall not produce permanent discoloration of the concrete. Concrete shall be ..
allowed to cure for seven days or test cylinders reach 3000 psi before removal of barricades.
D. EXECUTION:
Included in this item will be the removal of the existing reinforced concrete pavement. The
existing pavement shall be sawed so as to maintain an even, straight pavement cut. The
existing reinforcing steel at sawed line and construction joints shall be lapped 18 inches with the
new reinforced concrete pavement. The existing steel shall be thoroughly cleaned before
lapping. vim
The following work method will be performed on each utility cut:
r
1. Place safety signs, barricades and/or other warning devices where necessary and as
required.
..
2. Replace pavement to nearest joint.
3. Mark out the damaged area with keel, chalk line or paint being sure to include all areas
requiring repair.
4. Saw cut along marked lines a minimum of two(2) inches deep.
%W
5. Remove existing concrete.
6. Form joints and place reinforcing steel and Dowel Bars (as required) according to standard to
specifications.
7. Place and finish concrete. ••
8. Clean up job site, removing all debris.
11102104 ASC-8 ..
.. PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS
WAW 9. Maintain traffic control devices to protect the area until the concrete has cured seven days or
concrete reaches 3000 psi compressive strength.
.. E. PAYMENT:
Payment shall be made at the unit price per linear foot as shown on the proposal and shall be
UW full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, equipment tools and incidentals necessary
to complete the work.
DA-36 RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS
All applicable provisions of Standard Specifications for Roadway Markers (Buttons) shall apply.
The Contractor shall install standard roadway markers according to city specifications as shown
,. on plan sheet or as directed by the Engineer. Please refer to "Roadway Markers Specifications".
DA-37 POTENTIALLY PETROLEUM CONTAMINATED MATERIAL HANDLING (OMITTED)
DA-38 LOADING, TRANSPORTATION, AND DISPOSAL OF CONTAMINATED SOIL
(OMITTED)
DA-39 ROCK RIPRAP -GROUT- FILTER FABRIC
GENERAL:
1. General Conditions, Supplemental Conditions, applicable requirements of Division 1 -
,. General Requirements and the North Central Texas Council of Governments
(NCTCOG) Standard Specifications, are hereby made a part of this section.
.. 2. This item shall govern for the installation of rock riprap of the various sizes shown on
the plans.
B. DESIGN CRITERIA:
1. The toe of the riprap revetment shall be entrenched in stable channel bottoms. If the
_ channel bottom is not stable, the design shall incorporate other requirements needed
to stabilize the revetment toe.
2. The channel side slope shall be as shown on the drawings.
3. Engineering filter fabric material shall be placed underneath the riprap.
4. Riprap shall extend up the bank to an elevation where vegetation will provide
adequate protection. See cross sections.
-• C. PRODUCT:
1. RIPRAP MATERIAL: Stone for riprap shall be durable and of a suitable quality to
.. ensure permanence in the structure. It shall be free from cracks, seams and other
,n. 11102104 AS C-9
PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS ow
defects that would tend to increase deterioration. Rock shall be reasonably well ow
graded between the following prescribed limits:
Sieve Size
(Square Mesh) Percent Passing ow
24" 24 inch 100
Riprap 18 inch 80-90
12 inch 45-55
6 inch 0-20
Sieve Size ..
(Square Mesh) Percent Passing
18" 18 inch 100
Riprap 12 inch '60-85 ..
6 inch 15-45
3 inch 0-15
..
2. RIPRAP WEIGHT: Weight of rock shall be one hundred fifty five pounds per solid
cubic foot (min.)calculated from the bulk specific gravity(saturated surface dry).
3. FILTER FABRIC BLANKET: no
Approved Manufacturer: • Supac- Heavy Grade 8NP (UV)
• Trevira 011/280 ow
• Amoco 4553
• or Equal Heavy Grade
4. RIPRAP GROUTING ow
a. FINE AGGREGATE: Fine aggregate for grouting mix shall consist of natural sand,
manufactured sand, or a combination of natural and manufactured sands. The .•
grading and uniformity of the fine aggregate shall conform to the following
requirements as delivered to the mixers:
Sieve Designation, U.S. Permissible Limits
Standard Square Mesh Percent by Weight, Passing
3/8 in. (9.5 mm) 100
No. 4(4.75 mm) 95 - 100
No. 8 (2.36 mm) 80-95
No. 16 (1.18 mm) 55-75 ow
No. 30 (600 um) 30-60
No. 50 (300 um) 12-30
No. 100(150 um) 2 - 10 No
D. EXECUTION:
.r
1. CONSTRUCTION:
a. The channel side slope and the toe excavation shall be prepared to the required �.
lines and grades.
11/02104 ASC-10 no
F
PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS
b. Filter fabric and riprap shall be placed in succession to the required thicknesses
.. and elevations. Riprap shall be hand placed around structures to prevent damage
to the structures.
.. 2. INSTALLATION OF THE FILTER FABRIC (GEOTEXTILE): The geotextile shall be
placed in the manner and at the locations shown on the drawings. At the time of
installation, the geotextile shall be rejected if it has defects, rips, holes, flaws,
deterioration or damage incurred during manufacture, transportation or storage. The
surface to receive the geotextile shall be prepared to a relatively smooth condition free
of obstructions, depressions, debris, and soft or low density pockets of material.
Erosion features such as rills, gullies, etc. must be graded out of the surface before
geotextile placement. The geotextile shall be placed with the long dimension
perpendicular to the centerline of the channel and laid smooth and free of tension,
stress, folds, wrinkles, or creases. The strips shall be placed to provide a minimum
width of 24-inches of overlap for each joint. Temporary pinning of the textile to help
hold it in place until the rock riprap is placed. The temporary pins shall be removed as
the riprap is placed to relieve high tensile stress which may occur during placement of
material on the geotextile. The specified placement.procedure requires that the length
of the geotextile be greater than the actual slope length. The Contractor shall adjust
the actual length of the geotextile used based on initial installation experience. The
*- geotextile shall be protected at all times during construction from contamination by
surface runoff and any geotextile so contaminated shall be removed and replaced with
uncontaminated geotextile. Any geotextile damaged during its installation or during
_ placement of riprap shall be replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. The
work shall be scheduled so that the covering of the geotextile with a layer of the
specified material is accomplished within seven (7) calendar days after placement of
„w the geotextile. Failure to comply shall require replacement of geotextile. The
geotextile shall be protected from damage prior to and during the placement of rock
riprap. Before placement of gabion units, the Contractor shall demonstrate that the
placement technique will prevent damage to the geotextile. In no case shall any type
.. of equipment be allowed on the unprotected geotextile.
3. RIPRAP PLACEMENT: Stone for riprap shall be placed on the filter fabric blanket in
NNW such a manner as to produce a reasonably well graded mass of rock with the
minimum practicable percentage of voids and shall be constructed within the specified
tolerance to the lines and grades shown on the drawings. Then intent of these
_ specifications is to require placement of riprap to the thickness shown and to allow
isolated stones to extend as much as six inches above grade. Riprap shall be placed
to its full course thickness at one operation and in such a manner as to avoid
.. displacing the fabric. The larger stones shall be well distributed and the entire mass
of stones in their final position shall conform to the gradation specified hereinbefore.
The finished riprap shall be free from objectionable pockets of small stones and
clusters of larger stones. The desired distribution of the various sizes of stones
throughout the mass shall be obtained by selective loading of the material at the
quarry or other source, by controlled dumping of successive loads during final placing,
or by other methods of placement which will produce the specified results.
NNW or
of individual stones, by mechanical equipment or by hand will be required
to the extent necessary to obtain a reasonably well graded distribution of stone
specified above. The Contractor shall maintain the riprap protection until accepted.
Any material displaced by any cause shall be replaced at his erosion to the lines and
grades shown on the Drawings.
,� 11/02104 ASC-11
PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS
4. GROUT PLACEMENT: Grout shall be composed of cement, water and air-entraining ".
admixture and sand mixed in the proportions of 1 part of Portland cement to 3 parts of
sand, sufficient water to produce a workable mixture, and that amount of admixture
which will entrain sufficient air to produce durable grout, as determined by the `
ENGINEER. Sand for grouting shall conform to the requirements of paragraph: FINE
AGGREGATE. The grout shall be mixed in a concrete mixer in the manner specified for
concrete except that the time of mixing shall be increased to that necessary to produce a
mixture having a consistency such as to permit gravity flow into the interstices of the
riprap with the help of limited spading and brooming. The grout shall be used in the
work within a period of one (1) hour after mixing. Retempering of ground will not be
permitted. Riprap shall not be grouted when the ambient temperature is below 35
degree F. or above 95 degrees F. unless approved by the ENGINEER in writing; nor
when the grout, without special protection, is likely to be subjected to freezing ..
temperatures before final set has occurred. Prior to grouting, all surfaces of riprap shall
be wetted. The riprap shall be grouted in successive longitudinal strips, approximately
10 feet in width, commencing at the lowest strip and working up the slope. Grout shall
be brought to the place of final deposit by approved means, and in no case will grout be
permitted to flow on the riprapped surface a distance in excess of 10 feet. Immediately
after dumping the batch of grout, it shall be distributed over the surface of the strip by ..
the use of brooms and the grout worked into place between stones with suitable spades,
trowels, or vibrating equipment. As a final operation, the grout shall be removed from
the top surfaces of the upper stones and from pockets and depressions in the surface of
the stone protection. After completion of any strip as specified, no workman or any load `
shall be permitted on the grouted surface for a period of at least 24 hours. The grouted
surface shall be protected from rain, flowing water, and mechanical injury. The surface
of all grouted riprap shall be cured by keeping the surface continuously wet for a period
of not less than 7 days.
E. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ••
1. Payment for rock riprap in place shall be made at the unit price bid in the Proposal
multiplied by the quantity of material used. Bid price will be full compensation for .o
placing all materials, and for all labor, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to
complete the work.
DA-40 CONCRETE RIPRAP (OMITTED)
DA-41 CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS (OMITTED)
DA-42 CONCRETE PIPE FITTINGS AND SPECIALS (OMITTED)
DA-43 UNCLASSIFIED STREET EXCAVATION (OMITTED)
DA-44 6" PERFORATED PIPE SUBDRAIN
This item shall consist of furnishing and installing 6" perforated subdrain and filter material all as
shown on the enclosed details, or as directed by the Engineer.
11102104 ASC-12
,. PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS
All applicable provision of standard Specifications Item 500 "SUBDRAINS" shall apply except as
-� herein modified. The pipe material shall be poly vinyl chloride (PVC) with the standard
dimensional ratio of 35 (SDR35) and meet the ASTM D 1784. Filter shall have the capability of
passing ground water without transporting the soil placed around the filter fabric. The fabric shall
be constructed exclusively of synthetic thermoplastic fibers and may be either woven or non-
woven to form a mat of uniform quality. Fabric fiber may be either continuous or discontinuous
and oriented in either a random or an aligned pattern throughout the fabric. The fabric shall be
,., mildew resistant, rot proof, shall be satisfactory for use in a wet soil and aggregate environment,
contain ultraviolet stabilizers and have nonravelling edges.
The fabric shall meet the following requirements when sampled and tested in accordance with the
methods indicated.
Test
Original Physical Properties Method Requirements
Fabric weight, on an ambient SDHPT Test Method 4.0 minimum for under drains
Temperature air-dried tension Tex-616-J and Slope Stabilization, 6.0
free sample, expressed "Testing of Construction Fibers" minimum for Gabions
-� in ozisq.yd. Revetment
Water flow rate by falling head Tex-616-J 80 minimum
.. method, 7.9 inches (20 cm) to 3.9
inches (10 cm) on 2 inch ID
cylinder with 1 inch diameter
,., orifice, with flow rate expressed in
gal/sq. ft/minute.
Breaking load in either machine or ASTM Designation: 100 minimum
.. cross-machine direction, expressed D 1682 grab method G as
in pounds. modified by Tex-616-J
Equivalent opening size (US CW-02215, US Army Corps of 70 to 100
Standard sieve no.) Engineers, Civil Works
Construction Guide Specification.
-� "Plastic Filter Fabric: November,
1977.
"Apparent elongation" at breaking AST, Designation: 100 maximum
,.. load in either machine or cross- D 1682 grab method G as
machine direction, expressed as modified by Tex-616-J
percent.
..
The "Filter Fabric" shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, as
indicated or as directed by the Engineer. When lapping is required, it shall be in accordance with
the manufacturer's recommendations. Backfilling around the Filter Fabric shall be done in such a
way as not to damage the Filter Fabric material during the placement.
,� 11102104 ASC-13
PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS we
The unit price bid per L.F. shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, equipments, tools,
and incidentals necessary to complete the work.
DA-45 REPLACEMENT OF 4" CONCRETE SIDEWALKS
This item shall include the removal and replacement of existing concrete sidewalk due to failure
or in situation where curb and gutter is replaced to adjust grades to eliminate ponding water with ..
same day haul-off of the removed material to a suitable dumpsite. For specifications governing
this item see Item No. 104 "Removing Old Concrete", and Item No. 504 "Concrete Sidewalk and
Driveways". ..
The unit price bid per square yard shall be full compensation for all labor, material, equipment,
supplies, and incidentals necessary to complete the removal and replacement work. ..
DA-46 RECOMMENDED SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION/SCHEDULE CONSTRAINTS
In order to facilitate timely reconstruction of the affected roadway surfaces (subsequent to
water/sewer installation) under the City's roadway maintenance program, the proposed water
and/or sanitary sewer improvements shall be conducted according to construction sequencing
noted in the contract plans and to the following constraints: ..
The Southside II Water Transmission Main Project consists of 5 Parts. The Contractor shall
coordinate his work and the associated construction sequencing with the contractors for the
following projects that will be constructed with and during the timeframe of this project:
a. Southside 11 Water Transmission Main Part 3 ..
b. Southside II Water Transmission Main Part 5
After the work start date has been established, the selected contractor shall be required to submit ..�
the beginning and ending dates for all work (including pavement repair) on each of the project
streets. Please be advised that the contractor has the option of submitting a different sequence
of construction than stated above. The contractor shall not be allowed to begin work (but time ..
charges will begin on the project) until the preferred sequence of construction and the start and
end work dates for each street have been submitted to the City.
DA-47 PAVEMENT REPAIR IN PARKING AREA (OMITTED) s
DA-48 EASEMENTS AND PERMITS
Permits have been secured for this project at this time and made part thereto. The Contractor's
attention is directed to the permit requirements, as contained herein, along with any special
conditions that may have been imposed. "
Where the pipeline crosses privately owned property, the easements and construction areas are
shown on the plans. The easements shall be cleaned up after use and restored to their original ..
conditions or better. In the event additional work room or access is required by the
Contractor, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to obtain written permission from the
property owners involved for the use of additional property required. No additional payment s
will be allowed for this item.
11102104 ASC-14 ..
aw
PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS
DA-49 HIGHWAY REQUIREMENTS (OMITTED)
DA-50 CONCRETE ENCASEMENT
.. Concrete encasement shall be Class E (1500 psi) concrete and for sewer line encasements shall
conform to Fig. 113; for water line encasements it shall conform to Fig. 20 of the General
Contract Documents. Requirements for such encasement are specified in Sections E1-20 and
E2-20 of the General Contract Documents.
Payment for work such as forming, placing, and finishing including all labor, tools, equipment and
_ material necessary to complete the work shall be included in the linear foot price bid for Concrete
Encasement.
DA-51 CONNECTION TO EXISTING STRUCTURES (OMITTED)
DA-52 TURBO METER WITH VAULT AND BYPASS INSTALLATION (OMITTED)
DA-53 OPEN FIRE LINE INSTALLATIONS
All open fire line installations will be per attached Figure 32 unless otherwise directed by the
Engineer.
The appropriate size detector check meter, 3/4-inch meter and class 'B' meter box will be
furnished to the Contractor free of charge; however, the Contractor will be required to pick up the
items at the Field Operations Warehouse.
—� Payment for all work, materials, and all necessary appurtenances from the City side flange
coupling adapter to the customer side gate valve and box; including incidental 5 linear feet of
pipe, which are required to provide a complete and functional open fire line installation shall be
., included in the price bid for each.
Payment for the City side gate valve or tap valve depending on which is required will be paid for
,., under the appropriate bid item(s).
DA-54 WATER SAMPLE STATION (OMITTED)
DA-55 CURB ON CONCRETE PAVEMENT
Standard Specification Item 502 shall apply except as herein modified.
INTEGRAL CURB: Integral curb shall be constructed along the edge of the pavement as an
integral part of the slab and of the same concrete as the slab. The concrete for the curb shall be
deposited not more than thirty(30) minutes after the concrete in the slab.
SUPERIMPOSED CURB: Concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of three
.• thousand (3,000) pounds per square inch at twenty-eight (28) days. The quantity of mixing water
shall not exceed seven (7) U.S. gallons per sack (94 lbs.) of Portland Cement. The slump of the
concrete shall not exceed three (3) inches. A minimum cement content of five (5) sacks of
., cement per cubic yard of concrete is required.
... 11102104 ASC-15
54
PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PAYMENT: Payment shall be made for cutting and replacing curbs and gutters required in this
Project under the appropriate bid item and shall be in compliance with Public Works Department ..
standard requirement Item 502.
DA-56 SHOP DRAWINGS ow
1. Submit seven (7) copies of shop drawings, layouts, manufacturer's data and material
schedules as may be required by the Engineer for his review. Submittals may be checked by and "'
stamped with the approval of the Contractor and identified as the Engineer may require. Such
review by the Engineer shall include checking for general conformance with the design concept of
the project and general compliance with information given in the General Contract Documents. aw
Indicated actions by the Engineer, which may result from his review, shall not constitute
concurrence with any deviation from the plans and specifications unless such deviations are
specifically identified by the method described below, and further shall not relieve the Contractor .w
of responsibility for errors or omissions in the submitted data. Processed shop drawing
submittals are not change orders. The purpose of submittals by the Contractor is to demonstrate
that the Contractor understands the design concept, and that he demonstrates his understanding ,W
by indicating which equipment and materials he intends to furnish and install, and by detailing the
fabrication and installation methods he intends to use. If deviations, discrepancies or conflicts
between submittals and the design drawings and/or specifications are discovered, either prior to
or after submittals are processed, the design drawings and specifications shall govern. The ..
Contractor shall be responsible for dimensions which are to be confirmed and correlated at the
job site, fabrication processes and techniques of constriction, coordination of his work with that of
other trades and satisfactory performance his work. The Contractor shall check and verify all
measurements and review submittals prior to being submitted, and sign or initial a statement
included with the submittal, which signifies compliance with plans and specifications and
dimensions suitable for the application. Any deviation from the specified criteria shall be aw
expressly stated in writing in the submittal. Three (3) copies of the approved submittals shall be
retained by the Contractor until completion of the project and presented to the City in bound form.
..
2. Shop drawings shall be submitted for the following items prior to installation:
Pipe and fittings (structural design, calculations, lay schedule, coating and lining, and other ow
requirements as indicated in the individual specifications), valves, air vacuum release valves,
blowoff assemblies, concrete vaults, pipe connection details, pipe bedding material reports,
concrete and HMAC reports, casing pipe, casing spacers, grout mix report, and cathodic .p
protection shop drawings.
Additional shop drawing requirements are described in some of the material specifications.
..
3. Address for Submittals-The submittals shall be addressed to the Project Manager:
Abe Calderon, P.E. s
City of Fort Worth
1000 Throckmorton
Fort Worth, TX 76102 ••
DA-57 COST BREAKDOWN
+.
11102104 ASC-16 ..
�. PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS
In order to establish a qasis upon which partial payments to the Contractor may be authorized,
.. immediately after execution of the contract the Contractor shall furnish a detailed cost breakdown
of his contract price arranged and itemized to meet the approval of the Engineer.
.. DA-58 STANDARD STREET SPECIFICATIONS H.M.A.C. OVERLAY
All work involving paving and/or drainage shall conform to the two following published
,., specifications, except as modified herein:
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR STREET AND STORM DRAIN CONSTRUCTION - CITY
.. OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION NORTH CENTRAL
TEXAS
.. DA-59 H.M.A.C. MORE THAN 9 INCHES DEEP (OMITTED)
DA-60 ASPHALT DRIVEWAY REPAIR
At locations where H.M.A.C. driveways are encountered, such driveways shall be completely
replaced for the full extent of utility cut with H.M.A.C. equal to or better than the existing driveway.
DA-61 TOPSOIL
Where directed by the Engineer, top soil shall be applied in accordance with the City of Fort
Worth Transportation and Public Works Department's Standard Specifications for Street and
Storm Drain Construction, Item 116, except as follows: All labor, equipment, tools and incidentals
shall be included in the square yard bid price for the top soil.
DA-62 WATER METER AND METER BOX RELOCATION AND ADJUSTMENT (OMITTED)
DA-63 BID QUANTITIES (OMITTED)
DA-64 WORK IN HIGHWAY RIGHT OF WAY (OMITTED)
DA-65 CRUSHED LIMESTONE (FLEX-BASE)
Crushed limestone required for use as a flexible base material shall conform to Specification Item
No. 208 of the Standard Specifications for Street and Storm Drain Construction for the City of
Fort Worth Transportation and Public Works Department.
DA-66 OPTION TO RENEW (OMITTED)
-� DA-67 NON-EXCLUSIVE CONTRACT (OMITTED)
DA-68 CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER (OMITTED)
DA-69 TRAFFIC BUTTONS
.. The Contractor shall supply all materials and labor necessary to install traffic buttons of the same
type as were previously installed at locations designated by the Engineer. The buttons to be
11102104 ASC-17
�s
PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS '
supplied shall be generally, but not limited to Type W-4 and Type II C-R4 and installed with a
Type III Epoxy. '~
The unit price bid for this item shall be full compensation for all materials, labor, equipment and
incidentals necessary to complete the work. o"
DA-70 PAVEMENT STRIPING
..
Pavement striping, whenever and wherever encountered, shall be replaced to match the existing
striping or as directed by the Engineer. Materials used shall be of 420 Type intersection grade
tape (in 18-inch width)such as Stamark as manufactured by 3M company or approved equal. ..
The unit price bid for this item shall be full compensation for all materials, labor, equipment and
incidentals necessary to complete the work. w
DA-71 H.M.A.C. TESTING PROCEDURES
The contractor is required to submit a Mix Design for both Type "B" and "D" asphalt that will be
used for each project. This should be submitted at the Pre-Construction Conference. This
design shall not be more than two (2) years old. Upon submittal of the design mix a Marshal �.
(Proctor) will be calculated, if one has not been previously calculated, for the use during density
testing. For type "B" asphalt a maximum of 20% rap may be used. No Rap may be used in type
"D"
F Upon approval of an asphalt mix design and the calculation of the Marshal (proctor) the
contractor is approved for placement of the asphalt. The contractor shall contact the City
Laboratory, through the inspector, at least 24 hours in advance of the asphalt placement to
schedule a technician to assist in the monitoring of the number of passes by a roller to establish a
rolling pattern that will provide the required densities. The required Density for Type "B" and for
Type "D" asphalt will be 91% of the calculated Marshal (proctor). A Troxler Thin Layer Gauge will +�
be used for all asphalt testing.
After a rolling pattern is established, densities should be taken at locations not more than 300 ..
feet apart. The above requirement applies to both Type "B" and "D" asphalt. Densities on type
"B" must be done before Type "D"asphalt is applied.
Cores to determine thickness of Type "B" asphalt must be taken before Type "D" asphalt is
applied. Upon completion of the application of Type "D" asphalt additional cores must be taken to
determine the applied thickness.
DA-72 SPECIFICATION REFERENCES
When reference is made in these specifications to a particular ASTM, AWWA, ANSI or other '
specification, it shall be understood that the latest revision of such specification, prior to the date
of these general specifications or revisions thereof, shall apply.
*.
DA-73 RELOCATION OF SPRINKLER SYSTEM BACK-FLOW PREVENTER/CONTROL
VALVE AND BOX (OMITTED)
DA-74 RESILIENT-SEATED GATE VALVES
11102104 ASC-18 '
.. PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS
Any resilient-seated gate valves supplied for this contract shall conform to Material Standard
•• E1-26, STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR RESILIENT-SEATED GATE VALVES, with the
exception of size requirements in sections E-26.1. All resilient-seated gate valves shall be
flanged joints and be approved on the City of Fort Worth Standard Product List.
.r
DA-75 EMERGENCY SITUATION, JOB MOVE-IN (OMITTED)
DA-76 1 %" & 2" COPPER SERVICES (OMITTED)
DA-77 SCOPE OF WORK (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)
DA-78 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILTY (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)
DA-79 CONTRACT TIME (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)
DA-80 REQUIRED CREW PERSONNEL & EQUIPMENT (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)
DA-81 TIME ALLOWED FOR UTILITY CUTS (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)
DA-82 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)
ow
DA-83 PAVING REPAIR EDGES (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)
Mw DA 84 TRENCH BACKFILL (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)
DA-85 CLEAN-UP (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)
Mw
DA-86 PROPERTY ACCESS (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)
ow DA-87 SUBMISSION OF BIDS (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)
DA-88 STANDARD BASE REPAIR FOR UNIT 1 (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)
ow
DA-89 CONCRETE BASE REPAIR FOR UNIT II & UNIT III (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)
.. DA-90 2" TO 9" H.M.A.C. PAVEMENT (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)
DA-91 ADJUST WATER VALVE BOXES, MANHOLES, AND VAULTS (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)
ow
DA-92 MAINTENANCE BOND (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)
no DA-93 BRICK PAVEMENT(UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)
DA-94 LIME STABILIZED SUBGRADE (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)
Mw DA-95 CEMENT STABILIZED SUBGRADE (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)
DA-96 REPAIR OF STORM DRAIN\STRUCTURES (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)
DA-97 "QUICK-SET" CONCRETE (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)
11102104 ASC-19
PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS
DA-98 UTILITY ADJUSTMENT (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)
DA-99 STANDARD CONCRETE SIDEWALK AND WHEELCHAIR RAMPS (UTIL. CUT)
(OMITTED)
DA-100 LIMITS OF CONCRETE PAVEMENT REPAIR (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)
r
DA-101 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)
DA-102 PAYMENT (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) ..
DA-103 DEHOLES (MISC. EXT.)
us
The contractor shall perform exploratory excavations (D-Hole) at the locations indicated in the
table below and in accordance with Part D — Special conditions — Item D-51 Exploratory
Excavation (D-Hole) 1W
STATION APPROX. DEPTH (FT) TYPE
97+13 3.5 6"W ..
102+32 5.5 12"GAS
102+58 3.0 UGT
102+67 3.0 6"GAS
102+90 3.0 12"W
103+34 3.0 WATER SERVICE
104+72 3.5 6"GAS w
105+20 5.5 8"SS
112+55 15.0 24"SS
115+92 3.0 12"GAS
w
145+65 6.0 30"W
146+22 6.0 12"W
DA-104 CONSTRUCTION LIMITATIONS (MISC. EXT.) (OMITTED) ..
DA-105 PRESSURE CLEANING AND TESTING (MISC. EXT.) (OMITTED)
up
DA-106 BID QUANTITIES (MISC. EXT.) (OMITTED)
DA-107 LIFE OF CONTRACT (MISC. EXT.) (OMITTED) 00
DA-108 FLOWABLE FILL (MISC. EXT.) (OMITTED)
w
DA-109 BRICK PAVEMENT REPAIR (MISC. REPL.) (OMITTED)
Ik
DA-110 DETERMINATION AND INITIATION OF WORK (MISC. REPL.) (OMITTED) r
F DA-111 WORK ORDER COMPLETION TIME (MISC. REPL.) (OMITTED)
s
DA-112 MOVE IN CHARGES (MISC. REPL.) (OMITTED)
11102104 ASC-20 or
■1
„, PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS
DA-113 PROJECT SIGNS (MISC. REPL.) (OMITTED)
DA-114 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES (MISC. REPL.) (OMITTED)
DA-115 TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM DESIGN (MISC. REPL.) (OMITTED)
DA-116 FIELD OFFICE (OMITTED)
DA-117 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN
Traffic control shall be in accordance with item D-8 of the Special Conditions with the exception of
the Contractor providing the traffic control plan. A traffic control plan has been prepared and is
included in the project plans. All other requirements of D-8 shall apply.
DA-118 COORDINATION OF WORK WITH CONTRACTOR FOR OTHER UNITS
The contractor shall coordinate his work with the work of other contractors on remaining units of
.. this project. The contract documents indicate the starting and stopping points for each of the
units of the project. The plans indicate "connecting to an existing pipeline” constructed by others
and ending the line with the installation of a plug. If the start of the project cannot be connected
to the previous unit, the contractor will begin his line with a plugged section of pipe. If the pipeline
is constructed for the connecting unit the contractor shall connect his line with the adjoining unit in
lieu of installation of a plug. Contractor will be paid for"connection" to existing line or installation
of blind flanges/plug based on the unit price bid for the water or sewer main.
DA-119 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS AND VIDEOS
The contractor shall photographically document all phases of the project, including pre-
construction, construction progress, and post-construction. Photography/videography shall be by
a professional experienced in photographing outdoor environments. A minimum of 60 pre-
construction photos along with a narrated digital video shall be taken of the entire work zone and
adjacent structures and facilities. A minimum of 48 photos shall be taken per week documenting
_ project progress. A minimum of 60 photos, plus a narrated video, shall be taken to document
post-construction conditions within the work zone
Photos shall be provided in digital/CD format and shall include labels on each electronic picture
a " documenting location, direction photo is taken (N,S,E, or W) and what is being shown. Photos
and video shall be provided to Owner as administrative submittals within 7 calendar days of being
taken.
j DA-120 CONSTRUCTION MEETINGS
A preconstruction conference will be held prior to the start of construction. Attendees will include:
Owner's representatives, Contractor's project manager, Contractor's office representative,
Contractor's resident superintendent, subcontractors whom Contractor may desire or Engineer
may request to attend, Engineer's representative, other as appropriate.
At the Owner's discretion, project meetings shall occur as frequently as once per week to discuss
project progress, quality control, submittals, records and documentation, progress payments, or
any other topics deemed necessary for discussion.
11iVM4 ASC-21
PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS •
Contractor shalt record meeting minutes for all meetings and distribute to all meeting attendees
s
within 7 calendar days of each meeting.
%W
aw
w
11102104 ASC-22 •
..
PART E
SPECIFICATIONS
181378A.GN1
.. SECTION 02320
TRENCH BACKFILL
PART GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
A. This specification is applicable for trench backfill on 24-inch and larger pipe.
Trench backfill for pipe smaller than 24-inches shall conform to City of Fort
Worth Standard Specifications.
- 1.02 REFERENCES
A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section:
1. American Public Works Association(APWA): Uniform Color Code for
Temporary Marking of Underground Utility Locations.
�. 2. ASTM International(ASTM):
a. C33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates.
b. C94/C94M, Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete.
C. C 117, Standard Test Method for Materials Finer than
75 Micrometer(No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by
Washing.
d. C136, Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and
Coarse Aggregates.
e. C 150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement.
f. C618, Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or
Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in
Concrete.
g. D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort(12,400 ft-lbf/W
(600 kN-m/m3))
h. D1140, Standard Test Method for Amount of Material in Soils
Finer than the No. 200(75 micrometer) Sieve.
i. D1557, Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil using Modified Effort(56,000 ft-lbf/W
(2,700 kN-m/m3)).
j. D3776, Standard Test Methods for Mass Per Unit Area(Weight)
of Fabric.
k. D4253, Standard Test Methods for Maximum Index Density and
Unit Weight of Soils Using a Vibratory Table.
1. D4254, Standard Test Methods for Minimum Index Density and
Unit Weight of Soils and Calculation of Relative Density.
In. D4318, Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit,
and Plasticity Index of Soils.
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02320 1 TRENCH BACKFILL
181378A.GN1
n. D4533, Standard Test Method for Trapezoid Tearing Strength of
Geotextiles.
o. D4832, Standard Test Method for Preparation and Testing of
Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM)Test Cylinders.
p. D4991, Standard Test Method for Leakage Testing of Empty
Rigid Containers by Vacuum Method.
q. D5034, Standard Test Method for Breaking Strength and
Elongation of Textile Fabrics(Grab Test).
3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA): Z535.1, Safety
Color Code. �.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Base Rock: Granular material upon which manhole bases and other structures
are placed.
B. Bedding Material: Granular material upon which pipes, conduits, cables, or
duct banks are placed.
C. Imported Material: Material obtained by Contractor from source(s)offsite.
D. Lift: Loose(uncompacted)layer of material.
E. Pipe Zone: Backfill zone that includes full trench width and extends from
prepared trench bottom to an upper limit above top outside surface of pipe,
conduit, cable or duct bank. '
F. Prepared Trench Bottom: Graded trench bottom after excavation and
installation of stabilization material,if required,but before installation of
bedding material.
G. Relative Compaction: The ratio,in percent,of the as-compacted field dry
density to the laboratory maximum dry density as determined by
ASTM D698. Corrections for oversize material may be applied to either as-
compacted field dry density or maximum dry density, as determined by
Engineer.
H. Relative Density: As defined by ASTM D4253 and ASTM D4254.
I. Selected Backfill Material: Material available onsite that Engineer determines
to be suitable for a specific use. -•
J. Well-Graded: A mixture of particle sizes that has no specific concentration or
lack thereof of one or more sizes producing a material type that, when
compacted,produces a strong and relatively incompressible soil mass free
from detrimental voids. Well-graded does not define any numerical value that
must be placed on the coefficient of uniformity,coefficient of curvature, or -�
other specific grain size distribution parameters.
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02320 2 TRENCH BACKFILL
181378A.GNI
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Action Submittals:
' I. hop Drawings: Manufacturer's descriptive literature for marking tapes.
2. amples:
a. Trench stabilization material.
b. Bedding and pipe zone material.
C. Earth backfill, if imported.
' B. Informational Submittals:
I. Catalog and manufacturer's data sheets for compaction equipment.
2. Certified Gradation Analysis: Submit not less than 30 days prior to
delivery for imported materials or anticipated use for excavated
materials, except for trench stabilization material that will be submitted
3. crior to material delivery to Site.
ontrolled Low Strength Material: Certified mix design and test results.
Include material types and weight per cubic yard for each component of
mix.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MARKING TAPE
A. Nondetectable:
I. For use above all metallic pipe.
2. Inert polyethylene, impervious to known alkalis, acids, chemical
reagents, and solvents likely to be encountered in soil.
3. Thickness: Minimum 5 mils.
4. Width: 6 inches.
5. Identifying Lettering: Minimum I-inch high, permanent black lettering
irinted continuously over entire length.
6. anufacturers and Products:
a. Reef Industries; Terra Tape.
b. Mutual Industries;Non-detectable Tape.
C. Presco;Non-detectable Tape.
B. Detectable: Not required.
C. Color: In accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code for Temporary
Marking of Underground Facilities.
Color* Facili
Red Electric power lines, cables, conduit, and lightning cables
Orange Communicating alarm or signal lines, cables, or conduit
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02320 3 TRENCH BACKFILL
181378A.GN1
Color* Facili
Yellow Gas, oil, steam,petroleum, or gaseous materials
Green Sewers and drain lines
Blue Potable water
P22le Reclaimed water,irrigation, and slurry lines
*As s ecified in NEMA Z535.1, Safety Color Code.
2.02 ELECTRONIC MARKERS
A. For use above all metallic and non-metallic pipes. _
B. Ball markers for buried water service,blue in color.
C. Passive electronic marker which produces a uniform, spherical RF field in all
directions.
D. Frequency: 145.7 kHz.
E. Product: Tempo Omni Marker, or approved equal.
2.03 TRENCH STABILIZATION MATERIAL
A. Base Rock:
1. Clean,hard, durable 3-inch minus crushed rock or gravel,or pit run,
free from clay balls,other organic materials, or debris.
2. Uniformly graded from coarse to fine, less than 8 percent by weight
passing the 1/4-inch sieve.
2.04 BEDDING MATERIAL AND PIPE ZONE MATERIAL
A. Unfrozen, friable, and no clay balls,roots, or other organic material.
B. Clean or gravelly sand with less than 5 percent passing No. 200 sieve, as
determined in accordance with ASTM D1140,or gravel or crushed rock
within maximum particle size and other requirements as follows unless
otherwise specified.
1. Duct Banks: 3/4-inch maximum particle size.
2. PVC Irrigation System Piping and Ductile Iron Pipe with Polyethylene
Wrap: 3/8-inch maximum particle size.
3. Pipe 18-Inch Diameter and Smaller: 1/2-inch maximum particle size.
4. Pipe Greater than 18-inch Diameter: Bedding and pipe zone material
shall be sandy gravel or blended sand and crushed rock, free from large
stones, clay and organic material. Material shall be a soil classification
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02320 4 TRENCH BACKFILL
181378A.GN1
of GW, GP, SW, or SP as determined by ASTM D2487. The material
shall be such that when wet, the fine material shall be composed of
tough,durable particles, reasonably free from thin, flat and elongated
_ feces, and of suitable quality to insure permanence in the trench. The
I. of the fines shall not exceed 3. Lightweight aggregate is not
acceptable. The material shall have a resistivity of not less than 5000
ohms/cm as measured by ASTM G57. Material shall have a LA-" . ._
Abrasion percent of wear no greater than 35%as measured by ASTM
631.
too a. Bedding and pipe zone material shall be cohesionless material
meeting gradation requirements as indicated and shall be utilized
in place of D-24 of the Special Conditions.
Sieve Size Amount Passing Percent by Weieht
1/2" 100
3/8" 85— 100
No. 4 10-30
No. 8 0- 10
No. 16 0- 5
5. Conduit and Direct-Buried Cable:
a. Sand, clean or clean to silty, less than 12 percent passing No. 200
sieve.
b. Individual Particles: Free of sharp edges.
C. Maximum Size Particle: Pass a No. 4 sieve.
d. If more than 5 percent passes No. 200 sieve, the fraction that
passes No. 40 sieve shall be nonplastic as determined in
ow accordance with ASTM D4318.
2.05 EARTH BACKFILL
A. Soil, 1pam, or other excavated material suitable for use as backfill.
B. Free from roots or organic matter, refuse,boulders and material larger than
1/2 cubic foot, or other deleterious materials.
2.06 PROCESSED EARTH BACKFILL
A. Class A and Class C Backfill: Earth backfill, meeting the following additional
requirement.
1. Free of boulders and cobbles that would be retained on a 6-inch screen.
2.07 TOPSOIL AND SEEDING
A. To be applied in all non-paved areas.
B. As specified in Part D—Special Conditions.
181378.TM JUKE 18,2007
02320 5 TRENCH BACKFILL
181378A.GN 1
2.08 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform gradation analysis in accordance with ASTM C136 for:
1. Earth backfill, including specified class.
2. Trench stabilization material.
3. Bedding and pipe zone material.
PANIC 3 EXECUTION
3.01 TRENCH PREPARATION
A. Water Control:
1. Promptly remove and dispose of water entering trench as necessary to
grade trench bottom and to compact backfill and install manholes,pipe,
conduit,direct-buried cable,or duct bank. Do not place concrete,lay
pipe, conduit, direct-buried cable, or duct bank in water.
2. Remove water in a manner that minimizes soil erosion from trench sides
and bottom. --
3. Provide continuous water control until trench backfill is complete.
B. Remove foreign material and backfill contaminated with foreign material that
falls into trench.
3.02 TRENCH BOTTOM
A. Firm Subgrade: Grade with hand tools,remove loose and disturbed material,
and trim off high areas and ridges left by excavating bucket teeth. Allow space
for bedding material if shown or specified.
B. Soft Subgrade: If subgrade is encountered that may require removal to prevent
pipe settlement, notify Engineer. Engineer will determine depth of
overexcavation, if any required.
3.03 TRENCH STABILIZATION MATERIAL INSTALLATION
A. Rebuild trench bottom with trench stabilization material where trench has
been overexcavated.
B. Place material over full width of trench in 6-inch lifts to required grade,
providing allowance for bedding thickness.
C. Compact each lift so as to provide a firm, unyielding support for the bedding
material prior to placing succeeding lifts.
3.04 BEDDING
A. Furnish imported bedding material.
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02320 6 TRENCH BACKFILL
.. 181378A.GN1
B. Place ver the full width of the prepared trench bottom in two equal lifts when
.. the reciuired depth exceeds 8 inches.
C. Hand grade and compact each lift to provide a firm, unyielding surface.
D. Minimum Thickness: As follows:
1. Pipe 15 Inches and Smaller: 4 inches.
2. Pipe 18 Inches to 36 Inches: 6 inches.
3. Pipe 42 Inches and Larger: 8 inches.
E. Check grade and correct irregularities in bedding material. Loosen top 1 inch
to 2 inches of compacted bedding material with a rake or by other means to
provide a cushion before laying each section of pipe, conduit,direct-buried
cable,or duct bank.
— F. Install to form continuous and uniform support except at bell holes, if
applicable, or minor disturbances resulting from removal of lifting tackle.
G. Bell or Coupling Holes: Excavate in bedding at each joint to permit proper
assembly, welding, and inspection of joint and to provide uniform bearing
along;barrel of pipe or conduit.
3.05 BACKFILL PIPE ZONE
A. Upper limit of pipe zone shall not be less than 12 inches above outside of
pipe, unless shown otherwise.
.. B. Restrain pipe, conduit, cables, and duct banks as necessary to prevent their
movernent during backfill operations.
C. Place material simultaneously in lifts on both sides of pipe and, if applicable,
between pipes, conduit, cables, and duct banks installed in same trench.
1. Pipe 10-Inch and Smaller Diameter: First lift less than or equal to
1/2 pipe diameter.
2. Pipe Over 10-Inch Diameter: Maximum 6-inch lifts.
D. Thoroughly tamp each lift, including area under haunches,with handheld
tamping bars supplemented by"walking in"and slicing material under
m haunches with a shovel to ensure that voids are completely filled before
placing each succeeding lift.
E. After the full depth of the pipe zone material has been placed as specified,
compact the material by a minimum of three passes with a vibratory plate
compactor only over the area between the sides of the pipe and the trench
walls.
181378.TM JUKE 18, 2007
02320 7 TRENCH BACKFILL
181378A.GN1
F. Do not use power-driven impact compactors to compact pipe zone material.
Jetting and flooding for compaction are not permitted.
3.06 MARKING TAPE INSTALLATION
A. Continuously install marking tape along centerline of all buried piping at
depth shown. Coordinate with piping installation drawings.
1. Detectable Marking Tape: Not required.
2. Nondetectable Marking Tape: Install with all piping.
3.07 ELECTRONIC MARKER INSTALLATION
A. Install electronic markers at the following locations on the Project:
1. At each PI on the water line.
2. Where the pipe trench crosses the intersection of a roadway.
3. At each end of a cased/tunneled undercrossing.
4. Every 100 feet where pipe is installed outside of a road right-of-way.
5. Every 100 feet along horizontal curves.
6. At the connection point between the water main and other water
distribution or transmission lines, and each PI between the connection
and the water main.
B. Place the marker over the center of the pipe, in the pipe trench, at depth
indicated by the Owner or the marker manufacturer. --
3.08 BACKFILL ABOVE PIPE ZONE
A. General:
I. Process excavated material to meet specified gradation requirements.
2. Adjust moisture content as necessary to obtain specified compaction.
3. Do not allow backfill to free fall into the trench or allow heavy, sharp
pieces of material to be placed as backfill until after at least 2 feet of
backfill has been placed.
4. Do not use power driven impact type compactors for compaction until at
least 4 feet of backfill is placed over top of pipe.
5. Backfill to grade with proper allowances for topsoil, crushed rock
surfacing, and pavement thicknesses, wherever applicable.
6. Backfill around structures with same class backfill as specified for
adjacent trench unless otherwise shown or specified.
7. Jetting and flooding for compaction are not permitted.
B. Class A Backfill:
1. Place in lifts not exceeding thickness of 9 inches. �.
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02320 8 TRENCH BACKFILL
.. 181378A.GN1
2. Mechanically compact each lift to a minimum of 95 percent relative
compaction prior to placing succeeding lifts.
C. Class C Backfill:
1. Backfill with earth backfill.
2. Leave trench with backfill material neatly mounded across the entire
h rurfc
wid
th, but not more than 6 inches above the adjacent ground
dace.3. awn, garden, or similar type areas, maintain trench level with the
existing adjacent grade.
4. At Other Locations:
a. Estimate and provide amount of backfill material required so that
after normal settlement, the settled surface will match the adjacent
ground surface.
b. Neatly windrow material over trench, and remove excess.
C. Correct excess or deficiency of backfill material apparent after
settlement and within correction period by regrading, and
disposing of excess material or adding additional material where
deficient.
.s
3.09 REPLACEMENT OF TOPSOIL
A. Replace topsoil in top 12 inches of backfilled trench.
B. Maintain the finished grade of topsoil even with adjacent area and grade as
necessary to restore drainage.
' 3.10 MAINTENANCE OF TRENCH BACKFILL
A. After each section of trench is backfilled,maintain the surface of the
backfilled trench even with the adjacent ground surface until final surface
restoration is completed.
B. Gravel Surfacing Rock: Add gravel surfacing rock where applicable and as
necessary to keep the surface of the backfilled trench even with the adjacent
ground surface, and grade and compact as necessary to keep the surface of
backfilled trenches smooth, free from ruts and potholes, and suitable for
normal traffic flow.
C. Topsoil: Add topsoil where applicable and as necessary to maintain the
surface of the backfilled trench level with the adjacent ground surface.
D. Concrete Pavement: Replace settled concrete pavement at Contractor's sole
expense.
E. Asphaltic Pavement: Replace settled areas at Contractor's sole expense.
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02320 9 TRENCH BACKFILL
181378A.GN1
F. Other Areas: Add excavated material where applicable and keep the surface of
the backfilled trench level with the adjacent ground surface.
3.11 SETTLEMENT OF BACKFILL
A. Settlement of trench backfill, or of fill, or facilities constructed over trench
backfill will be considered a result of defective compaction of trench backfill.
Corrective measures shall be taken, at the direction of the Engineer, at the
Contractor's sole expense.
END OF SECTION
181378.TM JUKE 18, 2007
02320 10 TRENCH BACKFILL
181378A.GN1
SECTION 02401
BORE AND JACK OR TUNNELED UNDERCROSSINGS
PART GENERAL
T 1.01 WORK IN�LUDED
A. This section covers installation of trenchless undercrossings of railroads,
public roads, and other locations as shown on the Drawings, installed by bore
and jack or tunneling methods.
B. Permits have been obtained by Owner. In the event of a conflict between these
Specifications and permit requirements, the more stringent shall apply.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. Bore and Jack: Technique using an auger to bore a hole and jacks to advance
casinf pipe while removing spoil in casing via auger flighting,hand
R excavation with muck carts or conveyor belts, or other methods.
B. Tunneling: Excavation by hand with initial support provided by steel liner
.- plate.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. The llowing is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section:
.. 1. American Petroleum Institute(API): 5L, Line Pipe.
2. American Water Works Association(AWWA):
a. C200, Steel Water Pipe-6 in. (150 mm) and Larger.
3. ASTM International(ASTM):
a. A139, Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion(Arc)-Welded
�- Steel Pipe(NPS 4 and Over).
a 1.04 DESIGN CRITERIA
A. Design shaft excavation support systems to withstand lateral earth pressures,
ground loads, unrelieved hydrostatic pressures,bottom heave, equipment
loads, applicable traffic and construction loads, and other surcharge loads to
allow safe construction of shafts without appreciable movement or settlement
of ground, and to prevent damage to or movement of adjacent structures,
streets,utilities and trees.
B. Design steel casing or steel liner plate to withstand full overburden pressure,
potential hydrostatic pressures, applicable highway or railroad loads,possible
construction surcharge loads, and jacking forces.
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02401 1 BORE AND JACK OR
TUNNELED UNDERCROSSINGS
181378A.GN1 T
C. Design excavation support system,casing or liner plate support system, and
excavation methods to be compatible with geologic conditions described in
Geotechnical Report.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. The following submittals are required:
1. Qualifications listing as per Item 1.6, QUALIFICATIONS.
2. Jacking and receiving shaft/pit design.
3. Jacked casing or liner plate tunnel design, including steel material type,
outside diameter, wall thickness and joint configuration. Also include
jacking forces on casing. _
4. Boring and jacking or tunneling plan,including proposed methods to
maintain and check proper line and grade. In addition,provide plan for
monitoring surface movements.
5. Means and method of dewatering.
6. Details of casing spacers, including recommended spacing.
7. Method to avoid flotation of pipe when grouting annular space.
8. Preconstruction survey data.
9. Written logs of daily measurements of horizontal and vertical location
of casing or initial tunnel support.
10. Written logs of daily measurements of surface monitoring points.
B. Submittals for facilities requiring design shall be signed and sealed by a
professional civil or structural engineer registered in the State of Texas.
1.06 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Bore and jack or tunneling operations shall be performed by a qualified
Contractor with at least 4 years of experience involving work of a similar
nature.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 CASING FOR JACKED UNDERCROSSINGS
A. Fabricated in sections in accordance with AWWA C200, ASTM Al39
Grade B, API 5L Grade B, or API 5L Grade X42.
B. Hydrostatic testing of steel pipe used for casings is not required. '~
C. No exterior coating or interior lining is required.
D. Pipe ends shall be beveled for welding.
181378.TM JUNE 18,2007
02401 2 BORE AND JACK OR
TUNNELED UNDERCROSSINGS
.. 181378A.GN1
E. Furnish casing pipe with 2-inch diameter preformed grout holes at centerline
and crown for pressure grouting. Spacing of grout holes shall not exceed
15 feet.
F. Minimum casing diameter and wall thickness for steel casing, as follows. The
wall thickness shown in the table below may be increased if necessary to
withstand installation forces.
Smooth Steel Pipe
Casing Diameter (Inches) Minimum Thickness (Inches)
_<30 0.500
72 0.625
G. Minimum casing diameter for other undercrossings shall allow for 6 inches of
clearance between the maximum outside diameter of the carrier pipe and the
inside diameter of the casing.
H. Minimum wall thickness for other undercrossings shall be sufficient to handle
the loading conditions identified in paragraph 1.4, DESIGN CRITERIA.
2.02 TUNNEL LINER PLATE
A. Tunnel Diameter: Large enough to allow for a minimum of 6 inches of
clearance between the maximum outside diameter of the carrier pipe and the
s
inside diameter of the steel liner plate flange.
B. Standard 2-flange or 4-flange plate of sufficient gauge to handle the loading
conditions identified in paragraph 1.4,DESIGN CRITERIA.
C. Pressure Grouting Nipples: Furnish with 2 inch pipe nipples at spring line and
crown on 15-foot centers.
D. No coating or galvanizing of the plates is required.
E. Manufacturers:
1. Contech Construction Products, Inc.
.. 2. American Commercial, Inc.
2.03 GROUT FOR FILLING VOIDS OUTSIDE CASING
A. Neat cement grout with a minimum compressive strength of 500 psi.
i
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02401 3 BORE AND JACK OR
TUNNELED UNDERCROSSINGS
181378A.GN1
2.04 FILL MATERIAL FOR ANNULAR SPACE BETWEEN CASING PIPE AND
CARRIER PIPE
A. Low density cellular concrete(grout)with a minimum compressive strength
of 500 psi.
2.05 CASING SPACERS
A. Fabrication:
1. Spacer Band Material: Carbon steel coated with fusion bonded epoxy or
PVC.
2. Spacer Liner Material: PVC or neoprene.
3. Spacer Width: As recommended by spacei manufacturer for the specific
application and a maximum as indicated in the Drawings.
4. Spacer Runners:
a. Suitable for supporting weight of carrier pipe.
b. Manufactured of material having a low coefficient of friction and
designed to support the carrier pipe without damage or excessive
wear.
5. Size: Sufficient to provide a minimum clearance of 4 inches between
outside of carrier pipe bells or couplings and inside of casing. _
6. Spacers shall provide dielectric insulation between carrier pipe and
casing or tunnel liner plate.
B. Manufacturers:
1. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. (PSI), Houston,TX.
2. Advance Products and Systems, Inc., Lafayette, LA. '
3. Approved alternate.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Carrier in undercrossing/tunnel shall be installed by bore and jack method
with steel casing pipe unless tunnel liner plate is explicitly shown in the
Drawings as an acceptable, or required, alternate method. —
3.02 EXISTING UTILITIES
A. Confirm location of all known existing utilities prior to start of shaft/pit
excavation and pipe installation.
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007 —
02401 4 BORE AND JACK OR
TUNNELED UNDERCROSSINGS
.. 181378A.GN 1
3.03 SHAFT/PIT INSTALLATION
R
A. Notify Engineer not less than 10 working days before beginning shaft
excavation.
B. Methods of construction for shafts/pits shall be such as to ensure the safety of
the Work, Contractor's employees,the public, existing utilities, and adjacent
property and improvements, whether public or private.
C. Before beginning construction of shaft/pit, adequately protect existing
structures,utilities,trees, shrubs, and other existing facilities.
D. Provide complete groundwater control for excavations at all times.
E. Perform shaft/pit excavations using methods appropriate for the temporary
support system.
F. Place fencing, gates, lights, and signs, as necessary around shafts and staging
areas to provide for public safety.
i
G. Inspect shaft/pit excavations daily to check safety of excavation and structural
integrity of support system.
3.04 EQUIPMENT SELECTION
A. Select necessary equipment and methods to install casing and carrier pipe as
show}on Drawings. Selected equipment shall be capable of accurate
alignment and grade control, and shall protect against subsidence or other
.. disturbance of ground, existing utilities, existing road surfaces, existing
railroad facilities, and other existing structures.
3.05 CASING INSTALLATION - BORE AND JACK METHOD
A. Verify casing pipe minimum wall thickness is adequate for anticipated jacking
loads.
B. Bentonite slurry may be used to lubricate exterior of casing during
installation.
C. Hole diameter shall not exceed outside diameter of casing pipe by more than
1 inch.
D. Where unstable soil conditions are found to exist, conduct boring operations
in a manner that will not be detrimental to facility being crossed.
181378.TM JUNE 18,2007
02401 5 BORE AND JACK OR
TUNNELED UNDERCROSSINGS
t
181378A.GN1
E. Tolerance shall be as follows:
1. Line Tolerance: 3 inches,maximum.
2. Grade Tolerance 3 inches,maximum.
F. Provide means of checking line and grade at least once a day to confirm
allowable tolerance has been achieved.
G. Provide means of steering casing to ensure allowable tolerance can be
achieved.
H. Casing joint welds shall be continuous, complete joint penetration(CJP)butt
joint welds as required for rigid and watertight connections.
I. If necessary to abandon a bored hole,remedial measures shall be taken by
Contractor, subject to review by Engineer and approval of Owner of facility
being crossed.
3.06 LINER PLATE TUNNEL INSTALLATION
A. Liner plate shall be assembled in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions.
B. Care shall be exercised to mine as neatly as possible to minimize voids and to
obtain good plate-to-ground contact.
C. Provisions for providing continuous face control, such as breasting boards or
poling plates, shall be available at the tunnel at all times.
3.07 CORRECTION OF GRADE
A. If required grade tolerance has not been achieved, use one of the following
methods to correct grade:
1. Place concrete or grout in invert of casing as required to achieve proper
grade.
2. Use casing spacers of varying height.
3. Install rails inside casing that allows complete grout or sand _
encasement.
3.08 MONITORING OF SURFACE MOVEMENT
A. Perform a preconstruction survey of road surfaces,railroad tracks, and all
structures or facilities within 50 feet of tunneled area. Record horizontal
coordinates and elevations. Mark location of where measurements were taken.
Monitor movement of road surfaces,railroad tracks, and other structures or
facilities on a daily basis and provide results to Engineer. Stop operations if _
movement exceeds 1/4 inch and immediately notify Engineer.
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02401 6 BORE AND JACK OR
TUNNELED UNDERCROSSINGS
181378A.GN1
B. If excessive movement(1/4 inch or greater) occurs,or if nearby structures or
.. facilities are damaged from bore and jack/tunnel installation, Contractor shall
repair to like-new condition at Contractor's own expense.
3.09 GROUTING BORED AND JACKED CASINGS OR TUNNEL LINER PLATES
A. Exterior Voids:
1. After casing has been jacked into position or periodically during
installation of liner plate, pressure grout through grout holes provided to
aw fill voids outside of casing or liner.
.2. Start grouting at centerline hole at one end and pump grout until grout
appears in grout hole at crown,then start grouting through opposite
spring line hole until grout appears at hole in crown.
3. Grout through hole at crown until grout appears in next set of holes
along casing.
4. Plug holes at starting point and move to next set of holes and repeat
grouting sequence until full length of casing has been grouted.
3.10 CARRIER,PIPE INSTALLATION
A. Entire length of casing or liner plate shall be installed complete and inspected
-- and approved by Engineer before any carrier pipe is placed therein. Repair
defects in casing pipe or leakage at joints.
B. Install casing spacers to each length of carrier pipe in such a manner that
electrical continuity will not occur between casing pipe and carrier pipe.
Spans between spacers shall be per casing spacer manufacturer's
- recommendations.
C. Check each joint makeup and pipe segment prior to pushing carrier pipe
- segments into casing.
D. Install joint bonds prior to pushing carrier pipe into casing. Conduct electrical
isolation testing in accordance with Section 13985, Pipe Bonding and Test
Stations, to prove electrical isolation before filling casing or connecting
carrier pipe to adjacent pipeline sections.
ow
3.11 CASING PIPE AND CARRIER PIPE ANNULAR SPACE
A. Fill annular space with low density cellular grout using low pressure grouting
equipment.
B. Provide a positive means of preventing collapse or flotation of carrier pipe.
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02401 7 BORE AND JACK OR
TUNNELED UNDERCROSSINGS
181378A.GN1
3.12 BACKFILLING OF SHAFTS/PITS
A. Seal shaft/pit opening and backfill at shafts when no longer required.
B. Backfill shall be as.specified in the Drawings and other specifications.
3.13 TEST STATIONS
A. Installation of cathodic protection test stations shall conform to
Section 13985, Pipe Bonding and Test Stations.
END OF SECTION
181378.TM JUKE 18, 2007
02401 8 BORE AND JACK OR
TUNNELED UNDERCROSSINGS
181378A.GN1
SECTION 02500
CONVEYANCE PIPING- GENERAL
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
A. This specification is applicable for 24-inch and larger pipe. Pipe that is
smaller than 24-inches shall conform to City of Fort Worth Standard
Speciifications.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section:
1. American Concrete Institute(ACI): 301, Standard Specification for
Structural Concrete.
2. ASTM International(ASTM):
a. A497, Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric,
Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement.
b. A615/A615M, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain
Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.
C. C94/C94M, Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete.
.. d. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement.
3. American Water Works Association(AWWA):
CI IO/A21.10,Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3 in. Through
48 in. (75 mm Through 1200 mm), for Water and Other Liquids.
b. C 115/A21.15,Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile-Iron or
Gray-Iron Threaded Flanges.
C. C207, Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service- Sizes 4 in.
Through 144 in. (100 mm Through 3,600 mm).
d. C210 Liquid-Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and Exterior
of Steel Water Pipelines.
e. C213,Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior
of Steel Water Pipelines.
f. C217, Cold-Applied Petroleum Tape and Petroleum Wax Tape
Coatings for the Exterior of Special Sections, Connections, and
Fittings for Buried Steel Water Pipelines.
-` g. C219, Bolted, Sleeve-Type Couplings for Plain-End Pipe.
h. C221,Fabricated Steel Mechanical Slip-Type Expansion Joints.
i. C606,Grooved and Shouldered Joints.
4. NSF International (NSF): 61B, Drinking Water System Components -
Health Effects.
EM
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02500 1 CONVEYANCE PIPING—GENERAL
WL
181378A.GN1
1.03 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Where pipe class or wall thickness is not indicated,design piping system for
maximum stress based on test pressure, earth loads, and traffic loads; or,
empty pipe with earth and traffic loads given the following:
1. Operating Pressure: 150 psi. _
2. Field Hydrostatic Test Pressure: 225 psi.
3. Transient Plus Operating Pressure: 225 psi.
4. Earth Loads: 5 feet cover minimum, 15 feet cover maximum.
5. Soil Unit Weight: 125 lb/ft3.
6. Traffic Loads: H-20.
7. Diameter: Mainline pipe is 48"diameter,which represents the inside
diameter of the pipe after lining application.
8. Thermal Change: 30 degrees F cooling from installation temperature to
water temperature.
9. Allowable Vacuum: 5.5 psi (below atmospheric pressure).
10. Allowable E' Value: 2,500 psi.
11. Thrust Force in All Restrained Pipe: Test pressure times area. _
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Action Submittals:
1. Detailed pipe fabrication drawings showing pipe details, special fittings
and bends, dimensions, coatings, bulkheads for hydrostatic testing, if
applicable, and other pertinent information.
2. Layout drawing showing location of each pipe section and each special
length.
3. Pipe pressure class.
4. Wall thickness,reinforcing, and strength calculations for pipe,pipe _
joints, fittings, and fitting joints.
5. Product Data: Manufacturer's data for couplings, saddles, gaskets, and
other pipe accessories. Indicate maximum rated working pressure and
test pressure for each item.
B. Informational Submittals:
1. Provide manufacturer's certificate(s)in accordance with relevant
Specification Sections for pipe material being utilized. _
2. Field Testing Plan: Submit at least 15 days prior to testing and include
at least the following information:
a. Testing dates. _
b. Piping system and sections to be tested.
C. Method of isolation.
d. Method of conveying water from source to system being tested.
e. Calculation of maximum allowable leakage for piping sections to
be tested.
181378.TM JUNE 18,2007
02500 2 CONVEYANCE PIPING—GENERAL
181378A.GN1
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. In accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as specified in
individual Specification(s)following this section.
B. Marking at Plant: Mark each pipe and fitting at plant. Include date of
manufacture,manufacturer's identification, specification standard, diameter of
pipe,pipe class,pipe number for laying purposes, and other information
requied for type of pipe.
C. Pipe, specials, and fittings received at Project Site in damaged condition will
not be accepted.
D. Gasket Storage: Store rubber gaskets in cool, well ventilated place, and do not
expose to direct rays of sun. Do not allow contact with oils, fuels,petroleum,
or solvents.
E. Store and support pipe securely to prevent accidental rolling and to avoid
contact with mud, water, or other deleterious materials.
F. Handling:
,. 1. Pipe shall be handled with proper equipment in a manner to prevent
distortion or damage. Use of hooks, chains, wire ropes, or clamps that
could damage pipe,damage coating or lining, or kink and bend pipe
— ends is not permitted.
2. Use heavy canvas, or nylon slings of suitable strength for lifting and
supporting materials.
3. Lifting pipe during unloading or lifting into trench shall be done using
two slings placed at quarter point of pipe section. Slings shall bear
uniformly against pipe.
4. Pipe and fittings shall not be stored on rocks or gravel, or other hard
material that might damage pipe. This includes storage area and along
pipe trench.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
.. 2.01 PIPE
A. As specified in the individual Specification(s) following this section.
2.02 JOINTS
a A. As specified in the individual Specification(s) following this section.
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02500 3 CONVEYANCE PIPING—GENERAL
181378A.GN1
2.03 COUPLINGS _
A. General:
1. Coupling linings for use in potable water systems shall be in
conformance with NSF 61B.
2. Couplings shall be rated for appropriate operating pressure and _
hydrostatic test pressure.
3. Exposed,bolted, sleeve-type couplings shall be lined and coated with
fusion bonded epoxy in accordance with AWWA C213 . _
4. Buried,bolted,sleeve-type couplings shall be lined and coated with
fusion-bonded epoxy in accordance with AWWA C213 and wrapped
with petroleum wax tape in accordance with AWWA C217.
B. For Pipe with Plain-Ends:
1. Bolted, sleeve-type coupling,in accordance with AWWA C219.
a. Manufacturer of couplings shall observe same quality control
requirements as specified in AWWA C221 for fabrication of pipe
expansion joints.
b. Unless thrust restraint is provided by other means,bolted, sleeve-
type couplings shall be harnessed. Harness details shall be in —
accordance with requirements of appropriate reference standard or
as shown on Drawings.
C. For Pipe with Flanged Ends:
1. Flanged coupling adapters,in accordance with AWWA C219.
2. Dismantling joints for connecting flanged pipe shall be AWWA C219
compliant. Provide studs and nuts to seal gasket separate and
independent from tie-bar restraint system.
D. Bolting Materials: Type 304 stainless steel.
2.04 SLAB, FLOOR, WALL,AND ROOF PENETRATIONS
A. Modular Mechanical Seal:
1. Type: Interconnected synthetic rubber links shaped and sized to
continuously fill annular space between pipe and wall sleeve opening.
2. Assemble interconnected rubber links with Type 316 stainless steel
bolts,nuts, and pressure plates.
3. Size modular mechanical seals according to manufacturer's instructions
for the size of pipes shown to provide a watertight seal between pipe
and wall sleeve opening.
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02500 4 CONVEYANCE PIPING—GENERAL
181378A.GN1
4. Manufacturers and Products:
Thunderline/LinkSeal, Div. Of PSI, Houston, TX; Link Seal.
Calpico, Inc., South San Francisco, California; Sealing Linx.
Q. Advance Products and Systems, Lafayette, Louisiana; Innerlynx.
B. Wall Sleeves:
1. Diameter, ends, and length shall be as shown on Drawings.
2. Shall include integral seep ring to minimize seepage between metal
sleeve and concrete.
C. Wall Couplings:
1. Diameter, ends, and length shall be as shown on Drawings.
2. Wall couplings shall provide flexible mechanical joint.
3. Body and end rings shall be coated with fusion bonded epoxy.
4. gody shall include integral seep ring.
5. hall comply with AWWA C219.
2.05 FLANGES, FLANGE GASKETS, AND BOLTING MATERIALS
A. As specified in individual specifications following this section.
B. Flanges,bolting materials, and flange gaskets for steel flanges shall conform
to AWWA C207.
C. Flanges,bolting materials, and flange gaskets for ductile iron flanges shall
conform to AWWA C110 and AWWA C115.
2.06 FLANGE INSULATION KITS AND INSULATING COUPLINGS
A. Flange Insulation Kit Manufacturers:
1. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc., Houston,Texas.
2. Central Plastics Co., Shawnee, Oklahoma.
3. Calpico, Inc., South San Francisco, California.
4. Advance Products and Systems, Lafayette, Louisiana.
B. Insulating Couplings:
`y 1. Bolt holes, sized as required.
2. Manufacturers and Products:
a. Dresser Industries; Style 39.
b. Baker Coupling Company, Inc.; Series 216.
C. Romac Industries; Style IC501.
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02500 5 CONVEYANCE PIPING—GENERAL
181378A.GN1 T
2.07 CONCRETE FOR THRUST BLOCKS
A. Thrust blocking is not allowed. Thrust restraint shall be accomplished by
restrained joints, as required in individual specifications following this
section.
2.08 PIPE LOCATING TAPE
A. As specified in Section 02320,Trench Backfill.
2.09 PIPE BEDDING AND PIPE ZONE MATERIAL `
A. As specified in Section 02320,Trench Backfill.
2.10 TRENCH STABILIZATION MATERIAL
A. As specified in Section 02320,Trench Backfill. —
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Field fabrication of pipe and fittings is not allowed without prior approval of
the Engineer.
B. Furnish feeler gauges of proper size, type, and shape for use during
installation for each type of pipe furnished.
C. Distributing Materials: Place materials along trench only as will be used each
day,unless otherwise approved by Engineer. Placement of materials shall not
be hazardous to traffic or to general public, obstruct access to adjacent
property, or obstruct others working in area.
3.02 EXAMINATION
A. Verify size,material,joint types, elevation, and horizontal location of existing '-
pipeline to be connected to new pipeline or new equipment.
B. Inspect size and location of structure penetrations to verify adequacy of wall
pipes, sleeves, and other openings.
C. Damaged Coatings and Linings: Repair using coating and lining materials in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02500 6 CONVEYANCE PIPING—GENERAL
181378A.GN1
3.03 PREPARATION OF TRENCH
A. Prepare trench as specified in Section 02320,Trench Backfill.
B. Unless otherwise permitted by Engineer,maximum length of open trench
shall not exceed 200 feet.
3.04 INSTALLATION
A. General:
I. Join pipe and fittings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,
unless otherwise shown or specified.
2. Install individual pipe lengths according to approved lay diagram.
Misplaced pipe shall be removed and replaced.
3. inspect pipe and fittings before installation,clean ends thoroughly,
remove foreign matter and dirt from inside.
4. Flanged Joints:
a. Install perpendicular to pipe centerline.
b. Bolt Holes: Straddle vertical centerline, aligned with connecting
equipment flanges or as shown on Drawings.
C. Use torque-limiting wrenches to provide uniform bearing and
proper bolt tightness.
d. Flange Type: Use flat-faced flange when joining with flat-faced
ductile or cast iron flange.
5. Couplings:
a. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions.
b. Before coupling, clean pipe holdback area of oil, scale,rust, and
y dirt.
C. Remove pipe coating, if necessary,to obtain smooth surface or as
recommended by the coupling manufacturer.
d. Clean gaskets before installation.
e. If necessary, lubricate with gasket lubricant for installation on
pipe ends.
f. Tighten coupling bolts progressively,drawing up bolts on
opposite sides gradually until bolts have uniform tightness.
n B. Buried Pressure Pipe:
1. Concrete Encased or Embedded Pipe: Do not encase joints in concrete,
unless specifically shown on Drawings.
2. Placement:
a. Keep trench dry until pipe laying,joining, and backfill is
completed.
b. Exercise care when lowering pipe into trench to prevent twisting
or damage to pipe.
C. Measure for grade at pipe invert, not at top of pipe.
181378.TM JUNE 18,2007
02500 7 CONVEYANCE PIPING—GENERAL
181378A.GN1
d. Excavate trench bottom and sides of ample dimensions to permit
proper joining,welding, visual inspection, and testing of entire
joint.
e. Prevent foreign material from entering pipe during placement.
f. Close and block open end of last laid pipe section when placement
operations are not in progress and at close of day's work.
g. In general, lay pipe upgrade with bell ends pointing in direction of
laying.
h. Deflect pipe at joints for pipelines laid on a curve using
unsymmetrical closure of spigot into bell. If joint deflection of
standard pipe lengths will not accommodate horizontal or vertical
curves in alignment,provide:
1) Shorter pipe lengths. _
2) Special mitered joints.
3) Standard or special fabricated bends.
i. Check gasket position with feeler gauge to assure proper seating.
j. After joint has been made, immediately check pipe alignment and
grade.
k. Place sufficient pipe zone material to secure pipe from movement _
before next joint is installed.
1. Prevent uplift and floating of pipe prior to backfilling.
3. Tolerances: —
a. Deviation From Horizontal Line: Maximum 2 inches.
b. Deviation From Vertical Line: Maximum 1 inch.
C. Joint Deflection: Maximum of 75 percent of manufacturer's —
recommendation.
d. Horizontal position of pipe centerline on alignment around curves
maximum variation of 1 foot from position shown.
4. Cover Over Top of Pipe: Minimum 5 feet,unless otherwise shown.
5. Disposal of Excess Excavated Material: Contractor shall be responsible
for disposing of all excess material off site.
3.05 THRUST RESTRAINT
A. Location: At pipeline tees,plugs, caps,bends, and locations where unbalanced
forces exist. Restraint requirements are discussed in the individual pipe
specifications.
B. Thrust Blocking: Concrete thrust blocks will not be used on this project.
3.06 CORROSION PROTECTION
A. Buried Pipe: As specified in the individual specifications following this _
section.
B. Notify Engineer at least 3 days prior to start of surface preparation,coating _
application, and corrosion protection work.
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02500 8 CONVEYANCE PIPING—GENERAL
.. IS 1378A.GN1
3.07 PLACEMENT OF PIPE LOCATING TAPE
A. Place ipe locating tape in accordance with Section 02320,Trench Backfill.
3.08 PIPE BEDD G AND ZONE MATERIAL
A. Place I ipe bedding and pipe zone material in accordance with Section 02320,
TrencE Backfill.
3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Hydrostatic Testing:
1. Pipeline Hydrostatic Test:
a. General:
1) Notify Engineer in writing 5 days prior to testing. Perform
testing in presence of Engineer.
- 2) Test newly installed pipelines and isolation valves.Using
water as a test medium,pipes and valves shall successfully
pass a leakage test prior to acceptance.
a) It is the intent of these Contract Documents that the
entire length of the pipeline, and both sides of every
isolation valve(all mainline valves) shall be pressure
tested under test pressure conditions as listed in
Section 1.02 Design Requirements,of this
Specification.
b) Hydrostatic testing shall be performed on each side of
all isolation valves. Each valve may be tested in the
field(installed)as part of the pipeline hydrostatic
pressure test,or in the plant, prior to shipping to the
job site. If testing is performed in the field as part of
the pipeline hydrostatic test, no additional leakage
allowance will be provided for hydrostatic testing
against the valves. If the Contractor chooses to have
the valves tested at the manufacturer's plant,the
Contractor shall provide submittals for each valve
indicating zero leakage on each side of the valve for a
test duration of 15 minutes under the test pressure
indicated in Section 1.02 Design Requirements, of this
Specification. During hydrostatic testing on each
valve, the non-pressurized side of each valve shall be
maintained at atmospheric pressure for the entire
duration of the test. Each side of each mainline valve
installed on the project shall be hydrostatic pressure
tested and pass the zero leakage test prior to
acceptance.
c) The maximum length for hydrostatic testing of
individual pipe segments is between isolation valves.
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02500 9 CONVEYANCE PIPING—GENERAL
181378A.GN1
The Contractor may choose to perform hydrostatic
tests for shorter segments of pipeline through the
installation of internal bulkheads,or other means as
approved by the Engineer. Contractor shall provide a
hydrostatic test submittal to include bulkhead
locations,restraint methods, structural calculations to
verify integrity of pipe/bulkhead connection under test
pressure,testing schedule, and proposed method for
removal of temporary bulkhead upon completion of
test.
3) Furnish testing equipment and perform tests in manner
satisfactory to Engineer. Testing equipment shall provide
observable and accurate measurements of leakage under
specified conditions.
4) Isolate new pipelines that are connected to existing
pipelines. _
5) Conduct field hydrostatic test on buried piping after trench
has been completely backfilled. Testing may, as approved
by Engineer,be done prior to placement of asphaltic
concrete or roadway structural section.
6) Contractor may, if field conditions permit and as determined
by Engineer,partially backfill trench and leave joints open for inspection and conduct an initial service leak test. Final
field hydrostatic test shall not,however,be conducted until
backfilling has been completed as specified above. —
7) Supply of temporary water shall be as stated in Part D,
Special Conditions.
b. Procedure: —
1) Maximum filling velocity shall not exceed 0.25 foot per
second, calculated based on the full area of pipe. '
2) Expel air from pipe system during filling. Expel air through —
air release valve or through corporation stop installed at
high points and other strategic points.
3) For cement-mortar lined pipe, saturate lining at least —
24 hours prior to test.
4) Test Pressure: As specified in this section. Measured at low
point of pipeline.
5) Apply and maintain specified test pressure with hydraulic
force pump. Valve off piping system when test pressure is
reached.
6) Maintain hydrostatic test pressure continuously for 2 hours
minimum, adding additional make-up water only as
necessary to restore test pressure. '
7) Determine actual leakage by measuring quantity of water
necessary to maintain specified test pressure for duration of
test.
181378.TM JUNE 18,2007
02500 10 CONVEYANCE PIPING—GENERAL
' 181378A.GN1
8) If measured leakage exceeds allowable leakage or if leaks
are visible, repair defective pipe section and repeat
hydrostatic test.
C. Allowable Leakage:
1) Welded Steel Pipe:No leakage shall be allowed for pipe
with welded joints. Maximum allowable leakage for O-ring
rubber gasket joints shall not exceed 2 gallons per inch of
diameter per mile per 2 hours.
2) Ductile Iron Pipe: Maximum allowable leakage shall not
exceed that stated in AWWA C600.
3) Bar-Wrapped Concrete Cylinder Pipe: Maximum allowable
leakage shall not exceed 10 gallons per inch of diameter per
mile of pipe per 24 hours.
d. Hydrostatic Test shall be performed for each individual pipeline
segment between isolation valves, and between isolation valves
,. and begin/end connection of project.
3.10 CLEANING AND DISINFECTION
A. Following assembly and testing, and prior to disinfection and final acceptance,
flush pipelines with water at 2.5 fps minimum flushing velocity until foreign
matter is removed.
B. If impractical to flush large diameter pipe at 2.5 fps, clean pipe in-place from
inside by brushing and sweeping, then flush or blow line at lower velocity.
C. Remove accumulated debris through blowoffs 2 inches and larger or by
removing spools and valves from piping.
D. Disinfection: As specified in Part D—Special Conditions, Item D-52.9, and
other referenced specifications.
END OF SECTION
4
J
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02500 11 CONVEYANCE PIPING—GENERAL
181378A.GN1
SECTION 02501
.. WELDED STEEL PIPE, SPECIALS,AND FITTINGS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
A. This specification is applicable for 24-inch and larger pipe. Pipe that is
smaller than 24-inches shall conform to City of Fort Worth Standard
Specifications.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. The fallowing is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section:
1. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME):
a B 16.9, Factory-Made Wrought Steel Buttwelding Fittings.
b. B36.IOM,Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe.
C. BPVC SEC V,Nondestructive Examination.
d. BPVC SEC VIII, Div. 1, Rules for Construction of Pressure
Vessels.
e. BPVC SEC IX, Qualification Standard for Welding and Brazing
Procedures, Welders,Brazers, and Welding and Brazing
Operators.
2. American Society for Nondestructive Testing Inc. (ASNT):
SNT-TC-1A, Personnel Qualification and Certification in
Non-Destructive Testing.
3. American Water Works Association(AWWA):
a. C200, Steel Water Pipe—6 inch(150 nun)and Larger.
b. C203, Coal-Tar Protective Coatings and Linings for Steel Water
Pipelines -Enamel and Tape- Hot-Applied.
G. C205, Cement-Mortar Protective Lining and Coating for Steel
Water Pipe-4 in. (100 nun)and Larger- Shop Applied.
d. C206,Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe.
e. C208,Dimensions for Fabricated Steel Water Pipe Fittings.
f. C209, Cold-Applied Tape Coatings for the Exterior of Special
Sections, Connections, and Fittings for Steel Water Pipelines.
g. C210, Liquid-Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and Exterior
of Steel Water Pipelines.
h. C213, Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior
of Steel Water Pipelines.
i. C214, Tape Coating Systems for the Exterior of Steel Water
.. Pipelines.
j. C215, Extruded Polyolefin Coatings for the Exterior of Steel
Water Pipelines.
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
~ 02501 1 WELDED STEEL PIPE,
SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
k. C216, Heat-Shrinkable Cross-Linked Polyolefin Coatings for the
Exterior of Special Sections, Connections, and Fittings for Steel
Water Pipelines.
1. C218, Coating the Exterior of Aboveground Steel Water Pipelines —
and Fittings.
In. C222,Polyurethane Coatings for the Interior and Exterior of Steel
Water Pipe and Fittings. —
n. C602, Cement-Mortar Lining of Water Pipelines in Place—4 in.
(100 mm)and Larger.
o. MI I (Manual), Steel Pipe-A Guide for Design and Installation. "
4. American Welding Society(AWS):
a. A2.4, Standard Symbols for Welding,Brazing, and
Nondestructive Examination.
b. A3.0, Standard Welding Terms and Definitions.
C. D1.1, Structural Welding Code—Steel.
d. QC 1, Standard for AWS Certification of Welding Inspectors.
5. ASTM, International(ASTM):
a. A20, Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel
Plates for Pressure Vessels.
b. A53/A53M, Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and
Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. _
C. A106, Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for
High-Temperature Service.
d. A234/A234M, Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of _
Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High
Temperature Service.
e. A370, Standard Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical
Testing of Steel Products.
f. A435/A435M, Standard Specification for Straight-Beam
Ultrasonic Examination of Steel Plates. _
g. A516/A516M, Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates,
Carbon Steel, for Moderate- and Lower-Temperature Service.
h. A572/A572M, Standard Specification for High-Strength _
Low-Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Structural Steel.
i. A770/A770M, Standard Specification for Through-Thickness
Tension Testing of Steel Plates for Special Applications. —
j. .1018/A? M, Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and
Strip, Heavy Thickness Coils Hot Rolled, Carbon, Structural,
High-Strength and Low-Alloy, Columbium or Vanadium and —
High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability.
k. D4541, Standard Test Method for Pull-Off Strength of Coatings
Using Portable Adhesion Testers. —
1. E329, Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in the Testing
and/or Inspection of Materials Used in Construction.
M. E1255, Standard Practice for Radioscopy. —
6. International Institute of Welding(IIW).
181378.TM JUNE 18,2007 =
02501 2 WELDED STEEL PIPE,
SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
.. 7. International Organization for Standardization(ISO).
8. NSF International(NSF):
a. 60, Drinking Water Treatment Chemicals-Health Effects.
.. b. 61, Drinking Water System Components-Health Effects.
9. Steel Pipe Fabricators Association(SFPA).
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Fittings and Specials: Including,but not limited to fittings,closure pieces,
bends, elbows,reducers,tees, wyes,bifurcations, crosses, outlets,manifolds,
nozzles,wall sleeves,bulkheads,and other piping and.appurtenances
fabricated from steel plate, sheet, or coils as required to provide the Work,
R complete. Specials shall also include piping above ground or inside structures.
13. Acronyms:
1. CJP: Complete Joint Penetration.
2. CWI: Certified Welding Inspector.
3. MT: Magnetic Particle Testing.
4. NDE: Nondestructive Examination.
5. NDT:Nondestructive Testing.
6. PJP: Partial Joint Penetration.
7. PQR: Procedure Qualification Record.
8. PT: Liquid Penetrant Testing.
9. RT: Radiographic Testing.
10. UT: Ultrasonic Testing.
11. VT: Visual Testing.
12. WPQ: Welder/Welding Operator Performance Qualification.
13. WPS: Welding Procedure Specification.
1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Fittings and Specials:
1. Design reinforcement,unless otherwise shown.
2. Design in accordance with AWWA Manual M11, AWWA C200, and
AWWA C208.
3. Design fittings, specials, associated joints and all field and shop welds
with load capacities equal to or greater than those of connecting pipe
segments.
4. Design bulkhead, closure, or test plug, as needed for closure of sections
and for field hydrostatic testing.
5. Design and locate weld lead outlets as needed.
6. Design and locate flushing and sampling ports, as needs, for hydrostatic
testing and disinfection.
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02501 3 WELDED STEEL PIPE,
SPECIALS,AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN 1
B. Pipe Layout: Design complete pipeline layout,in accordance with AWWA
Manual MI 1:
1. General: �-
a. Base stationing and elevation convention as shown on Drawings.
b. Maximum Laying Lengths:
1) Not limited,unless specifically shown.
2) Select lengths to accommodate installation operation.
2. Include, as Minimum:
a. Specific number, location, and direction of each pipe,joint,and
fitting or special. Number each pipe in installation sequence.
b. Station and invert elevation at changes in grade or horizontal
alignment.
C. Station and invert elevation to which bell end of each pipe will be
laid.
d. Elements of curves and bends,both in horizontal and vertical
alignment.
e. Location of mitered pipe sections,beveled ends for alignment
conformance,butt straps, and deep bell lap joints for temperature
stress control.
f. Location of closures, cutoff sections for length adjustment, _
temporary access manways,vents, and weld lead outlets for
construction convenience.
1) Provide for adjustment in pipe laying headings and to
conform to indicated stationing.
2) Changes in location or number will require Engineer
approval. _
g. Location of bulkheads,both those shown and/or as Contractor
requires for hydrostatic testing of pipeline.
h. Location and design of all thermal control joints. _
C. Welding Procedure Specification(WPS):
1. Qualified by testing in accordance with ASME BPVC SEC IX for shop
welds and AWS D1.1 for field welds.
2. PQRs conducted on unlisted base metal(most coil products are unlisted
base metals)to be dyction welded as required in9ke referenced
welding Code shale traceable to heat lots.
3. Written WPS required for welds,both shop and field.
4. Notch-tough welding that requires heat input control shall be required:
a. AWS D1.1 prequalified welding procedures are not allowed.
b. WPS used to shop fabricate pipe shall be qualified in accordance
with ASME BPVC SEC IX and shall include Supplementary
Essential Variables.
C. WPS used to field install pipe shall be qualified for heat input _
control in accordance with AWS D1.1.
181378.TM JUNE 18,2007
02501 4 WELDED STEEL PIPE,
SPECIALS,AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
cl. PQRs shall be qualified for notch-tough welding with
.. consideration for thickness of steel,test temperature, and Charpy
V-notch CVN values. Refer to AWS DI.1, Annex III
_ Requirements for CVN Testing, Option A(three specimens).
Using this test procedure select test temperature and minimum
average energy level for Charpy Testing,the welding position as it
T may relate to heat input on the heat affected zone(HAZ)test
results, and the orientation of the test plates as these relate to the
longitudinal or transverse properties of the HAZ.
D. Stulling(Strutting):
1. Design stulling for pipe, specials, and fittings such that damage is
avoided during handling, storage, and installation.
2. Design such that pipe deflection is prevented and to support backfill,
plus backfilling and compaction equipment loads.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Action Submittals:
1. Shop Drawings showing pipe layout.
2. Material list and steel reinforcement schedules for materials specified.
3. Fabrication Information:
a. Design calculations for fittings and specials including opening
reinforcement details of collars, wrappers, and crotch plates.
b. Pipe and fitting details for temporary and permanent facilities
indicating:
.. 1) Cylinder thickness.
2) Manufacturing tolerances.
3) Maximum angular deflection limitations of field joints.
4) Closure sections and cutoffs for field length adjustment.
5) Bulkheads, including details for removal of test bulkheads
_ and repair of lining.
6) Weld lead outlets and plugs.
7) Stulling size, spacing, and layout.
C. Welded joint details including:
I) Butt joints.
2) Miter-cut ends for alignment conformance.
_ 3) Lap joints.
4) Deep bell lap joints required for control of temperature
stresses.
5) Butt strap joints.
4. Welding Data(Shop and Field Welding):
a. Show on a weld map complete information regarding base metal
specification designation, location, type, size, and extent of welds
181378.TM JUNE 18,2007
02501 5 WELDED STEEL PIPE,
SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
with reference called out for WPS and NDE numbers in tail of
welding symbol.
b. Distinguish between shop and field welds.
C. Indicate,by welding symbols or sketches, details of welded joints
and preparation of base metal. Provide complete joint welding
details showing bevels,groove angles, and root openings for all
welds.
d. For pipe fittings,provide a joint weld beveling diagram. Refer to
AWS D 1.1,Annex G Local Dihedral Angle that can be used to
calculate bevels for weld joint details of intersecting pipes.
e. Welding and NDE symbols shall be in accordance with
AWS A2.4.
f. Welding terms and definitions shall be in accordance with
AWS A3.0.
g. Submit welding data together with shop drawings as a complete
package.
5. Product Data for the following:
a. Pipe:
1) Material data.
2) Chemical and physical test reports showing data consistent
with specified requirements for each heat of steel proposed
for use.
b. Coatings and Linings:
1) Technical data sheets itemizing technical and performance
information that indicates compliance with this
Specification.
2) Color chart, if applicable.
3) Manufacturer's name,product number or name, and
thickness.
C. Rubber Gasket Joint:
1) Details with dimensions and fabrication tolerances for both
bell and spigot ends.
2) Materials.
3) Performance history or test data.
B. Informational Submittals:
1. Certificates:
a. Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance that products furnished
meet requirements of this Specification.
b. Lining Materials: Certificate that lining system is currently
approved for potable water contact in accordance with NSF 61
and satisfies current applicable governmental health and safety
requirements for use in potable water.
2. Pipe Manufacturer's written Quality Assurance/Control Plan.
181378.TM JUNE 18,2007
02501 6 WELDED STEEL PIPE,
SPECIALS,AND FITTINGS
T 181378A.GN1
3. Statements of Qualification:
a. Pipe manufacturer.
b. Fittings and specials fabricator.
C. Welders or Welding Operators:
1) Name of welder.
2) Welding procedures/positions for which welder is qualified
to weld.
3) Assigned certification stamp number.
4) Certification date.
5) Current certification status.
d. Certified Welding Inspector.
e. NDT Quality Control Personnel.
4. Procedures:
a. Shop and field welding information: At a minimum include a
complete welding code paper trail with linkage to Shop Drawings
.. that includes the following:
1) Written WPS and PQR.
a) Provide complete joint dimensions and details
.. showing bevels, groove angles,root face, and root
openings for all welds.
b) Notch-tough welding shall be required. For shop
welding, address supplementary essential variables in
addition to essential variables as indicated in
ASME Section IX, QW-251.2. For field welding,
heat-input, control PQR essential variables as
indicated in AWS D 1.1 shall be included. For shop
and field welding,provide heat-input table on WPSs
for welder guidance.
c) PQRs for notch-tough welding shall document
heat-input control by monitoring volts, amps, and
travel speed or time-rate of change of weld metal
volume as calculated by measuring change in
electrode length over a period of time. Charpy
V-notch tests shall be conducted on weld metal and
heat affected zone. Test coupons shall be oriented
transverse to final direction of rolling. Full size
Charpy specimen test acceptance shall be same as
base metal specified herein. 10
2) Written NDT procedures.
.. 3) Current WPQ.
4) Written description of proposed sequencing of events or
special techniques such as:
.. a) Controlling pipe wall temperature stress during
installation.
b) Minimizing distortion of steel.
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02501 7 WELDED STEEL PIPE,
SPECIALS,AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
c) Shop-Applied Cement-Mortar Lining: Include —
description of machine to be used and list of similar
projects where machine was used. Identify pipe size
and total footage.
d) Monitoring pipeline temperatures during installation.
b. Written weld repair procedures for the Work.
C. Field coating application and repair.
d. Field lining application and repair.
e. Written consumable control procedure for welding materials _
demonstrating:
1) How consumables will be stored to comply with
manufacturer's written instructions. _
2) How consumables will be dried in ovens prior to use.
3) How consumables which become wet will be reconditioned.
5. Reports: _
a. Source Quality Control Test Reports:
1) Hydrostatic testing.
2) Destructive weld testing. _
3) Nondestructive weld testing.
4) Steel impact testing using Charpy V-notch method.
5) Coating and lining factory Site visit letter by qualified =
manufacturer's technical representative.
6) Letter from independent testing agency certifying that pipe
furnished meets requirements of this specification. ..
b. Field Quality Control Test Reports:
1) Weld tests,including re-examination of repaired welds, on
each weld joint for the following tests, as applicable: _
a) Visual Testing(VT).
b) Radiographic Testing(RT).
c) Ultrasonic Testing(UT).
d) Magnetic Particle Testing(MT).
e) Liquid Penetrant Testing(PT).
f) Leak Testing(LT).
2) Coating and lining Site visit letter by qualified technical
representative.
3) Applicator's quality control records, including =
environmental conditions,dry film thickness, and adhesion
tests,when requested by Engineer.
C. Cement-mortar lining compressive strength tests in accordance with AWWA C205.
d. Cement-mortar coating absorption tests in accordance with
AWWA C205. —
6. Field Testing Plan: Submit at least 15 days prior to testing and include
at least the following information:
a. Testing dates. —`
b. Piping system and sections to be tested.
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02501 8 WELDED STEEL PIPE,
SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
C. Method of isolation.
d. Method of conveying water from source to system being tested.
e. Calculation of maximum allowable leakage for piping sections to
be tested.
7. Temperature Stress Control Submittal.
1.06 QUALITY,,ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications:
1. Pipe Manufacturer:
a. Experienced in fabricating pipe of similar diameters, lengths, and
wall thickness required for the Work.
b. Steel Pipe Fabricators Association(SPFA), Lloyd's Registry
Certification, or ISO 9000 Certification.
C. Demonstrate current production capability for volume of work
required for this Project.
d. Experience shall include successful fabrication to AWWA C200
standards of at least 10,000 linear feet of 54-inch diameter or
larger pipe, with wall thickness of 0.25 inches or greater, within
past 5-year period.
e. Experience shall be applicable to fabrication plant facilities and
personnel,not company or corporation that currently owns
fabrication facility or employs personnel.
2. Vittings and Specials Fabricator:
a. Experienced in fabricating fittings and specials of similar
diameters and wall thickness required for the Work.
b. Steel Pipe Fabricators Association(SPFA), Lloyd's Registry
Certification, or ISO 9000 Certification.
C. Demonstrate current production capability for-volume of work
required for this Project.
d. Experience shall include successful fabrication to
AWWA C200/C208 standards of at least 25 fittings of 54-inch or
larger pipe, with wall thickness 0.25 inch or greater, within past
5-year period.
C. Experience shall include successful fabrication of at least five
crotch plate fittings or specials requiring post weld heat treatment
within past 5-year period.
f. Experience shall be applicable to fabrication shop facilities and
personnel,not company or corporation that currently owns
fabrication facility or employs personnel.
3. Welders and Welding Operators:
.. a. Shop Welders: In accordance with ASME BPVC SEC IX.
b. Field Welders: In accordance with AWS D1.1.
_ 181378.TM JUNE 18,2007
02501 9 WELDED STEEL PIPE,
SPECIALS,AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
4. Certified Welding Inspector(CWI):
a. In accordance with AWS QC 1,with knowledge of appropriate
welding code for the Work.
b. After receiving CWI qualification, CWI shall have at least 5 years -�
of professional experience related to welding inspection similar to
the Work.
5. NDT Quality Control Personnel: `
a. In accordance with requirements of Recommended Practice No.
SNT-TC-IA, Level II.
b. After receiving NDT qualification,NDT personnel shall have at
least 5 years of professional experience related to NDT inspection
similar to the Work.
B. Certified Welding Inspector(CWI)For Shop Welding:
1. In accordance with AWWA C200 and as follows.
2. Responsibilities:
a. Verify conformance to use of specified materials and their proper
storage.
b. Monitor conformance to approved WPS.
C. Monitor conformance to approved NDT procedure specifications.
d. Monitor conformance of WPQ.
e. Provide 100 percent visual inspection before, during, and after
shop welding.
f. Supervise NDT personnel and evaluate test results.
g. Maintain records and prepare report confirming results of
inspection and testing.
C. Certified Welding Inspector(CWI)For Field Welding:
1. In accordance with AWWA C206, AWS D1.1, and as follows. —
2. Responsibilities:
a. Verify conformance to use of specified materials and their proper
storage.
b. Monitor conformance to approved WPS.
C. Monitor conformance to approved NDT procedure specifications.
d. Monitor conformance of WPQ. `
e. Provide 100 percent visual inspection before, during, and after
field welding.
f. Supervise NDT personnel and evaluate test results.
g. Maintain records and prepare report confirming results of
inspection and testing.
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02501 10 WELDED STEEL PIPE,
SPECIALS,AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
D. Prefab 'cation Meeting: Hold prior to fabrication of pipe, fittings, or specials
betwe n representatives of Owner, Contractor, Engineer,and pipe fabricator
to review the following:
1. Project scope.
2. Submittal requirements.
3. Testing.
4. Inspection responsibilities.
5. Shop welding requirements.
_ 6. Field welding requirements.
7. Shop and field coating and lining requirements.
8. Production and delivery schedule.
9. Other issues pertinent to the Work.
E. Inspection of Coating and Lining Application: Qualified manufacturer's
technical representative shall visit pipe coating and lining shop and Project
Site at beginning of application process to verify proper workmanship
associated with coating and lining application and as may be required to
.. resolve shop or field problems. Written report of visit shall be submitted to
Engineer.
F. Retain services of trained technician to test coating and lining system in shop
and field, and prepare letter confirming that materials applied conform to
these Specifications. Tests shall include holiday detection, adhesion testing,
and film thickness measurement
1.07 DELIVERY, HANDLING, AND STORAGE
A. Pipe Marking:
1. Legibly mark installation sequence number on pipe, fittings, and
specials in accordance with piping layout.
2. Special pipe sections and fittings shall be marked at each end with
notation"TOP FIELD CENTERLINE".
.. 3. The word"TOP"shall be painted or marked on outside top spigot of
each pipe section.
4. Mark"TOP MATCH POINT"for compound bends per AWWA C208
so end rotations can be easily oriented in field.
B. Delivery:
1. Securely bulkhead or otherwise seal ends of pipe, specials, and fittings
prior to loading at manufacturing Site.
2. Pipe ends shall remain sealed until installation.
3. Damage to pipe, fittings, or specials, including linings and coatings,
found upon delivery to Job Site shall be repaired to Engineer's
rw satisfaction or removed from Site and replaced.
181378.TM JUKE 18, 2007
02501 11 WELDED STEEL PIPE,
SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
C. Storage:
1. Support pipe securely to prevent accidental rolling and to avoid contact
with mud,water,or other deleterious materials. -•
2. Support on sand or earth berms free of rock exceeding 3 inches in
diameter.
1.08. SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Notify Engineer in writing of the following:
l. Pipe Manufacturing:Not less than 14 days prior to starting pipe, fittings
and specials fabrication.
2. Not less than 5 days prior to start of each of the following:
a. Welding.
b. Coating application.C. Lining application
d. Shop hydrostatic testing.
PART PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Pipe:
1. Manufacturing of steel pipe,fittings, and specials shall be under
direction of one pipe Supplier.
2. Responsibility shall include, at minimum, coordinating work of other
suppliers for fittings and specials.
B. Steel pipe,fittings, and specials shall be manufactured, tested, inspected, and
marked to comply with AWWA C200 and additional requirements of these
Contract Documents.
C. In lieu of collar reinforcement,pipe,fittings, or specials with outlets may be
fabricated in their entirety of steel plate having thickness equal to sum of pipe
wall plus required reinforcement.
D. Unless shown otherwise, the diameter shown shall be considered finished
inside diameter after lining.
E. Materials furnished shall be NSF 61 approved for use with potable water.
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02501 12 WELDED STEEL PIPE,
SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
F. Pipe, Fittings, Specials,and Joints: Where transmission of load from one pipe
1 to the next via field welded or otherwise restrained joints is anticipated,the
load-path shall be adequately designed for structural transmission of load as
follows:
1. The steel thickness shall be capable of meeting the pipe thrust
equirements.
2. steel thickness shall be constant throughout each section of
restrained joint pipe.
.. 3. Joint rings and associated welds shall be designed for structural
transmission of load in addition to watertight requirements.
4. Axial load for design shall be the greater of the following load
combinations:
a. Full test pressure times area(Pt*A)plus soil drag.
b. Temperature change plus effect of Poisson's ratio plus soil drag.
2.02 PIPE BARREL
A. Steel: Provide steel coils for spiral welded steel pipe or steel plate for straight
seam welded steel pipe per AWWA C200 and as follows:
1. Minimum Yield Strength: 36,000 psi.
.. 2. Minimum Tensile Strength: 53,000 psi.
3. Minimum Elongation in 2-inch Gauge Length: 21 percent.
4. Weld-Ability: Maximum carbon equivalent of 0.45, as measured using
AWS D1.1, Annex XI, Guideline on Alternative Methods for
Determining Preheat formula:
CE=C+((Mn+Si)/6))+(Cr+Mo+V)/5+(Ni+Cu)/15.
5. Pressure Vessel Quality as follows:
a. . Coils:
1) Continuous cast process, fully-killed, fine grained practice
conforming to physical,manufacturing and testing
requirements of ASTM A1018/A1018M, SS.
2) Steel Chemistry:
a) Carbon: 0.20 percent maximum.
b) Manganese: 1.35 percent maximum.
n c) Aluminum: 0.020 percent minimum.
d) Phosphorus: 0.025 percent maximum.
e) Sulfur: 0.015 percent maximum.
_. b. Plate:
1) Fully-killed, conforming to ASTM A20, fine grained
practice conforming to physical,manufacturing and testing
„ requirements of ASTM A516/A516M, Grade 70.
2) Steel Chemistry: Conform to ASTM A516/A516M,
Grade 70. Steel plates that are 3/4 inch thick or greater shall
�. be normalized.
181378.TM JUKE 18, 2007
02501 13 WELDED STEEL PIPE,
SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
C. Toughness: —
1) Charpy V-notch Acceptance Criteria: Transverse specimen
orientation, full size specimens, 25 foot-pounds energy at
test temperature of 30 degrees F test outside diameter wrap
of two coils minimum per heat lot.
6. Wall Thickness: As shown in Table 1.
Table 1 =
Nominal Pipe Diameter(Inches) Buried Pipe Wall Thickness
24 and Under Standard Weight -.
48 Gasketed Pipe: 0.260 inch
Restrained-Joint Pipe: 0.260 inch
54 Gasketed Pipe: 0.280 inch
Restrained-Joint Pipe: 0.280 inch
2.03 FITTINGS AND SPECIALS
A. Steel: Full conformance with the standards required for the pipe barrel, as
stated above.
B. Fabrication:
1. Shop fabricate. No field fabrication will be allowed,unless approved by
Engineer.
2. Fabricate from materials or straight pipe in full conformance with
requirements of these Contract Documents and dimensions of
AWWA C208,unless otherwise indicated.
C. Crotch Plate: Fabricate from fu11y killed, fine grain,pressure vessel steel
conforming to ASTM A516/A516M, Grade 70, and as follows:
I. Plates shall be normalized.
2. Sulfur content shall not exceed 0.005 percent. Carbon shall not exceed
0.20 percent. Manganese shall not exceed 1.20 percent.
3. Charpy V-notch tests in direction transverse to final rolling shall be
performed per ASTM A370 on full size specimens of coupons taken
from each plate. Acceptance shall be 25 foot-pounds at 30 degrees F.
4. Carbon equivalent shall not exceed 0.45 percent.
D. Wall Thickness:
1. General:
a. Refer to ASME B36.1 OM for definitions of wall thickness for
standard weight pipe and nominal pipe size(NPS).
b. Reinforce to withstand either internal pressures,both
circumferential and longitudinal,or external loading conditions,
whichever is greater.
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007 —
02501 14 WELDED STEEL PIPE,
SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS
" 181378A.GN1
C. Minimum Plate Thickness: The greater of adjacent mainline pipe,
` the thickness calculated as hereinafter specified,or as shown in
Table 2.
i Table 2
Elbows
Nominal Pipe Dia.(Inches) Bends
Reducers and Tees
24 and Under Standard Weight
48 0.260 inch
54 0.298 inch
E. Elbows,Unless Otherwise Indicated:
1. Minimum Radius: 3.0 times pipe diameter or as indicated on Drawings
2. Minimum Bend Wall Thickness: Greater of Table 1 above or as
calculated for straight pipe under internal pressure multiplied by the
following stress intensities: For`W'greater than 2.5 the stress intensity
factor may be ignored as indicated in AWWA C208.
- AWWA C208-83 Bend Stress
Bend Radius Multiplier"n" Intensity
1.0 1.67
1.5 1.33
2.0 1.22
2.5 1.17
3. Maximum Miter Angle: 11-1 A degrees on each section resulting in a
maximum deflection angle of 22.5 degrees per miter weld as
recommended in AWWA C208.
4. Bevels: Vary bevels on miters to provide a constant weld groove angle.
For a 11-1A degree miter,(22.5 degrees miter weld)bevels must vary
from 18.75 degrees on OD of bend to 41.25 degrees on ID of bend to
provide a constant 60 degree groove angle for CJP welding.
5. Complete joint penetration(CJP)welds on miter welds.
F. Outlets:
1. 24 Inches and Smaller: Fabricate from ASTM A53/A53M,Type E or S,
Grade B, standard weight steel pipe.
.. 2. Larger than 24 Inches: Fabricate from ASTM A106, Grade B, standard
weight pipe.
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02501 15 WELDED STEEL PIPE,
SPECIALS,AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
3. Fabricate collar or wrapper reinforcement using same steel as specified `
for main pipe barrel.
G. Steel Butt-Weld Fittings: —
1. 24 Inches and Smaller: In accordance with ASME B 16.9 conforming to
ASTM A234/A234M. —
2. Standard weight.
3. Taper pipe wall at welds at 4:1 for connection to pipe of different wall
thickness.
4. Coordinate difference in diameter convention between specials and
AWWA C200/C208 pipe and fittings to provide complete piping system
as shown.
2.04 JOINTS
A. Shop Welded:
1. Fabricate in accordance with AWWA C200 as modified herein. —
2. Complete joint penetration(CJP)butt joints shall be used for
longitudinal, girth, and spiral welds,unless otherwise indicated.
3. Lengths of pipe shall not be shop joined using lap joints.
B. Preparation of Joints for Field Welding:
1. Typical field welded joint in restrained sections shall be double fillet lap
joint.
2. Butt Joint Welded: As needed for closures or other locations required _
for construction. Plain ends beveled as required by AWWA C200 and
Contractor's field WPS.
3. Lap Joint Welded: —
a. Double fillet lap joints in preparation for field welding shall be in
accordance with AWWA C200.
b. For pipe 30 inches in diameter and larger,tack weld four metal
tabs at equal intervals around inside circumference of bell ends to
indicate location at which spigot end has reached maximum
penetration into bell. Remove stops after welding of joint. T
4. Double welded lap joints and butt-strap joints shall be tapped and drilled
for testing in accordance with AWWA C206.
C. Miter-cut Ends:
1. As shown on Drawings.
2. Moderate deflections and long radius curves may be made using
miter-cut ends.
3. Use only with rubber gasket joints or lap welded joints,unless =
specifically approved in writing by Engineer.
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02501 16 WELDED STEEL PIPE,
SPECIALS,AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
4. Maximum Total Allowable Miter-cut Angle: 2.5 degrees per pipe joint.
5. Provide miter-cut that is cold expanded square with face of miter—cut on
bell ends only.
6. Mitering of spigot ends will not be permitted.
2.05 THERMAL CONTROL JOINTS
' A. Provide thermal control joints as indicated in Section,3.01.B.
2.06 RUBBER GASKET
A. General:
- 1. In accordance with AWWA C200.
2. Clearance between bell and spigot shall, when combined with gasket
groove configuration and gasket itself,provide watertight joints under
m. all pressure conditions.
B. Rubber Gasket Carnegie Spigot and Expanded Bell:
1. Standard Spigot Shapes in Accordance with AWWA manual M11:
a. M3516 for pipe diameters less than 42 inches and maximum wall
thickness of 3/8 inch.
b. M3818 for applications not suitable for standard shape M3516.
C. M3818 may be substituted for standard shape M3516.
2. Weld spigots to pipe cylinder using double fillet welded lap joint.
3. Bell:
a. Form by expanding press or by moving axially over a die, in such
.. a manner as to stretch steel plate beyond its elastic limit to form a
truly round bell of suitable diameter and shape.
b. Do not roll bell ends.
c. Minimum Radius: 15 times wall thickness of pipe barrel on either
side of bell slope.
d. Minimum Bell Depth: 3 inches.
e. Expanded bells shall have no noticeable depressions or
irregularities.
2.07 STULLING (STRUTTING)
A. Materials:
1. Shop-Lined Pipe: Wood stalls and wedges.
2. Unlined Pipe: Steel or wood.
B. Install stalling for pipe, specials, and fittings in accordance with approved
submittal and as soon as practical after pipe is fabricated or, for shop-lined
.. pipe, after lining has been applied.
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02501 17 WELDED STEEL PIPE,
SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
C. Install stulling in manner that will not harm lining.
I. Maintain stulling in place until pipe is backfilled.
2. The stulling may be temporarily removed to perform interior welding of
the pipe joints if welding is performed prior to backfilling. --
3. If the stulling is temporarily removed,it shall be reinstalled prior to
backfilling.
4. Stulling shall be reinstalled so that the pipe is not out-of-round from a
true circle by more than I percent.
2.08 COATINGS A. General:
I. Notify Engineer at least 5 days prior to application of coating products.
2. Holdback of coating from field-welded joints shall be as follows:
a. For lap welded joints and flex couplings, 8 inches. -�
b. For butt weld and butt strap joints, 6 inches.
3. Furnish inspection devices that are calibrated and in good working
condition for detection of holidays and measurement of coating film -�
thickness and adhesion testing.
B. Shop-Applied Cement-Mortar Coating: --.
I. Cement-mortar coating shall conform to AWWA C205. Thickness shall
conform to AWWA C205.
2. Steel wire or ribbon mesh reinforcement shall be in accordance with
AWWA C205.
3. For cement-mortar coatings applied over dielectric coated pipe, ensure
reinforcing metals in coating do not electrically contact pipe.
4. Coating system for field joints shall be cement mortar in accordance
with AWWA C205. Mortar shall be retained with suitable
water-impermeable bands or heavy-duty diapers of sufficient strength to
hold fresh mortar and resist rodding.
C. Polyurethane Coating:
I. Polyurethane coating shall conform to the requirements of the
Supplement attached to this Section.
2. Coating system ibr field-welded joints for polyurethane coated pipe
shall be heat shrink sleeves conforming to Paragraph 2.08.13 and 3.05.B.
D. Field Coating of Buried, Bolted Joints:
I. Heat-shrink Sleeves:
a. High recovery,Type II,heat-shrinkable cross-linked polyolefin in
accordance with AWWA C216,unless otherwise indicated.
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02501 18 WELDED STEEL PIPE,
SPECIALS,AND FITTINGS
rri
181378A.GN1
Sleeve Length: Extend minimum of 3 inches onto adjacent pipe
coating.
As-Supplied Sleeve Thickness (prior to heat shrinking): 90 mils,
minimum.
d. Filler: As recommended and supplied by the heat shrink sleeve
j manufacturer.
e. Provide manufacturer's recommended sleeve thickness,length,
and size required for specific type of joint and pipe.
f. Manufacturer and Product: Canusa,The Woodlands,TX;
Aqua-Shield.
2.09 LININGS
y A. General:
1. Notify Engineer at least 5 days prior to application of lining products.
2. Holdback of lining from field-welded joints shall be as follows:
a. For lap-welded joints and flex couplings, 8 inches.
b. For butt-weld and butt-strap joints, 6 inches.
B. Shop-Applied Cement-Mortar Lining:
1. Applied centrifugally in conformance with AWWA C205. Thickness
Shall be in accordance with AWWA C205.
2. Lining machine type that has been used successfully for similar work
.. and approved by Engineer.
3. Maintain pipe in round condition during lining operation and thereafter
by suitable bracing or strutting.
.. 4. Provide polyethylene or other suitable bulkhead on ends of pipe and on
special openings to prevent drying out of lining. Bulkheads shall be
substantial enough to remain intact during shipping and storage until
rnds
e is installed.
5. e shall be left bare where field joints occur.
6. of lining shall be left square and uniform. Feathered or uneven
edges will not be permitted.
C. Field-Applied Cement-Mortar Lining:
1. Materials conforming to AWWA C602.
2. Do not use pozzolanic material in mortar mix.
3. Admixtures shall contain no calcium chloride.
4. Wire mesh conforming to AWWA C205.
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02501 19 WELDED STEEL PIPE,
SPECIALS,AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
2.10 PIPE LENGTH
A. Minimum or maximum individual pipe length shall be determined by pipe
manufacturer and as allowed under the approved lay schedule submittal,
unless otherwise noted.
B. All non-restrained pipe that is deflected or that has mitered joints in order to T
maintain alignment on horizontal or vertical curves shall have a minimum
length of 8 feet,unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
2.11 CATHODIC PROTECTION
A. Provide as shown and as specified in Section 13990, Galvanic Anode
Cathodic Protection System.
2.12 JOINT BONDING _
A. Provide joint bonding for non-welded steel pipe joints as specified in
Section 13985,Pipe Bonding and Test Stations.
2.13 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Steel Toughness Testing:
1. Include three impact specimens; conduct test in direction transverse to _
final direction of rolling.
2. Coils:
a. Conduct Initial Charpy Testing of each coil of each heat to
establish uniformity of steel followed by Production Charpy
Testing where random coil from each heat is selected to verify
consistency.
b. Conduct Initial Charpy Testing of 25 percent of steel for pipe and
specials.Take test coupons from each coil of each heat at
locations of outer,middle, and inner wrap of coil. Middle coil test _
coupons may be taken from ends of full-length pipes that are
closest to middle of coil.
C. Conduct Production Charpy Testing on random coil of each heat
or 75 percent of steel for pipe and specials.
d. Coils that do not qualify shall not be used in production of pipe.
3. Plate:
a. Conduct Charpy Tests on each plate in accordance with
ASTM A20.
b. Conduct on full-size(10 mm by 10 mm) specimens from each _
plate in accordance with ASTM A20.
C. Plates that do not qualify shall not be used in production of pipe.
181378.TM JUNE 18,2007 ~`
02501 20 WELDED STEEL PIPE,
SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN 1
B. Crotch Plate:
I. Through-Thickness tension testing shall be performed with acceptance
criteria per Article 5 of ASTM A770/A770M on each plate.
2. Straight-Beam Ultrasonic Examination shall be conducted with
acceptance criteria per Article 6 of ASTM A435/A435M on each plate.
3. Plates that do not qualify shall not be used.
C. Shop Hydrostatic Pressure Test: In accordance with AWWA C200
Section 5.2, except as follows:
1. General: Unless specified otherwise,testing of pipe, fittings, and
specials shall be performed before lining and coating is applied.
2. Pipe: Maintain test pressure for minimum of 5 minutes.
3. Fittings and Specials:
a. If fabricated from untested straight pipe, test to minimum pressure
equal to field test pressure.
b. Except as otherwise specified herein, no additional shop
hydrostatic test will be required on fittings and specials fabricated
from successfully tested straight pipe.
C. Hydrostatically test fittings and specials with crotch plates,
regardless of whether or not straight pipe sections used were
previously tested.
D. Joints, Lap-Welded:
1. Fit test minimum of 10 joints, selected by Engineer,of each pipe size
used:
Join pipe ends with proposed adjacent pipe end.
Match-mark pipe ends.
C. Record Actual Annular Space:
1) Maximum space at any point.
2) Minimum space at any point.
3) Space at 90-degree intervals;top,bottom, and spring line on
both sides.
E. Shop Nondestructive Testing:
1. Welds: 100 percent visually examined by CWI to criteria in
ASME BPVC SEC VIII, Division 1.
2. Butt-Joint Welds: 100 percent radioscopic examine in accordance with
ASTM E1255. Acceptance criteria per ASME BPV Code, Section VIII,
Division 1,Paragraph UW-51. Ultrasonically examine welds that, in
.. opinion of Engineer, cannot readily be radiographed.
3. Fillet Welds: 100 percent examine using magnetic particle inspection
method in accordance with ASME BPVC SEC VIII, Division 1.
181378.TM JUNE 18,2007
02501 21 WELDED STEEL PIPE,
SPECIALS,AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
4. Groove Welds: 100 percent ultrasonically examine those that cannot be
readily radiographically spot examined in accordance with
ASME BPVC SEC VIII, Division 1.
5. Air test collars and wrappers in accordance with AWWA C206.
F. Inspection of Pipe Fabrication Procedure: Select and provide independent
testing agency to observe pipe fabrication. Agency staff shall have experience
in observation of steel pipe fabrication in accordance with ASTM E329.
Representative of agency shall be present full time while pipe is being
fabricated and while protective coating and lining is applied. Agency staff
shall provide a letter to Engineer certifying that pipe furnished meets
requirements of this section.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION —
A. General:
1. Joints and related work for field assembly of fittings and specials shall
conform to requirements for straight pipe,unless otherwise shown.
2. Make minor field adjustments by pulling standard joints.
a. Maximum Allowable Angle: 75 percent of manufacturer's
recommended, or angle that results from 3/4-inch pull out from
normal joint closure, whichever is less.
b. Maximum Allowable Gap: 1/8 inch between bell and spigot at
weld location.
3. Horizontal deflections or fabricated angles shall fall on alignment, as
shown.
4. Vertical deflections shall fall on alignment, and pipe angle point
locations shall match those indicated on Drawings.
5. Pipe 30 Inches in Diameter and Larger:
a. Assure that maximum penetration of spigot end into bell end is
achieved through use of shop-welded tabs on inside circumference =
of bell end.
b. Remove welded metal tabs prior to welding inside of joint.
6. Maintain stulling in place until pipe trench is backfilled to the surface.
a. Out-of-Round Pipe: Pipe which deviates from a true circle by
more than I percent shall be laid with its larger diameter vertical,
or by using struts on continuous head and sill timbers to correct
the vertical diameter where acceptable to the Engineer. Struts
shall be left in place until the joints at each end have been
completed and embedment and backfill for the section have been —`
placed to the top of the trench. Final inspection, repair, and
checking of interior lining shall be performed after the struts have _
been removed.
181378.TM JUKE 18, 2007
02501 22 WELDED STEEL PIPE,
SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
Pipe Deflection: After completion of backfilling and before
acceptance of the Work, all pipes 30 inches and larger in diameter
shall be tested for excessive deflection by measuring the actual
inside vertical diameter. Deflection measurements will be made
by the Contractor and verified by the Owner. Pipe diametral
deflection shall not exceed 2.25 percent of the nominal inside
diameter measured in the vertical direction at any point in the
pipe. Diametral deflection greater than 2.25 percent shall be
corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner.
B. Control of Temperature Stresses in Restrained Pipe:
_ 1. Control temperature stresses in accordance with AWWA C206, the
approved temperature stress control submittal, and these Specifications.
2. To control temperature stresses,the unbackfilled special temperature
control joint areas of all pipe shall be shaded from the direct rays of the
sun by the use of properly supported awnings,umbrellas, tarpaulins,or
other suitable materials until the pipe is backfilled at least 1 foot over
,r the top of the pipe. The Temperature Control Joint Area is defined as
the entire length of pipe left exposed near a control joint after placing
the pipe backfill between it and the other control joints in each direction.
Shading materials at the joint area shall not rest directly on the pipe but
shall be supported to allow air circulation around the pipe. Shading of
the pipe joints need not be performed when the ambient air temperature
,m is below 45 degrees F.
3. At intervals not exceeding 300 feet along welded reaches of the
pipeline, at the first regular lap-welded field joints outside concrete
encasements and structures, and where shown, the pipe shall be supplied
With a special temperature control lap joint and laid with an initial lap in
accordance with the Drawings. Where temperature control lap joints
occur in a traveled roadway or other inconvenient location,the location
of the joint may be adjusted, as acceptable to the Engineer.
4. Provide and install thermocouple temperature gauges to monitor the
- temperature of the steel pipe wall as it lays in the trench. All pipe
temperature requirements specified herein shall be measured at the top
inside of the steel cylinder using the thermocouple gauges hereinbefore
.. specified. Specific temperature requirements for the pipeline steel
cylinder shall be met prior to installation of the trench backfill, during
and after placement of trench backfill, and during welding of the special
temperature control joints. If atmospheric conditions do not allow the
conditions to be met, supplemental cooling shall be required by the
Contractor. The following outlines the specific temperature control
requirements.
a. Prior to and during placement of the trench backfill,the pipeline
steel temperature shall be at or below 75 degrees F. The specified
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02501 23 WELDED STEEL PIPE,
SPECIALS,AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
temperature shall be maintained for at least three hours after the
placement of backfill. Provide supplemental cooling as required.
b. Placement of backfill shall proceed in the direction of pipe laying
from one special temperature control joint to the next. During
placement of backfill,the lead end of the pipe section(toward the
next special temperature control joint) shall be left unbackfilled or
otherwise unrestrained such that the end of the pipe is free to
move in response to expansion or contraction due to temperature
changes. Backfill shall not be placed in a direction which would
result in backfill placement proceeding in a direction toward
previously or simultaneously placed backfill without the written
permission of the Engineer. The direction of backfill placement
will not be limited for placement at the short unbackfilled section
immediately adjacent to the special temperature control joints.
C. During period between backfill placement operations, any section _
of pipeline that is partially backfilled with pipe bedding zone
material (less than one foot over the top of pipe)shall be shaded
from the direct rays of the sun by the use of properly supported
awning,umbrellas, tarpaulins, or other suitable materials until the
pipe is backfilled at least 1 foot over the top of the pipe. Shading
materials shall not rest directly on the pipe but shall be supported M�
to allow air circulation around the pipe. Shading of the partially
backfilled pipe need not be performed when the Contractor can
demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Construction Manager,using
thermocouple data,that shading is not necessary to meet the
specified temperature requirements.The temperature of the
partially backfilled pipe shall not be allowed to exceed
110 degrees F at any time. Provide supplemental cooling as
required.
d. Prior to welding the special temperature control joints, the .,
pipeline extending 300 feet each direction from the joint shall be
maintained at or below 75 degrees F. Additionally,the pipeline
extending 300 feet each direction from the joint shall be backfilled .-.
with pipe zone material to at least one foot over the top of the
pipe. At or below the specified temperature, the special
temperature control joints can be welded. Begin and complete the
weld during the coolest interval or suitable length within a
24-hour day. Use the thermocouple data to demonstrate to the
Engineer the coolest interval of the day. —
e. After welding any temperature control joint, the pipe temperature
for 150 feet in each direction from the control joint shall be
maintained below 110 degrees F for a minimum of 24 hours after
the temperature control joint area has been backfilled to at least
1 foot over the top of the pipe. This requirement is in addition to
the shading and backfill placement temperature requirements
specified herein.
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02501 24 WELDED STEEL PIPE,
SPECIALS,AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
3.02 WELDING
A. Conform to AWS D 1.1,AWWA C206,approved welding procedures, and
referenced welding codes. In case of conflict AWS D I A shall govern.
B. Prehe t and Interpass temperature requirements for unlisted base metals shall
be det ed according to AWS D1.1,Anne .H Guideline on Alternative
Methods for Determining Preheat.
C. Rejectable weld defects shall be repaired or redone,and retested until sound
weld metal has been deposited in accordance with appropriate welding codes.
D. As a minimum, Contractor shall field weld all joints for joint restraint between
the following stations:
FROM TO
92+15.00 96+65.00
101+80.00 102+60.00
102+75.00 103+55.00
�+ 123+55.00 127+55.00
144+30.00 147+70.00
E. All fittings and specials require at least 20 feet of restrained pipe each side of
fitting.
F_ Any changes in vertical or horizontal alignment from that provided in the
drawings may necessitate a change in restrained joint lengths. Contractor shall
contact Engineer any time a change in alignment is necessary.
3.03 RUBBER GASKET JOINT PIPE
.. A. Each joint shall be checked by the Contractor, as recommended by the pipe
manufacturer,to determine that the pipe joint and the rubber gasket are
installed properly.
3.04 REPAIR OF SHOP-APPLIED COATINGS
w A. Exterior surfaces of steel pipe, specials, and fittings shall be inspected upon
delivery to Job Site and just prior to backfilling trench.
B. Repair of Cement Mortar Coating: Field repairs shall be made in accordance
with AWWA C205.
3.05 COATING OF FIELD-WELDED JOINTS
A. Using Cement Mortar: Applied to joints in accordance with AWWA C205.
B. Using Heat Shrink Sleeves for polyurethane coated pipe:
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02501 25 WELDED STEEL PIPE,
SPECIALS,AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
1. Apply in accordance with AWWA C216 and sleeve manufacturer's
written instructions.
2. Overlap existing pipe coating 3 inches,minimum. Cover pipe surfaces
not coated by shop applied coating system.
3. Clean and prepare pipe surface in accordance with AWWA C216.
4. Clean 8 to 10 inches onto shop applied coating as recommended by
sleeve manufacturer.
5. Apply filler around fasteners, and coupling follower rings, flanges and
other irregular surfaces as required to eliminate all voids under heat
shrink sleeve.
6. Preheat pipe and apply sleeve in with manufacturer's recommended
heating equipment.
7. Holiday test completed sleeve installation and repair defects in
accordance with AWWA C216 and manufacturer's written instructions.
3.06 HEAT SHRINK SLEEVES FOR BURIED, BOLTED CONNECTIONS
A. Apply in accordance with AWWA C216 and sleeve manufacturer's written
instructions.
B. Overlap existing pipe coating 3 inches,minimum. Cover pipe surfaces not
coated by shop applied coating system. —
C. Clean and prepare pipe surface in accordance with AWWA C216.
D. Clean 8 to 10 inches onto shop applied coating as recommended by sleeve
manufacturer.
E. Apply filler around fasteners, and coupling follower rings, flanges and other
irregular surfaces as required to eliminate all voids under heat shrink sleeve.
F. Preheat pipe and apply sleeve in with manufacturer's recommended heating
equipment.
G. Holiday test completed sleeve installation and repair defects in accordance
with AWWA C216 and manufacturer's written instructions.
3.07 FIELD-APPLIED CEMENT-MORTAR LINING
A. General:
1. Except for requirements specified in this section, lining of steel pipe
shall be in accordance with AWWA C602.
2. After joints are welded, air tested, and coated, and bedding and backfill
have been placed,begin cleaning and lining operation with approval of
Engineer.
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02501 26 WELDED STEEL PIPE,
SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
a. Access for cleaning and lining operations shall be at pipe access
manholes or pipe ends. No cutting of openings in pipe will be
allowed,unless approved in writing by Engineer. Upon approval
.. by Engineer, openings may be cut into pipe in order to gain entry
for placing lining. Repair of openings,welding,repair of coatings,
and backfilling shall conform to other portions of these
Specifications.
3. Internal Cleaning:
a. Prior to placing lining,pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned of foreign
matter,including water.
b. Cleaning may be by hand or mechanical method that is approved
by Engineer.
C. Waste materials and water from cleaning operations shall not be
passed through sections of existing pipe or pipe that has already
been lined.
d. No pipe shall be lined until inspected and approved by Engineer.
4. Protection of Appurtenances:
a. Prevent mortar from being thrown into pipe openings in
accordance with AWWA C602.
b. Outlet openings shall be trimmed, smoothed, and beveled.
C. Damaged or defective areas shall be repaired to satisfaction of
Engineer.
3.08 LINING APPLICATION AT JOINTS
A. Cement-Mortar Lining: for pipe with shop applied cement-mortar lining,place
lining at joints in accordance with AWWA C205.
3.09 CATHODIC PROTECTION
A. Appl to pipe as shown and as specified in Section 13990, Galvanic Anode
Cath�dic Protection System.
3.10 PIPE JOINT BONDING
A. Bond all non-welded joints of steel pipe that is buried or partially buried as
shown and as specified in Section 13985, Pipe Bonding and Test Stations.
3.11 INSULATING FLANGES
A. Install insulating flanges as shown and as specified in Section 13985, Pipe
Bonding and Test Stations.
3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field Welding:
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02501 27 WELDED STEEL PIPE,
SPECIALS,AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
1. All welds(100 percent inspection)shall be VT inspected by
Contractor's CWI and marked to indicate acceptance or rejection
2. Test butt-strap or double-welded lap joint welds by pressurizing
connection between the two fillet welds in accordance with
AWWA C206.
a. Apply air or other Engineer-approved gas into connection
between the two fillet welds.
b. Paint welds with soap solution.
C. Mark leaks indicated by escaping gas bubbles.
d. Close threaded openings with flush pipe plugs or by welding !
them.
3. Inspect 10 percent of all butt joint welds with full circumference RT.
4. Inspect 10 percent of all lap joint welds PT or MT
5. Weld Acceptance:
a. If, in the opinion of Engineer,inspections indicate inadequate
quality of welds, percentage of welds inspected shall be increased.
b. Welds to be inspected, if less than 100 percent rate, shall be
selected at random by Engineer.
C. VT: Perform VT per AWS D1.1 Paragraph 6.9, Visual Inspection,
Statically Loaded Nontubular Connections.
d. UT: Perform UT of CJP groove welds in accordance with
AWS D1.1, Paragraph 6.13.1.
e. RT: Perform RT of CJP butt joint welds in accordance with
AWS D1.1, Paragraph 6.12.1.
f. PT or MT:
1) Perform on fillet and PJP groove welds in accordance with
AWS D1.1,Paragraph 6.10.
2) Acceptance shall be in accordance with VT standards
specified above.
g. Remove in manner that permits proper and complete repair by
welding.
h. Caulking or peening of defective welds is not permitted.
i. Retest unsatisfactory welds.
6. Submit test results to Engineer.
7. Owner will conduct random nondestructive inspections of field-welded
joints. Inspections will be of an appropriate type for weld being ..
evaluated. Possible types of inspection include, but are not limited to,
radiographs,magnetic particle,and ultrasonic. Testing will be
performed and evaluated per AWS D1.1. Provide CWI access to the
Work.
B. Hydrostatic Testing:
1. Pipeline Field Hydrostatic Test: See Section 02500, Conveyance Piping
—General.
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02501 28 WELDED STEEL PIPE,
SPECIALS,AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
3.13 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES
A. Manufacturer's representative shall be available at Site full-time for the first
three weeks of pipe installation, and after that as needed by the Contractor or
R requested by the Owner throughout the length of the project for installation
assistance and inspection, at no additional cost to Owner.
3.14 SUPPLEMENTS
A. The supplements listed below, following"End of Section,"are part of this
Speci cation.
1) Polyurethane Coating for Steel Water Pipelines.
END OF SECTION
i
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02501 29 WELDED STEEL PIPE,
SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS
.. 181378A.GN1
Polyurethane Coating for Steel Water Pipelines
Item Description
Basic Requirement Self-priming, plural component, 100-percent solids
polyurethane conforming to AWWA C222, as modified herein.
Number of Number of Coats: One mutlipass coat to achieve specified total
Coats/Thickness dry film coating thickness.
Total Dry Film Coating Thickness, Exterior: 35 mils minimum,
or as required to pass the holiday and defects limitations
specified in this section.
Clarifications and Exceptions to Standard
Materials Material shall have a minimum of three years successful service
for pipeline coating or lining applications.
Extended coatings or linings will not be accepted.
Special Material Submit results of certified independent laboratory testing
Testing Requirements documenting the coating meets the performance criteria
specified herein. Laboratory tests must have been completed
within two years of bid opening.
Provide infrared spectrometry analyses for Part A and Part B of
the material used for the laboratory test reports.
The following tests shall be performed by a certified
independent testing laboratory with a minimum of five years
experience using the specified test procedures on protective
coating or lining systems.
Test Standard Method Criteria
Water ASTM D570 Long Term 1.00%,nun.
Absorption (Note 1) Immersion
Permeance ASTM E96 Water 0.050 in-lb,
(Note 2) Procedure BW max.
(APP. X 1)
Impact ASTM G 14 125 in-lb,min.
Resistance
3
181378.TM WELDED STEEL PIPE,
02501 SUPPLEMENT 1 SPECIALS,AND FITTINGS
Page 1 of 4
181378A.GN1
Cathodic ASTM G95 -3.00 volt 8 mm,max.
Disbondment potential,30 (Note 3)
days
Adhesion to ASTM D4541 20 mm dollies, 3,000 psi,min.
Steel max;score —
coating to
metal surface
Abrasion ASTM D4060 CS-17 wheel, 85 mg loss,
1,000 gram max.
weight, 1,000 _
revolutions
Tensile ASTM D412 4,000 psi,min.
Strength
Hardness, ASTM D2240 70,min.
Shore D —
Flexibility ASTM D522 3-inch mandrel Pass(no
diameter, 180 cracking)
degrees
Notes:
1. Sheet sample, 1 mm maximum thickness.
2. Support sample in manner to provide full circulation of air around
test container for duration of test procedure.
3. Measured from original holiday radius.
Test Samples:
A. Sheet, steel panel, or steel pipe as required for test procedure.
B. Provide a minimum of three samples for each test or as
required by the ASTM standard, whichever is more stringent.
Sample Preparation:
A. Sample shall be prepared by the manufacturer, with surface
preparation documentation reported to the testing laboratory.B. Abrasive blast to white metal, SSPC SP-5,with a 3.25 mil
angular profile, 90 Peak Count per inch minimum.
C. Spray apply coating in accordance with manufacturer's -
written shop application requirements. 35 mils minimum,40
mils maximum.
D. Air cure only. Accelerated curing will not be acceptable.
E. Failure to fully conform to the preparation requirements will
result in rejection of the submitted coating material.
Reporting:
A. As required in the appropriate ASTM standard, with the
181378.TM WELDED STEEL PIPE,
02501 SUPPLEMENT 1 SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS
Page 2 of 4
181378A.GN1
following additional information:
1. Sample panel preparation date and identification.
2. Sample preparation method and abrasive.
3. Surface preparation profile and peak count.
4. Coating lot and date of manufacture.
5. Application spray gun and equipment used.
6. Application temperatures of coating materials and material
temperature at spray nozzle, ambient temperature, and panel
surface temperature.
B. Show each test result for each test sample(not averages).
Environmental Provide heating, cooling, or dehumidification equipment as
Controls required to meet the surface preparation and coating application
requirements as specified herein and as recommended by the
coating manufacturer.
Surface Preparation Provide blast cleaned steel panel for visual comparative
standard.
Provide a 3.0 mil angular profile,minimum, or as required by
the manufacturer,whichever is greater.
Measure and record surface profile.
Abrasive blast all surfaces to be coated or lined in the field to
SSPC SP-10, near white metal. Surfaces prepared in the field
shall meet the angular profile requirements specified herein.
Application Pipe temperature shall be between 75 and 100 degrees F and 5
degrees F above the dew point during coating and lining
application. Coating application shall be performed in an
environmentally controlled area that meets or exceeds the
written environmental requirements of the coating/lining
manufacturer.
Field applied coatings at field-welded joints and shall be spray
applied using plural component equipment.
Holdback Hold-back at Welded Joints: 6-inches, nominal,unless coating
manufacturer requires a longer hold-back.
Testing Adhesion Tests. Perform tensile adhesion tests in accordance
with ASTM D4541. Tensile adhesion shall be:.1,750 psi,
minimum.
Dollies for adhesion testing shall be glued to the coating surface
and permitted to cure for a minimum of 12 hours. Pipe shall be
placed in a heated area, if required, to facilitate curing of the
dolly adhesive. Coating shall be scored around the dolly prior
181378.TM WELDED STEEL PIPE,
02501 SUPPLEMENT 1 SPECIALS,AND FITTINGS
Page 3 of 4
181378A.GN1
to conducting adhesion test. i
Holiday Tests. Conduct holiday tests after a minimum of 1-
hour cure. Holiday testing shall be performed at a voltage of
100 volts per mil of the minimum specified(not the average)
coating thickness.
Repairs Material for repairs greater than 6-inches diameter on
polyurethane coated pipe shall be the same as the existing
coating, or for repairs less than 6-inches diameter,repair
material shall be as recommended by the coating manufacturer,
subject to Engineer approval. Repair material shall have
adhesion and performance characteristics equal to the existing
coating.
Acceptance Criteria Coating repairs on any joint of pipe shall not exceed an average
of 4 per 100 square feet of surface area per joint of pipe or an
individual defect greater than 6-inches in diameter. Holidays,
within a 4-inch radius of a holiday shall be counted as a single
holiday.
Acceptable Futura Coatings, St. Louis, MO; Life-Last Coatings, _
Manufacturers Vancouver,WA
181378.TM WELDED STEEL PIPE,
02501 SUPPLEMENT 1 SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS
Page 4 of 4
181378A.GN1
SECTION 02502
DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
PART1 GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL
A. This specification is applicable for 24-inch and larger pipe. Pipe that is
.. smaller than 24-inches shall conform to City of Fort Worth Standard
Specifications.
.. 1.2 REFERENCES
'A. The following is a list of standards that may be referenced in this section:
1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
(AASHTO):
a. T99, Standard Specification for the Moisture-Density Relations of
Soils Using a 2.5 kg(5.5LB)Hammer and a 305mm(12 in.)
Drop.
2. ASTM International(ASTM)
a. A307, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs,
60,000 psi Tensile Strength.
b. A563, Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts.
C. B16.21, Standard Specification for Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for
Pipe Flanges.
d. D882, Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Thin Plastic
Sheeting.
e. D1330, Standard Specification for Rubber Sheet Gaskets.
f. D1922, Standard Test Method for Propagation Tear Resistance of
Plastic Film and Thin Sheeting by Pendulum Method.
g. D2000, Standard Classification System for Rubber Products in
- Automotive Applications.
h. D4976, Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Molding
and Extrusion Materials.
- 3. American Water Works Association(AWWA):
a. C104, Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings
for Water.
b. C 105, Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Pipe Systems.
C. C110, Ductile Iron and Grey Iron-Fittings, 3-inch through
48-inch.
d. C111, Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and
Fittings.
e. C115, Flanged Ductile Iron Pipe with Ductile Iron and Grey Iron
Fittings.
f C 150, Thickness Design of Ductile-Iron Pipe.
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02502 1 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
g. C151,Ductile-Iron Pipe. Centrifugally Cast, for Water.
h. C153, Ductile Iron Compact Fittings, 3-inch through 24-inch and
54-inch through 64-inch for Water Service.
i. C207, Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service, Sizes 4-inch --
Through 144-inch(100mm through 3600mm).
j. C600, Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Their
Appurtenances.
k. C606, Grooved End, Shouldered Joints.
4. Ductile Iron Pipe Research Institute(DIPRA).
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Action Submittals: —
1. Shop Drawings: Marking plan and details of standard and non-standard
pipe sections showing dimensions,pipe joints, fitting and special fitting
pressure rating and thickness, size, coating and lining data.
2. Shop Drawings: For closure sections,indicating dimensions,pipe joints,
closure pieces,pressure ratings, sizes, coatings,retaining method, i4
linings, and sequence of construction for closures.
B. Informational Submittals: —
1. Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance, stating that inspections and
specified tests have been made and that results thereby comply with
requirements of Article Source Quality Control.
2. Field Hydrostatic Testing Plan: Submit at least 15 days prior to'testing
and at minimum, include the following:
a. Testing dates.
b. Piping systems and section(s)to be tested.
C. Method of isolation.
d. Method of conveying water from source to system being tested.
e. Calculation of maximum allowable leakage for piping section(s)
to be tested. 4
3. Certifications of Calibration: Approved testing laboratory certificate if
pressure gauge for hydrostatic test has been previously used. If pressure
gauge is new, no certificate is required.
4. Test documentation form and results.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Pipe:
1. General:
a. Centrifugally cast, grade 60-42-10 iron.
b. Meet requirements of AWWA C150,C153 and C111.
181378.TM JUNE 18,2007
02502 2 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
C. Lined and coated as specified.
.. 2. Pressure rating of pipe shall be as follows:
Pipe Diameter(Inches) Min. Pressure Class (psi)
.. 4"to 12" 350
14"to 20" 250
24" 200
30"to 64" 150
3. Pipe wall thickness of threaded pipe for a flanged pipe end shall be
.} minimum special thickness Class 53 from 12-inch to 54-inch diameter
pipe in accordance with AWWA C115.
4. No grooved end pipe shall be allowed.
5. Pipe shall be new and recently manufactured. Refurbished pipe shall not
be provided.
B. Pipe Length:
1. Minimum or maximum individual pipe length shall be determined by
pipe manufacturer and as allowed under the approved lay schedule
submittal, unless otherwise noted.
2. All non-restrained pipe that is deflected or that has mitered joints in
.. order to maintain alignment on horizontal or vertical curves shall have a
minimum length of 8 feet,unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
.. C. Joints:
1. Push-On Joint: Rated at minimum working pressure equal to pipe
.. material design.
a. Manufacturers and Products:
1) American Cast Iron Pipe; Fastite.
.. 2) U.S. Pipe; Tyton.
2. Restrained Joint:
a. Manufactured proprietary joint that is integral to the pipe and that
mechanically restrains pipe to adjoining pipe.
b. Manufacturers and Products:
1) American Cast Iron Pipe; Flex-Ring and Lok-Ring.
•• 2) U.S. Pipe; TR Flex.
3. Mechanical Wedge Action Type Joint:
a. Use only in areas where adjoining to fixed points(closures) where
laying length is determined in field.
b. Prior to purchase and installation,type and application of this joint
shall be approved by Engineer.
�. C. Manufacturers and Products:
1) EBAA Iron; Megalug.
2) Approved equal.
4. Use of set screws for restraint or field-lock gaskets shall not be allowed.
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02502 3 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
5. Flanged Joint: Threaded 250 psi working pressure ductile iron flanges
conforming to AWWA C115.
6. Grooved Joint:Not allowed.
7. Mechanical Joint:Not allowed.
D. Fittings:
1. Ductile Iron,Push-On, Flanged or Restrained Joint: In accordance with
AWWA C153, 350 psi minimum working pressure for 3-to 24-inch
fittings, 250 psi minimum working pressure for 30-to 48 inch fittings,
and 150 psi minimum working pressure for 54-to 64-inch fittings and
AWWA C111.
2. Mechanical Joint Fittings: Not allowed. —
3. Grooved End Fittings: Not allowed.
4. Fittings shall be new and recently manufactured. Refurbished fittings
will not be accepted.
E. Welded Outlet:
1. Only weld to pipe in manufacturer's shop.
2. Welded outlets allowed for outlets 18 inches and smaller in diameter:
All other outlets shall be fabricated as fittings. —
F. Lining:
1. Pipe and fittings for clean water applications shall be cement lined and
asphaltic seal coated in accordance with AWWA C104.
G. Coating: Asphaltic type, I mil thick, in accordance with AWWA C151, C115,
C110 and C153.
H. Polyethylene Encasement:
1. Virgin polyethylene raw material conforming to requirements of _
ASTM D4976.
2. Elongation: 800 percent, minimum, in machine and transverse direction
(ASTM D882). _
3. Tensile Strength: 3,600 psi,minimum.
4. Dielectric Strength: 800V per mil-thickness,minimum.
5. Propagation Tear Resistance: 2,550-grams force(gf), minimum, in
machine and transverse direction(ASTM D 1922).
6. Tube form, conforming to AWWA C105.
7. Film shall have minimum thickness of 0.008 inch(8 ml).
I. Bolts and Nuts: Bolts and nuts for mechanical joints or flanged ends shall be
of high strength corrosion resistant low-alloy steel in accordance with
ANSI/AWWA CI I I/A21.11 and ASTM A307, "Standard Specification for
Carbon Steel Bolts and Nuts". For mechanical joints,the bolts and nuts shall
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02502 4 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN 1
be coated with a ceramic-filled,baked on fluorocarbon resin. Coated bolts and
nuts shall be prepared"near white"or"white"when coated to manufacturer's
recoi;mended thickness by a certified applicator. Coating shall be Xylan®, as
manufactured by Whitford Corporation, or approved equal. Coating shall
conf rm to the performance requirements of ASTM B117,"Salt Spray Test"
and Ahall include, if required, a certificate of conformance.
J. Gaskets:
1. Gaskets for flat faced 150 and 250 psi working pressure flanges shall be
1/8 inch thick, red rubber(SBR),hardness 80(Shore A),rated to
200 degrees F, conforming to ANSI B16.21, AWWA C207,and
ASTM D1330, Grades 1 and 2.
2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Factory Tests: In accordance with AWWA C110 and AWWA C151.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Inspect pipe and fittings to ensure no cracked,broken, or otherwise defective
materials are being used.
3.2 PREPAI;LkTION
A. Trench Grade:
1. Grade bottom of trench by hand to specified line and grade,with proper
allowance for pipe thickness and pipe base, when specified.Trench
bottom shall form a continuous and uniform bearing and support for
pipe between bell holes.
2. Before laying each section of pipe, check grade and correct irregularities
found. Grade may be disturbed for removal of lifting tackle.
B. Pipe Bedding: Place and compact pipe bedding material as follows:
1. Install to full width of trench the depth shown in the Drawings.
2. Compact to at least 95 percent of its maximum density as determined by
AASHTO T99.
3. Ensure that no unfilled or uncompacted areas occur beneath pipe.
C. Bell (Joint) Holes: At each joint, dig bell holes of ample dimensions in bottom
of trench, and at sides where necessary,to permit joint to be made properly
and to permit easy visual inspection of entire joint.
r
or
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02502 5 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
MW
181378A.GN1
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. General:
1. Provide and use proper implements,tools, and facilities for safe and
proper prosecution of Work.
2. Lower pipe, fittings, and appurtenances into trench,piece by piece,by
means of a crane, slings, or other suitable tools and equipment,in such a
manner as to prevent damage to pipe materials,protective coatings and
linings.
3. Do not drop or dump pipe materials into trench.
B. Cleaning Pipe and Fittings:
1. Remove lumps,blisters, and excess coal tar coating from bell and spigot
ends of each pipe. Wire brush outside of spigot and inside of bell and
wipe clean, dry, and free from oil and grease before pipe is laid.
2. Wipe ends of rubber gasket joint pipe and fittings clean of dirt, grease,
and foreign matter. —
C. Laying Pipe:
1. Direction of Laying: Lay pipe with bell end facing in direction of
laying. For lines on an appreciable slope, face bells upgrade at
discretion of Engineer.
2. Push-On Joint and Restrained Joint Pipe: After first length of pipe is
installed in trench, secure pipe in place with approved backfill material
tamped under and along sides to prevent movement. Keep ends clear of
backfill. After each section is jointed,place backfill as specified to
prevent movement.
3. Take precautions necessary to prevent floating of pipe prior to
completion of backfill operation.
4. When using movable trench shield,take necessary precautions to
prevent pipe joints from pulling apart when moving shield ahead.
5. Do not allow foreign material to enter pipe while it is being placed in
trench.
6. Close and block open end of last laid section of pipe to prevent entry of
foreign material or creep of gasketed joints when laying operations are
not in progress, at close of day's work, or whenever workers are absent
from job.
D. Joining Push-On Joint Pipe:
l. Join pipe with push-on joints in strict accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations.
2. Provide special tools and devices, such as, special jacks, chokers, and
similar items required for installation.
181378.TM JUNE 18,2007
02502 6 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
3. Lubricate pipe gaskets using lubricant fimlished by pipe manufacturer.
No substitutes will be permitted.
4. Clean ends of fittings of dirt,mud, and foreign matter by washing with
water and scrubbing with a wire brush, after which,slip gland and
gasket on plain end of pipe. If necessary,lubricate end of pipe to
facilitate sliding gasket in place, then guide fitting onto spigot of pipe
previously laid.
E. Cutting Pipe:
1. General: Cut pipe for inserting valves, fittings,or closure pieces in a
neat and workmanlike manner without damaging pipe or lining and so
as to leave a smooth end, at right angles to axis of pipe.
�. 2. Pipe: Cut pipe with milling type cutter or saw. Do not flame cut.
3. Dressing Cut Ends: Dress cut ends of push-on joint pipe by beveling, as
recommended by manufacturer.
F. Field Welding:
.. I. Use of field welded outlets will not be allowed. Welding for outlets
shall be performed only in pipe manufacturer's shop.
2. Field installed outlets may be installed with saddle approved by
.. Engineer. Opening in pipe shall be machined cut and not with cutting
torch.
_ 3. Field welding of bars for restrained joint systems will not be allowed.
All welding shall be performed in pipe manufacturer's shop.
G. Line and Grade:
1. Minimum Pipe Cover: 5 feet for 48-inch and 54-inch pipe and 4 feet for
16-inch pipe,unless otherwise indicated.
2. No high points will be allowed between air valves.
3. Maintain pipe grade between invert elevations to provide minimum
clearance at air valve locations of 6 feet from existing ground surface to
.. top of pipe.
4. Install air valves as shown and field verify intervening low points.
When field conditions warrant, exceptions may be made upon approval
.. of Engineer.
5. Deviations exceeding 6 inches from specified line or I inch from
_ specified grade will not be allowed without express approval of
Engineer.
6. Pipeline sections that are not installed to elevations shown or installed
as approved by Engineer shall be reinstalled to proper elevation.
H. Thrust Restraint:
`r I. Restrained joints. Use of thrust blocking will not be allowed.
181378.TM JUNE 18,2007
02502 7 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
2. As a minimum,Contractor shall install restrained joints between the
following stations:
FROM TO
92+05.00 96+75.00
102+00.00 102+40.00
102+95.00 103+35.00 !
123+47.00 127+33.00
146+00.00 146+95.00
3. All fittings require at least 20 feet of restrained pipe each side of fitting.
4. Any changes in vertical or horizontal alignment from that provided in
the drawings may necessitate a change in restrained joint lengths.
Contractor shall contact Engineer prior to construction any time a
change in alignment is necessary.
I. Polyethylene Encasement:
1. Encase all ductile iron pipe,fittings, and valves in accordance with
AWWA C105, Method A.
2. Cut polyethylene tube approximately 2 feet longer than pipe length.
3. Slip tube around pipe, centering to provide 1-foot overlap on each
adjacent section.
4. Pull encasement to take out slack and wrap snug around pipe.
5. Secure overlap in place and fold at quarter points of pipe length.
6. Wrap and tape encasement snug around fittings and valves.
3.4 CATHODIC PROTECTION
A. Apply to pipe as shown and as specified in Section 13990,Galvanic Anode
Cathodic Protection System.
3.5 HYDROSTATIC TESTING
A. Pipeline Field Hydrostatic Test: See Section 02500, Conveyance Piping—
General.
3.6 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES
A. Manufacturer's representative shall be available at site full-time for the first
two weeks of pipe installation, and after that as needed by the Contractor or
requested by the Owner throughout the length of the Project.
END OF SECTION
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02502 8 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN 1
SECTION 02504
BAR-WRAPPED CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE
AND FITTINGS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
A. This specification is applicable for 24-inch and larger pipe. Pipe that is smaller
' than 24-inches shall conform to City of Fort Worth Standard Specifications.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section:
1. American Society of Non-Destructive Testing: SNT-TC-1 A,Personnel
Qualification and Certification of Non-Destructive Testing.
2. American Society of Mechanical Engineers(ASME): Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX, Welding and Brazing Qualifications,
Part QW Welding.
3. American Water Works Association(AWWA):
` a. C200, Steel Water Pipe---6 in. (150 mm)and Larger.
b. C205, Cement-Mortar Protective Lining and Coating for Steel
Water Pipe---4 in. (100 mm)and Larger--Shop Applied.
C. C206,Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe.
d. C207, Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service—Sizes 4 in.
through 144 in. (100 mm through 3,600 mm).
e. C208, Dimensions for Fabricated Steel Water Pipe Fittings.
f. C303, Concrete Pressure Pipe,Bar-Wrapped, Steel-Cylinder Type.
g. M9, Concrete Pressure Pipe.-
4. American Welding Society(AWS):
a. A2.4, Standard Symbols for Welding,Brazing, and
•• Nondestructive Examination.
b. A3.0, Standard Welding Terms and Definitions Including Terms
for Adhesive Bonding, Brazing, Soldering,Thermal Cutting, and
Thermal Spraying.
C. D 1.1/D 1.1 M, Structural Welding Code—Steel.
d. D1.3, Structural Welding Code—Sheet Steel.
e. DIA, Structural Welding Code—Reinforcing Steel.
f. QC1, Standard for AWS Certification of Welding Inspectors.
_ 181378.TM JUKE 18, 2007
02504 1 BAR-WRAPPED CONCRETE
CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
5. ASTM International(ASTM):
a. A675, Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Hot-
Wrought, Special Quality, Mechanical Properties.
b. E329, Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in the Testing
and/or Inspection of Materials Used in Construction.
6. International Organization for Standardization(ISO): ISO 9001:2000,
Quality Management Systems—Requirements.
7. Steel Plate Fabricators Association(SPFA).
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Fittings and Specials: Including,but not limited to fittings, closure pieces,
bends, elbows,reducers, tees, wyes,bifurcations,crosses,outlets,manifolds, 'R
nozzles,wall sleeves,bulkheads, and other piping and appurtenances
fabricated from steel plate, sheet, or coils as required to provide the Work,
complete. Specials shall also include piping above ground or inside structures.
B. Acronyms:
I. CJP: Complete Joint Penetration.
2. CWI: Certified Welding Inspector.
3. MT: Magnetic Particle Testing.
4. NDE: Nondestructive Examination.
5. NDT: Nondestructive Testing.
6. PJP: Partial Joint Penetration.
7. PQR: Procedure Qualification Record.
8. PT: Liquid Penetrant Testing. _
9. RT: Radiographic Testing.
10. UT: Ultrasonic Testing.
11. VT: Visual Testing. _
12. WPQ: Welder/Welding Operator Performance Qualification.
13. WPS: Welding Procedure Specification.
1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Design pipe in accordance with AWWA C303, Contract Drawings, and the _
following conditions:
1. Working Pressure: As indicated in Section 02500,Conveyance Piping—
General.
2. Surge Pressure: As indicated in Section 02500, Conveyance Piping—
General.
3. Field Test Pressure: As indicated in Section 02500, Conveyance Piping
—General.
181378.TM JUNE 18,2007
02504 2 BAR-WRAPPED CONCRETE
CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
4. Minimum Earth Cover: As indicated in Section 02500, Conveyance
i
Piping—General.
5. Maximum Earth Cover: As indicated in Section 02500,Conveyance
Piping—General.
6. Weight of Earth Cover: As indicated in Section 02500,Conveyance
Piping—General.
.. 7. Trench Bedding Condition: As indicated in Section 02320,Trench
Backfill
8. Backfill Condition: As indicated in Section 02320, Trench Backfill.
9. Live Load: As indicated in Section 02500,Conveyance Piping—
General.
10. Thermal Change: As indicated in Section 02500, Conveyance Piping-
- General.
11. Allowable E' Value: As indicated in Section 02500, Conveyance Piping
—General.
12. Thrust Force in All Restrained Pipe: As indicated in Section 02500,
Conveyance Piping—General.
13. Allowable Vacuum: As indicated in Section 02500,Conveyance Piping
-General.
B. Provide a polyethylene or other suitable bulkhead on the ends of the pipe and
on all specials and fitting openings to prevent drying out of the lining. All
bulkheads shall be substantial enough to remain intact during shipping and
storage until the pipe is installed.
C. Design fittings,bends, and specials in accordance with AWWA C200 and the
_ requirements of Section 02501,Welded Steel Pipe, Specials, and Fittings;
provide minimum wall thickness as shown in Section 02501, Welded Steel
Pipe, Specials,and Fittings.
D. Design bulkhead, closure,or test plug as needed for closure of sections and for
field hydrostatic testing.
E. Design and locate weld lead outlets, as needed.
F. Design and locate flushing and sampling ports, as needed,for hydrostatic
.. testing and disinfection.
_ G. Deflection calculations based on the full positive projection load at the
transition trench width,unless noted otherwise.
H. Pipe Layout Drawings: Prepare complete pipeline layout, in accordance with
.. AWWA Manual M9 including the following:
1. General:
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02504 3 BAR-WRAPPED CONCRETE
CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
a. Base stationing and elevation convention as shown on Contract —
Drawings.
b. Maximum Laying Lengths: 32 feet maximum,unless specifically
shown otherwise.
C. Joint deflection shall be limited to 75 percent of manufacturer's
recommended amount.
d. Include on Drawings as Minimum: Specific pipe number,
location, and direction of each pipe,joint, and fitting or special.
Number each pipe in sequence.
1) Station and invert elevation at changes in grade or
horizontal alignment.
2) Station and invert elevation to which bell end of each pipe
will be laid.
3) Elements of curves and bends,both in horizontal and
vertical alignment. _
4) Location of mitered pipe sections,beveled ends for
alignment conformance,butt straps, and deep bell lap joints
for temperature stress control. —
5) Location of closures, cutoff sections for length adjustment,
temporary access manways,vents, and weld lead outlets for
construction convenience.
a) Provide for adjustment in pipe laying headings and to
conform to indicated stationing.
b) Changes in location or number will require Engineer —
approval.
6) Location of bulkheads, both those shown and as required,
for hydrostatic testing of pipeline.
I. Welding Procedure Specification(WPS):
1. Welding of steel cylinders shall be qualified by testing in accordance
with ASME BPVC SEC IX for shop welds and AWS D1.1/D1.1M for
field welds.
2. Shop welding of reinforcing steel shall be qualified per AWS DI A.
3. Shop welding of sheet steel, less than 1/8-inch thickness, shall be _
qualified per AWS D1.3.
4. PQRs conducted on unlisted base metal(most coil products are unlisted
base metals) to be production welded as required in the referenced
welding code shall be traceable to heat lots.
5. Written WPS required for welds,both shop and field.
J. Stulling(Strutting): Adequate strutting shall be designed and provided by the T
pipe manufacturer on all specials, fittings, and straight pipe so as to avoid
damage to the pipe and fittings during handling, storage,hauling, and .�
installation. The strutting shall be six-point and tight fitting to prevent pipe
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02504 4 BAR-WRAPPED CONCRETE
CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS
.. 181378A.GN1
_ deflection. For bar-wrapped concrete pressure pipe,the following
requirements shall apply.
1. The strutting shall be placed as soon as practicable after the mortar
r. lining has been applied and shall remain in place while the pipe is
loaded, transported,unloaded,installed, and backfilled at the Site.
.. 2. The strutting materials, size, and spacing shall be the responsibility of
the Contractor and shall be adequate to prevent deflection and support
the earth backfill plus any greater loads which may be imposed by the
backfilling and compaction equipment. One strut shall be placed vertical
when pipe is oriented with top up. One set of struts shall be set 2 feet
from each end of each pipe section and at a maximum interval of 15 feet
in-between.
3. Strutting on shop-lined pipe shall consist of stulls and wood wedges.
Strutting shall be installed in a manner that will not harm the lining.
4. Any pipe damaged during handling,hauling, storage,or installation due
to improper strutting shall be repaired or replaced.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Action Submittals:
1. Shop Drawings:
a. Design calculations for pipe,reinforcing, fittings, specials,
welding, and joint designs, including the following:
1) Cylinder thickness,bar wrap diameter and spacing for each
pipe pressure and load classification design.
2) Manufacturing tolerances.
3) Maximum angular deflection limitations of field joints.
b. Complete data and fabrication plans and details for pipe,fittings,
and joints, including all reinforcement dimensions and spacing.
C. Pipeline layout drawings showing the location of each pipe
section, including the following:
.. 1) Closure sections and cutoffs for field length adjustment.
2) Bulkheads, including details for removal of test bulkheads
and repair of lining.
3) Weld lead outlets and plugs.
4) Stulling size, spacing, and layout.
d. Type and amount of concrete admixtures.
e. Welding procedure specifications.
f. Proposed thrust restraint system for restrained joints including
drawing details, materials, calculations, assembly ratings,and pipe
attachment methods.
g. Drawings and calculations shall be sealed by a professional
engineer licensed in the State of Texas.
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02504 5 BAR-WRAPPED CONCRETE
CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS
WW
181378A.GN1
2. Product Data for the following:
a. Pipe:
1) Material data.
2) Chemical and physical test reports showing data consistent
with specified requirements for each heat of steel proposed
for use. _
b. Rubber Gasket Joint:
1) Material data.
2) Details with dimensions and fabrication tolerances for both
bell and spigot ends.
3) Performance history or test data.
C. Material for protecting interior and exterior of joints including
evidence of NSF certification.
3. Welding Data(Shop and Field):
a. Show on a weld map, complete information regarding base metal
specification designation, location,type, size, and extent of welds
with reference called out for WPS and NDE numbers in tail of
welding symbol. •—
b. Distinguish between shop and field welds.
C. Indicate,by welding symbols or sketches, details of welded joints
and preparation of base metal. Provide complete joint welding
details showing bevels, groove angles, and root openings for all
welds.
d. For pipe fittings, provide a joint weld beveling diagram. Refer to
AWS D1.1/D1.1M,Annex G Local Dihedral Angle that can be
used to calculate bevels for weld joint details of intersecting pipes.
e. Welding and NDE symbols shall be in accordance with
AWS A2.4.
f. Welding terms and definitions shall be in accordance with
AWS A3.0.
B. Informational Submittals:
1. Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance.
2. Manufacturing material test specimens and test reports.
3. Letter from independent testing agency certifying that pipe furnished
meets requirements of this section.
4. Pipe manufacturer's written Quality Assurance/Control Plan.
S. Statements of Qualification:
a. Pipe manufacturer.
b. Fittings and specials fabricator. .�
C. Welders or Welding Operators:
1) Name of welder.
2) Welding procedures/positions for which welder is qualified
to weld.
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02504 6 BAR-WRAPPED CONCRETE
CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
_ 3) Assigned certification stamp number.
4) Certification date.
5) Current certification status.
.. d. Certified Welding Inspector.
e. NDT Quality Control Personnel.
6. Procedures:
a. Shop and Field Welding: At a minimum include a complete
welding code paper trail with linkage to Shop Drawings that
includes the following:
— 1) Written WPS and PQR: Provide complete joint dimensions
and details showing bevels,groove angles,root face, and
root openings for welds.
'w 2) Written NDT procedures.
3) Current WPQ.
4) Written description of proposed sequencing of events or
special techniques such as:
a) Controlling pipe wall temperature stress during
installation.
b) Minimizing distortion of steel.
c) Shop-Applied Cement-Mortar Lining: Include
_ description of machine to be used and list of similar
projects where machine was used. Identify pipe size
and total footage.
} d) Monitoring pipeline temperatures during installation.
b. Written weld repair procedures for the Work.
C. Field coating application and repair.
d. Field lining application and repair.
e. Written consumable control procedure for welding materials
demonstrating:
.. 1) How consumables will be stored to comply with
manufacturer's written instructions.
2) How consumables, such as welding rod,will be dried in
ovens,prior to use.
3) How consumables that become wet will be reconditioned.
7. Reports:
a. Source Quality Control Test Reports:
1) Hydrostatic testing.
2) Destructive weld testing.
3) Nondestructive weld testing.
4) Steel impact testing using Charpy V-notch method.
_ 5) Coating and lining factory Site visit letter by qualified
manufacturer's technical representative.
b. Field Quality Control Test Reports:
.. 181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02504 7 BAR-WRAPPED CONCRETE
CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN 1
1) Weld tests, including re-examination of repaired welds,on
each weld joint for the following tests, as applicable:
a) Visual Testing(VT).
b) Radiographic Testing(RT).
c) Ultrasonic Testing(UT).
d) Magnetic Particle Testing(MT).
e) Liquid Penetrant Testing(PT).
f) Leak Testing(LT).
2) Coating and lining Site inspection letter by qualified
technical representative.
C. Cement-mortar lining compressive strength tests in accordance
with AWWA C205.
d. Cement-mortar coating absorption tests in accordance with
AWWA C205.
8. Field Hydrostatic Testing Plan: Submit at least 15 days prior to testing ._
and at minimum, include the following:
a. Testing dates.
b. Piping systems and section(s)to be tested.C. Method of isolation.
d. Method of conveying water from source to system being tested.
e. Calculation of maximum allowable leakage for piping section(s)
to be tested.
9. Certification of Calibration: Approved testing laboratory certificate if
pressure gauge for hydrostatic test has been previously used. If pressure
gauge is new,no certificate is required.
10. Test report documentation.
11. Temperature stress control submittal.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications:
1. Pipe Manufacturer:
a. Experienced in fabricating pipe of similar diameters,lengths, and
wall thickness required for the Work.
b. Certification by Steel Plate Fabricators Association(SPFA),
Lloyd's Registry,or ISO 9001:2000.
C. Demonstrate current production capability for volume of work
required for this Project.
d. Experience shall include successful fabrication to AWWA C303
standards of at least 10,000 linear feet of 54-inch diameter or
larger pipe, with design classification of 100 psi working pressure
or greater, within past 5-year period.
181378.TM JUKE 18,2007
02504 8 BAR-WRAPPED CONCRETE
CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
e. Experience shall be applicable to fabrication plant facilities and
personnel, not company or corporation that currently owns
fabrication facility or employs personnel.
rd 2. Fittings and Specials Fabricator:
a. Experienced in fabricating fittings and specials of similar
diameters and wall thickness required for the Work.
_ b. Certification by Steel Plate Fabricators Association(SPFA),
Lloyd's Registry, or ISO 9001:2000.
C. Demonstrate current production capability for volume of work
_ required for this Project.
d. Experience shall include successful fabrication to
AWWA C200/AWWA C208 standards of at least 25 fittings of
- 54-inch or larger pipe, with wall thickness of 0.270 inch(es) or
greater, within past 5-year period.
e. Experience shall include successful fabrication of at least five
crotch plate fittings or specials requiring post weld heat treatment
within past 5-year period.
f. Experience shall be applicable to fabrication shop facilities and
personnel,not company or corporation that currently owns
fabrication facility or employs personnel.
3. Welders and Welding Operators:
.. a. Shop Welders: In accordance with ASME BPVC SEC IX.
b. Field Welders: In accordance with AWS D 1.1/D 1.1 M.
4. Certified Welding Inspector(CWI):
a. In accordance with AWS QC I, with knowledge of appropriate
welding code for the Work.
b. After receiving CWI qualification, CWI shall have at least 5 years
of professional experience related to welding inspection similar to
the Work.
5. NDT Quality Control Personnel:.
a. In accordance with requirements of ASNT SNT-TC-IA, Level H.
b. After receiving NDT qualification,NDT personnel shall have at
.. least 5 years of professional experience related to NDT inspection
similar to the Work.
B. Certified Welding Inspector(CWI)for Shop Welding:
1. In accordance with AWWA C200 and as follows.
2. Responsibilities:
a. Verify conformance to use of specified materials and their proper
storage.
b. Monitor conformance to approved WPS.
C. Monitor conformance to approved NDT procedure specifications.
d. Monitor conformance of WPQ.
r
181378.TM JUNE 18,2007
02504 9 BAR-WRAPPED CONCRETE
CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS
4J
181378A.GN1
e. Provide 100 percent visual inspection before, during, and after
shop welding.
f. Supervise NDT personnel and evaluate test results.
g. Maintain records and prepare report confirming results of
inspection and testing.
C. Certified Welding Inspector(CWI)for Field Welding:
1. In accordance with AWWA C206, AWS D1.1/D1.1M, and as follows.
2. Responsibilities:
a. Verify conformance to use of specified materials and their proper
storage.
b. Monitor conformance to approved WPS. !
C. Monitor conformance to approved NDT procedure specifications.
d. Monitor conformance of WPQ.
e. Provide 100 percent visual inspection before, during, and after
field welding.
f. Supervise NDT personnel and evaluate test results. ...
g. Maintain records and prepare report confirming results of
inspection and testing.
D. Prefabrication Meeting: At the discretion of the Owner,hold prior to
fabrication of pipe, fittings,or specials between representatives of Owner,
Contractor, Engineer, and pipe fabricator to review the following:
1. Project scope.
2. Submittal requirements. 4
3. Testing.
4. Inspection responsibilities.
5. Shop welding requirements. --
6. Field welding requirements.
7. Shop and field coating and lining requirements.
8. Production and delivery schedule.
9. Other issues pertinent to the Work.
1.07 DELIVERY,HANDLING, AND STORAGE
A. Pipe Marking: Mark each pipe section in accordance with AWWA C303. In
addition, mark each pipe section as follows:
1. Special pipe sections and fittings shall be marked at each end with
notation"TOP FIELD CENTERLINE".
2. Mark"TOP MATCH POINT"for compound bends per AWWA C208
so end rotations can be easily oriented in field.
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007 `
02504 10 BAR-WRAPPED CONCRETE
CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS
.. 181378A.GN1
.. B. Delivery:
1. Securely bulkhead or otherwise seal ends of pipe, specials, and fittings
prior to loading.
2. Pipe ends shall remain sealed until installation.
3. Damage to pipe, fittings,or specials, including linings and coatings,
found upon delivery to Site, shall be repaired to Engineer's satisfaction
or the pipe shall be removed from Site and replaced.
C. Storage:
1. Support pipe securely to prevent accidental rolling and to avoid contact
with mud,water, or other deleterious materials.
2. Support on sand or earth berms free of rock exceeding 2 inches in
diameter.
1.08 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Notify Engineer in writing of the following:
I. Pipe Manufacturing: Not less than 14 days prior to starting.
2. Not less than 5 days prior to start of each of the following:
a. Welding.
b. Coating application.
C. Lining application.
d. Shop hydrostatic testing.
PART PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Pipe shall conform to requirements of AWWA C303, except as modified
herein.
B. Pipe shall be manufactured and inspected specifically for this Project, and
shall not be taken from manufacturer's inventory.
C. Pipe:
_ 1. Manufacturing of bar wrapped concrete cylinder pipe, fittings, and
specials shall be under direction of one pipe supplier.
2. Responsibility shall include, at minimum,coordinating work of other
suppliers for fittings and specials-
D. Joint rings for push-on joints shall be manufactured from Carnegie type
shapes,suitable for the pressures applied.
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02504 11 BAR-WRAPPED CONCRETE
CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
E. The inside diameter shall not be less than the nominal diameter shown or
specified.
F. Fittings and specials shall be manufactured,tested, inspected, and marked to
comply with AWWA C200 and additional requirements of these Contract
Documents, including the requirements of Section 02501, Welded Steel Pipe,
Specials, and Fittings.
2.02 CEMENT
A. Cement: Type II.
B. Cement for mortar lining and coating shall not originate from kilns which burn —
metal-rich hazardous waste fuel, nor shall a flyash or pozzolan be used as a
cement replacement.
2.03 STEEL FOR CYLINDER AND FITTINGS
A. Steel for Cylinders and Fittings: Conform to the requirements of
Section 02501, Welded Steel Pipe, Specials, and Fittings.
B. The steel cylinder and bar reinforcement criteria and stress limits as stated in •~
AWWA C303, Section 4.5.2.2 shall apply,except that the area of bar
reinforcement shall not exceed 40 percent of the total steel area(cylinder plus
rod reinforcement).
C. Minimum bar diameter shall not be less than 5/16 inch.
D. Under the combined effect of the working pressure and surge pressure,the
average circumferential.stress in the steel cylinder and bar reinforcement of
the pipe shall not exceed the values stated in AWWA C303.
2.04 SPECIALS AND FITTINGS
A. All specials and fittings shall conform to dimensions of AWWA C208.
2.05 FABRICATION
A. Pipe:Bar wrapped concrete cylinder pipe shall consist of a steel cylinder with
.attached steel joint rings,centrifugally lined with portland cement-mortar,
spirally wrapped with circumferential wrapped steel reinforcing bars under
measured tension and coated with portland cement-mortar.The interior of the
pipe shall be coated with mortar as noted herein.
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02504 12 BAR-WRAPPED CONCRETE
CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS
.. 181378A.GN1
B. Pipe With Restrained Joints: Where transmission of load from one pipe to the
R next via field welded or otherwise restrained joints is anticipated,the load-
path shall be adequately designed for structural transmission of load as
.. follows:
1. The cylinder thickness shall be capable of meeting the pipe thrust
requirements assuming the area of rod reinforcement does not contribute
to axial load restraint.
2. The cylinder thickness shall be constant throughout each section of
_. restrained joint pipe.
3. Joint rings and associated welds shall be designed for structural
transmission of load in addition to watertight requirements.
.. 4. Axial load for cylinder design shall be the greater of the following load
combinations:
a. Full test pressure times area(Pt*A)plus soil drag.
- b. Temperature change plus effect of Poisson's ratio plus soil drag.
5. The bell and spigot joint, when assembled, shall be designed to permit
adequate room for field welding and inspection. Minimum space
` between shoulder of bell and spigot, when assembled shall not be less
than 2 inches.
6. Cylinder to joint ring assembly fit-up shall be limited as follows: the
difference in circumferential measurement between ID of bell and spigot
rings and OD of steel cylinders and shall not exceed 0.400 inch. If the
root opening exceeds 1/16 inch, the size of the fillet weld shall be
increased according to the root opening.
7. Joint rings shall be attached to pipe with double fillet or groove welds.
.� 8. Spigot rings shall be manufactured per ASTM A675,except that carbon
content shall not exceed 0.25 percent,manganese content shall not
exceed 1.3 5 percent and the steel shall contain no lead.Two tension and
r two bend tests shall be conducted on each heat of steel as specified in
ASTM A675. Tension and bend specimens shall be oriented in the
direction of field load application.
9. Applicable provisions of AWS D1.1/D1.1M or AWS D1.3 Structural
Welding Codes shall apply to welded steel components fabricated to this
Specification.
C. Pipe Laying Lengths:
.. 1. Minimum or maximum individual pipe length shall be determined by
pipe manufacturer and as allowed under the approved lay schedule
submittal,unless otherwise noted.
2. All non-restrained pipe that is deflected or that has mitered joints in
order to maintain alignment on horizontal or vertical curves shall have a
minimum length of 8 feet,unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
181378.TM JUNE 18,2007
02504 13 BAR-WRAPPED CONCRETE
CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
2.06 FABRICATION OF FITTINGS AND SPECIALS:
A. Steel plates or sheets conforming to the requirements of Section 02501,
Welded Steel Pipe, Specials, and Fittings.
B. Fabrication:
1. Shop fabricate only, no field fabrication will be allowed, unless
approved by Engineer.
2. Fabricate from materials of straight pipe in full conformance with
requirements of these Contract Documents and dimensions of
AWWA C208,unless otherwise indicated.
C. Lining and Coating:
1. Cement mortar in accordance with AWWA C303.
2.07 FIELD JOINTS
A. Typical field welded joint in restrained sections shall be double fillet lap joint
welded.
B. Butt Joint Welded: As needed for closures or other locations required for
construction. Plain ends beveled as required by AWWA C200 and
Contractor's field WPS.
C. Lap Joint Welded:
1. Double fillet lap joints in preparation for field welding shall be in
accordance with AWWA C200.
2. For pipe 30 inches in diameter and larger, tack weld four metal tabs at
equal intervals around inside circumference of bell ends to indicate
location at which spigot end has reached maximum penetration into bell.
Remove stops after welding of joint.
D. Double welded lap joints and butt-strap joints shall be tapped and drilled for
testing in accordance with AWWA C206.
2.08 THERMAL CONTROL JOINTS
A. Where restrained joints are indicated, a special longer joint(thermal control
lap joint)shall be provided at a maximum spacing of 300 feet to account for
movement of the installed pipe due to temperature changes. The Contractor
shall determine the length required for the longer joint as defined by the
Contractor's pipe laying procedures and the location of the special joint.
181378.TM JUKE 18, 2007
02504 14 BAR-WRAPPED CONCRETE
CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
2.09 FLANGES AND GASKETS
A. Conform to AWWA C207.
2.10 WELD LEAD OUTLETS
A. Provide as needed by Contractor and as approved by Engineer.
2.11. SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspection of Pipe Fabrication Procedure: Select and provide independent
testing agency to observe pipe fabrication. Agency staff shall have experience
in observation of concrete pipe fabrication in accordance with ASTM E329.
No Representative of the agency shall be present full time while pipe is being
fabricated and while protective coating and lining is applied. Provide a letter
to Engineer certifying that pipe furnished meets requirements of this section.
B. Materials Testing: Test concrete,mortar,rubber for gaskets, and welds in
accordance with AWWA C303. Steel testing shall conform to the
requirements of Section 02501, Welded Steel Pipe, Specials, and Fittings.
C. Hydrostatic test steel cylinders in accordance with AWWA C303.
D. Plant inspection by the Owner/Engineer will not be performed.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Inspect each pipe and verify size, condition, and class prior to placement.
B. Clean each pipe and inspect for damage prior to placement.
C. Repair any damage to the coating and lining system prior to installation.
D. Remove any pipes from the Project with damage to the barrel or joint rings,
and replace with undamaged pipe meeting this Specification.
3.02 INSTALLATION
.. A. Handle and install pipe sections in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations and AWWA Manual M9.
B. Immediately notify Engineer if pipe is damaged during installation process.
C. Pipe to be laid directly on prepared and shaped bedding, excavation for bell
holes required.
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02504 15 BAR-WRAPPED CONCRETE
CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
D. Lay pipe in the order shown on supplier's approved Shop Drawings.
E. Adequately lubricate each pipe joint as defined in Manual M9 prior to joining.
F. Equalize the volume of the gasket by moving a metal rod around the pipe,
between gasket and spigot ring.
G. Align bell and spigot squarely be for insertion,tilling of the pipe will not be
allowed.
H. Check installed gaskets for displacement using a feeler gauge around the full
circumference of the pipe, as approved by Engineer. If gasket is not centered
around the joint,disassemble and relubricate, install new gasket(if gasket was
damaged) and reassemble,then recheck the gasket location.
I. The interior exposed surfaces of the joint rings shall be protected by pointing
with non-shrink grout in accordance with the recommendations and
procedures in AWWA Manual M9. Metallizing of the surfaces with zinc or
other products is not an acceptable alternative. "
J. The exterior joint space shall be grouted in accordance with the
recommendations and procedures in AWWA Manual M9.
K. Joints and related work for field assembly of fittings and specials shall
conform to requirements for straight pipe,unless otherwise shown.
L. Pipe alignment or grade may be changed slightly by Engineer to avoid
obstructions. Make minor field adjustments by pulling standard joints.
1. Maximum Allowable Deflection Angle: 75 percent of manufacturer's
recommended, or angle that results from 3/4-inch pull out from normal '-
joint closure, whichever is less.
2. Maximum Allowable Gap: 1/8 inch between bell and spigot at weld
location.
M. Horizontal deflections or fabricated angles shall fall on alignment, as shown.
N. Vertical deflections shall fall on alignment, and pipe angle point locations
shall match those indicated on Drawings.
O. Lay pipelines uphill on slopes greater than 10 percent. Block or hold pipe in
place until backfilled,if placement is down hill(any grade).
P. Do not place pipe on frozen ground,or ground that has frost penetration.
Ensure backfill is in place before frost or ice can form during cold weather
installations.
181378.TM JUKE 18, 2007
02504 16 BAR-WRAPPED CONCRETE
CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
Q. Pipe 30 Inches in Diameter and Larger with Welded Joints:
1. Ensure that maximum allowed penetration of spigot end into bell end is
achieved through use of shop-welded tabs on inside circumference of
bell end.
2. Remove welded metal tabs prior to welding inside of joint.
R. Pipe struts shall be left in place until backfilling operations have been
completed. A laboratory selected and paid by the Owner may monitor pipe
L, deflection by measuring pipe inside diameter before struts are removed and
24 hours after struts are removed. Pipe deflection shall not exceed 1.6 percent
24 hours after the struts are removed. After the backfill has been placed, the
struts shall be removed and shall remain the property of the Contractor. Stulls
and wedges shall be removed without damage to any coatings. Struts welded
to steel cylinder shall not be removed with a torch or any other method that
may damage the pipe lining or coating. The parent pipe material shall not be
nicked., gouged, or damaged during strut removal. Tack welds, stull metal,
weld splatter, slag, and burrs that remain attached to the parent metal surface
after cutting shall be ground to with 1/32-inch of the parent metal. Grinding
shall not penetrate the parent metal.The Contractor shall notify the Engineer
prior to grinding. Following grinding, all pipe surfaces at the tack weld shall
be visually inspected for defects. All defects deeper than 1/16-inch shall be
repaired by welding in accordance with ANSI/AWS D1.1 and
ANSY/AWWA C206. All inspection work shall be performed by a certified
welding inspector.
3.03 WELDING
A. Conform to AW S D 1.1/D 1.1 M,AW WA C206, approved welding procedures,
and referenced welding codes. In case of conflict AW S D 1.1/D 1.1 M shall
govern.
B. Preheat and Interpass temperature requirements for unlisted base metals shall
be determined according to AWS D 1.1/D 1.1 M,Annex XI Guideline on
Alternative Methods for Determining Preheat.
C. Rejected weld defects shall be repaired or removed and replaced, and retested
until sound weld metal has been deposited in accordance with appropriate
welding codes.
r
D. As a minimum,Contractor shall field weld all joints for joint restraint between
the following stations:
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02504 17 BAR-WRAPPED CONCRETE
CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
FROM TO
93+00.00 95+80.00
101+90.00 102+50.00
102+80.00 103+50.00
124+25.00 126+55.00 -�
146+00.00 147+10.00
E. All fittings require at least 20 feet of restrained pipe each side of fitting. —
F. Any changes in vertical or horizontal alignment from that provided in the
drawings may necessitate a change in restrained joint lengths. Contractor shall —
contact Engineer any time a change in alignment is necessary.
3.04 CATHODIC PROTECTION
A. Apply to pipe as shown and as specified in Section 13990, Galvanic Anode
Cathodic Protection System.
3.05 PIPE JOINT BONDING
A. Bond all non-welded joints of pipe that is buried or partially buried as shown
and as specified in Section 13985, Pipe Bonding and Test Stations.
3.06 INSULATING FLANGES
A. Install insulating flanges as shown and as specified in Section 13985, Pipe
Bonding and Test Stations.
3.07 THERMAL CONTROL JOINTS
A. Control temperature stresses in accordance with AWWA C206, the approved
Temperature Stress Control submittal, and these Specifications.
B. To control temperature stresses, the temperature control joint areas of the pipe
shall be shaded from the direct rays of the sun by the use of properly supported
awnings,umbrellas,tarpaulins, or other suitable materials. The `Temperature
Control Joint Area' is defined as the entire length of pipe left exposed near a
control joint after placing the pipe backfill between it and the other control
joints in each direction. Shading materials at the joint area shall not rest
directly on the pipe but shall be supported to allow air circulation around the
pipe. Shading of the pipe joints need not be performed when the ambient air
temperature is below 45 degrees F.
C. At intervals not exceeding 300 feet along welded reaches of the pipeline, and
where shown,the pipe shall be laid with an initial lap in accordance with the
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02504 18 BAR-WRAPPED CONCRETE
CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS
181378A.GN1
.. Drawings. Where temperature control joints occur in a traveled roadway or
other inconvenient location, the location of the shrinkage control joint may be
adjusted, as acceptable to the Engineer.
D. Provide and install thermocouple temperature gauges to monitor the
temperature of the steel cylinder wall as it lies in the trench.All pipe
} temperature requirements specified herein shall be measured at the top inside
of thf. steel cylinder using the thermocouple gauges hereinbefore specified.
Specific temperature requirements for the pipeline steel cylinder shall be met
_. prior to installation of the embedment material, during and after placement of
embedment, and during welding of the temperature control joints. If
atmospheric conditions do not allow the conditions to be met, supplemental
-- cooling shall be required by the Contractor. The following outlines the
specific temperature control requirements:
1. Placement of embedment shall proceed in the direction of pipe laying
from one temperature control joint to the next. During placement of
embedment, the lead end of the pipe section(toward the next
temperature control joint) shall be left unbackfilled or otherwise
unrestrained such that the end of the pipe is free to move in response to
expansion or contraction due to temperature changes. Embedment shall
aw not be placed in a direction,which would result in embedment
placement proceeding in a direction toward previously or
simultaneously placed embedment without the written permission of the
Engineer.The direction of embedment placement will not be limited for
placement at the short unbackfilled section immediately adjacent to the
temperature control joints.
i
2. During period between embedment placement operations, any section of
pipeline that is partially backfilled with embedment(less than one foot
qW over the top of pipe) shall be shaded from the direct rays of the sun by
the use of properly supported awnings, umbrellas, tarpaulins, or other
suitable materials until the pipe is backfilled at least 1 foot over the top
., of the pipe. Shading materials shall not rest directly on the pipe but shall
be supported to allow air circulation around the pipe. Shading of the
partially backfilled pipe need not be performed when the Contractor can
w demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Engineer,using thermocouple
data,that shading is not necessary to meet the specified temperature
requirements. The temperature of the partially backfilled pipe shall not
.w be allowed to exceed 110 degrees Fahrenheit at any time. Provide
supplemental cooling as required.
3. Prior to welding the temperature control joints, the pipeline extending
300 feet each direction from the joint shall be maintained at or below
75 degrees F. Additionally, the pipeline extending 300 feet each
direction from the joint shall be backfilled with embedment to at least
one foot over the top of the pipe. At the specified temperature, the
181378.TM JUNE 18, 2007
02504 19 BAR-WRAPPED CONCRETE
CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS
APPENDIX B
SWPPP (BOUND SEPARATELY)